1000 Days as a Rabbit in Hardcore Minecraft

On day one I spawned in as a rabbit oh no I only have one heart I’m going to have to be really careful if I’m going to survive but check it out I can jump high and I’m super fast I took a look around and I could see there were tons

Of other Bunny friends around but suddenly they all ran away hey guys what’s going on just then a fox appeared that must be why the other bunnies ran away I had to be careful if that fox landed just one hit on me I was done for

Luckily I was able to run really fast and jump super high so I was able to outrun the fox and get away the best thing I can do today is just survive I better find a good place to hide for the night I took a look around until I found

A good spot I dug into the side of the hill and hunkered down for the night maybe I can find all of my bunny friends in the morning on day two I woke up and went to go look for my bunny friends as I arrived back at the spawn point I

Didn’t see anyone around where could everyone have run off to I wasn’t sure where to start looking for them but I had an idea maybe if I can build a really cool Bunny House they’ll come back if I was going to build a cool Bunny House I needed some tools so I

Headed off into the forest to get some supplies after a while I had gathered enough supplies to be able to build my first tools I put as many tools together as as I could including a sword with my new Tools in hand I headed into the mine

To get some Stone as I was mining I was suddenly attacked by a spider wao get back I had to be really careful if I took even one hit I was done for it’s a good thing I had made myself a sword though because with that I was able to

Defeat it oh man that was too close I better get to work on day three I got to work starting to build my new base since rabbits live underground I thought it’d be cool to build out a bunch of tunnels underground it was a lot of hard work

But soon the base was all set up all right the base is done but I don’t see any more bunnies I better go look for them I headed off into the forest but I could hear someone up ahead on top of a tree I could see a little squirrel hey

What’s going on what are you doing up there I’m up here hiding from the big bad wolf you better watch out too the big bad wolf oh man he sounds like a lot of trouble how about we stick together it’ll be safer I think that’s a great

Idea on days 4 to 5 the squirrel and I headed into the forest to get some more materials as we explored the forest we came across some more friends the first animal we saw was a raccoon hey have you heard of the big bad wolf yeah that

Guy’s a real jerk but he’s been leaving me alone for the most part I don’t know if I want to get involved sorry well I hope you change your mind the squirrel and I kept going through the forest until we came across a bear in her Cubs

Uh-oh I hope that bear won’t eat us I took a deep breath and walked up to the bear hey do you know the big bad wolf yeah but why would I care about that guy he doesn’t bug me and I don’t bug him say you’re looking a little tasty um

Okay well thanks for telling me about it talk to you later bye the squirrel and I got out of there I didn’t want to risk anything else wanting to hunt me as we got deeper into the forest we started to chop down some trees hey hey you I

Turned around and looked up into the tree a monkey was looking down at me uh yeah what’s up that’s my tree what do you think you’re doing chopping down my tree the monkey was mad but I only needed a little bit of wood it didn’t matter to him though and he jumped down

And charged you’re going to pay for this uh-oh if this monkey hit me I was a goner but just then the squirrel jumped in and helped me out together we were able to put up a good fight the monkey wasn’t going to be able to hurt both of

Us by working together we were able to defeat him sorry Mr Monkey I didn’t want to fight you but you left me with no choice on day 6 through 8 the squirrel and I continued through the forest we were feeling pretty good about ourselves we had had a couple of Victories and we

Were getting a lot of supplies we’d even met a few of the other animals as I kept wandering through the forest though I heard something scary up ahead as we got closer we saw the source of the noise it was the fox and he had a group of

Bunnies cornered you have nowhere to run and now I’m going to eat you oh no I can’t let him eat those other bunnies but what am I supposed to do I can’t take him on by myself that’s when I remembered I wasn’t by myself I had my

Squirrel friend with me let’s do this the squirrel just started to charge he didn’t even wait for me wait what are you doing oh a little appetizer the fox took one swing and the squirrel was immediately defeated oh no my friend H looks like there’s another snack over

There for me too the fox took one look at me but I had to get out of there I’m not going to be his dinner today I’m sorry other bunnies but you’re on your own for this one I ran as fast as I could straight back to my burrow I

Couldn’t risk having him find out where I lived or Worse eating me I was just going to have to help those other bunnies out another day I feel bad about leaving all those bunnies behind but what was I going to do I’m just not strong enough on days 9 to 11 I was

Feeling bad about running away but I wasn’t strong enough to fight as I ran through the forest I came across an abandoned Village oh look a ton of carrots I gathered up as many carrots as I could there was even a bunch of Wheat and pumpkins too I decided this would be

A good place to spend the night in the middle of the night I woke up to a strange sound outside oh no there’s a bunch of skeletons out there I ran out of the house with my sword in hand there was no way I was going to back down this

Time I charged out of the house swinging my sword I’m not scared of you I kept swinging until one by one all of the skeletons were destroyed man these fights are ter terrifying when you only have one heart but I feel better now that I’ve won a fight even though I had

Won the fight I was too scared to go back to bed so I decided to spend the night looking through the rest of the village I found some more food as well as some other supplies I even found a whole stash of iron awesome now I can

Start making some iron gear I ran back over to the crafting table and put together an iron chest plate and equipped it on day 12 I emerged from my house in the village and headed back into the forest I was running through the woods when I saw a carrot on the

Ground up ahead oh what luck a free carrot as I continued through the forest I saw there were even more carrots I I decided to keep picking them up I was going to need as many as I could get just then I picked up one of the carrots

And suddenly fell through a trapo wo I landed inside a small room and there were several other rabbits looking at me uh hi guys what’s going on you’re not the big bad wolf I turned around and saw a large elderly bunny looking down at me no sir I’m not what’s going on around

Here I see all new around here let me explain for years the forest was a beautiful and peaceful place all the animals were happy living in Harmony the wolf would try to hunt us but we could always get away then one day something changed the wolf had discovered some

Kind of magic which he used to give himself a cloaking ability suddenly we could no longer hide because we didn’t know when he would attack we have been in hiding ever since oh no how can we stop him there is an ancient Relic known as the rad glasses crafted by our bunny

Ancestors its pieces have been scattered across the land but if you bring them to me I can grab after them a new they will allow you to see the wolf even when he cloaks do you think you can help us I’m not very strong but I’ll do my best on

Days 13 to 15 I had arrived back at my base and made a couple improvements to the inside then I went outside and started working on a farm and planted some of the carrots i’ had collected it wasn’t much but it was a place to call

Home I needed to get some sand though so I headed off to the desert to gather some I managed to get a bunch of it when suddenly a group of rattlesnakes came slithering up behind me hey guys can I help you the rattlesnakes just stared at

Me then they attacked act hey that’s not very nice luckily their bite wasn’t too bad because I still only had a heart I was able to keep moving and I took them all out suddenly I felt a burst of energy and I grew into a bigger killer

Bunny and look now I have five Hearts I’m feeling way better already on day 16 to 19 I returned back to the base and made a few adjustments now that I had gotten a little bigger and stronger later as I was harvesting some of my

Crops I saw a squirrel walking up to the base hey I’ve been looking for you hey there what’s up I saw you were with my sister when that fox attacked her she seemed to trust you so I want to help you too for my sister I’ll take all the

Help I can get and I’m sorry for what happened I’m much stronger now and won’t be running away from anything we then set off making some more improvements to the base it turned out the squirrel’s name was Rocky and he was happy to help after we had finished upgrading parts of

The base he pulled me aside for a chat thanks again for letting me help Zozo I had an idea for the base I think we should build something that will make the other bunnies know that this is a safe place oh I know just what to make

But we’re going to need a lot of orange dye we ran off into a flower field and got to work grabbing as many orange to as we could to make the die on days 20 to 22 we were heading back to our base when the fox popped out from around the

Corner yeah the bunny That Got Away I’m going to get you this time you aren’t hurting anyone this time I jumped into battle and started swinging away at the fox Rocky jumped into the fight too with my new Strength the fox didn’t stand a chance we beat him easily nice going

Rocky how did he find our base I don’t know the only thing I can think of is that he must have seen me and followed me here sorry about that that’s okay but it reminds me we need to start looking for the the parts of those special

Glasses do you have any ideas of where we could look I’ve got one idea but before we get there we’re going to need some serious upgrades first on days 23 to 26 I was deep underground looking for resources luckily for me I was able to

Find a bunch of iron as well as some coal this is just what I needed now I can finish making my iron armor I took some of the stone I had collected and used it to craft a furnace then I added the coal and iron to smell myself some

Iron bars once the iron bars were complete I used them to craft myself iron tools including an iron sword then I used the rest to finish crafting my iron armor now I’m really powered up I decided to keep exploring the cave when I suddenly ran into a group of zombies

Try and fight me now you flesh heads the zombies could pack a punch but there were no match for my new gear I swung my sword and was able to take them out I kept going down the tunnel when a spider dropped down from the ceiling oh gross

Ciders are disgusting as the spider charged at me I swung my sword he managed to get a couple bites in but he couldn’t do much against my armor soon enough it was defeated I wonder what’s going to be at the end of the tunnel up ahead I could see something glowing in

The distance what could it be I walked into a large open room and subscribe hey it’s not a bad idea if you love going on these Adventures as much as I do I’d love for you to hit the button and the bell that way you’ll never miss out on

Days 27 to 31 Rocky and I headed into the woods to look for the first crafting item we’d need for the glasses I could hear a noise up ahead when suddenly a wolf hopped up on some stone blocks locking our path ooh a delicious bunny

The big bad wolf isn’t going to mind if I eat you myself go on and hide Rocky I can take this guy the wolf and I charged at each other he was pretty strong but so was I he snarled and getting some hits in he even got me down to half

A heart but I knew I could win your bar is worse than your bite I gave one more swing and took him out as he disappeared I saw he dropped some kind of special item what’s this I picked it up and saw it was a fire Rod oh cool I wonder what

This will do later on I was walking along the water when a crocodile popped out and attacked me I swung my fire Rod immediately catching him on fire wao nothing like a well roasted Croc for dinner the crocodile panicked and jumped back into the water yeah you’ll think

Twice about messing with me next time on days 32 to 35 Rocky and I arrived in the bad lands Rocky had told me he had seen something strange in the area and thought it would be worth checking it out as we rounded the corner I saw a

Weird sign let the water lift you up what does that mean there was a nearby lever so I gave it a flick and nothing happened what happens when you jump in the water Rocky jumped into the water but there was no effect I don’t think that’s it let’s try hitting one of these

Buttons Rocky clicked on one of the buttons on the wall and an arrow came flying out right over Rocky’s head wao I don’t think that’s it I guess I’ll give this other one a try I nervously reached forward and hit the button and some Redstone Dust popped out look you can

Put the dust here to complete the circuit I walked over by Rocky and put down the Redstone Dust then I flipped the switch this time a column of water came pouring down that did the trick I jumped into the column of water and swam to the very top when I reached the top

There was a chest inside of the chest there were some different brick locks as well as one glowstone hm this isn’t exactly what I was expecting Zozo up here I followed Rocky up another flight of stairs and saw some glasses frames at the top this is just what we were

Looking for the first piece the Elder rabbit will be excited to see this on days 36 to 39 Rocky and I returned back to the base first things first I needed to craft a new fence I couldn’t risk another attack by the Big Bad Wolf Gang

Or Worse the wolf himself by using some of the brick I was able to make a nice perimeter fence once that was complete Rocky and I worked together to make him his own place too thanks for all your help so far Rocky I think it’ll be good

For you to have your own place I’m happy to be here let’s build a pen and get some sheep that way we can work on the Statue good idea Rocky and I headed into the forest and managed to find a herd of sheep using leads we roped them up and

Led them back to their new pen with the Sheep all locked up I then took some orange dye and got to work dying all the Sheep orange orange you guys glad you’re not dinner I went ahead and sheared all the Sheep then collected all of the

Orange dye from there Rocky and I headed off to find a good spot to build the Statue once we found a suitable location we got to work clearing a space building up a base then working on the Statue itself after a bit the first part was

Complete nice job Rocky this is a good spot to stop as we were taking down the scaffolding a group of parrots walked up to us hey hey you’re bunny you must be against the big bad wolf then you’d be correct what’s up we’ve been on the run ever since the wolf started cloaking

Nowhere feels safe I know what you mean but there’s safety in numbers you guys should come join us at our base that’s just what we need we’ll go gather our things and then we’ll meet you there I told them where to go and they headed

Off back at the base Rocky and I got to work building them their own house to stay I couldn’t believe the wolf was even hunting birds we’d do our best to keep them safe I started days 40 to 43 by putting in some paths throughout the

Base the next morning I got to work harvesting the carrots and planting some pumpkins then I filled the rest of the spots with carrots we’ve got a lot of new friends starting to show up I’ve got to be sure everyone is well fed just then the parrots walked up and I finally

Got to show them the place I had built for them they were really excited to have a safe place to rest after they took a look around their leader came to talk to me you’re looking for the parts of the rad glasses right the ones that

Let you see the invisible wolf I am do you know something about their parts only rumors I’ve really only heard about one of the parts that is but I don’t know if you’re going to love where you have to go to find it I’ll do whatever

It takes on days 44 to 49 I was getting ready to leave my base for the new location I think it’ll be better for you to stay here Rocky I don’t know if this will be the best place for a squirrel Rocky understood and agreed to work on

The base while I was gone after a long journey I finally arrived in the area the parrot had told me about oh man it’s freezing here no wonder the parrot said I wouldn’t like it just then I stumbled across an abandoned Igloo this will be a

Great place to stop and rest as I left the igloo though I was suddenly attacked by a snow leopard waa where did you come from the snow leopard was vicious he had giant fangs and Powerful claws he must have set this up as a trap I’ll never

Let the wolf and his Allies win I swung with all my power and took him out it’s a good thing I upgraded all my armor before I left otherwise I’d be rabbits too on days 50 to 53 I had finally made it out of the cold and arrived at the

Place the parot had mentioned as I walked up to the tower I saw there were two wolves standing guard hey can I come in no well that was a short conversation I don’t know why I even bothered asking they’re Wolves of course they’ll just attack me this wolf is just a junior

Guard so I finished him off easily you’re not getting in my way either I turned and attacked the other guard too who didn’t put up much of a fight and I defeated him in no time all right let’s get that glasses part I climbed to the

Top of the tower but there was another wolf waiting for me this one was stronger than the others by using my fire Rod though and managed to light him on fire and eventually take him out nearly losing my life in the process hey there can you help me out I took out my

Axe and started chopping away at the nearby cage there was no part for the glasses but there was a bunny trapped inside thanks for breaking me out let me guess you were looking for a piece of the glasses yeah I was do you know anything about it I was here looking for

It too but I guess it got moved to a dungeon far away from here that’s what I heard the henchmen saying anyway shoot that is in the complete opposite direction well might as well stop at my base in the meantime feel free to join me there the rabbit agreed and we headed

Off for the base on days 54 to 57 The Bunny and I arrived back at the base which was on fire oh no what’s going on as I got closer I could see that the base was being attacked by a pack of wolves standing outside the base I could

See the big bad wolf he was giving orders to his men the Wolf Gang headed into the base and rounded up all the parrots they were taking them prisoner I don’t have the glasses yet but I have to do something I sprinted into the base

Sword in hand the wol attack get out of my home we never did anything to you one by one I cut down all the Wolves soon enough the only one left was Mr big bad you’re going to pay for this I charged at the big bad wolf leaping into the air

When suddenly he disappeared oh you coward I’ll find you on days 58 to 62 I took a look around at all of the damage I couldn’t believe I didn’t keep everyone safe as I walked around I could see that everyone was gone that’s when I heard a noise from under the table Rocky

What are you doing under there Zozo I was so scared but this was all my fault I told the Wolves where the base was he had captured my squirrel friend and said he would hurt him if I didn’t tell him where to go Rocky you should have told

Me we could have rescued your friend together I know I’m so sorry in the end he didn’t let my friend go and just took away all of our new friends I hope you can forgive me I felt bad for Rocky I could tell he was sorry it’s okay I know

You just wanted to help your friend we can figure it out together in the meantime though we better go get some supplies to rebuild the base from there I headed into the mines and managed to find plenty of iron as well as some gold and coal I smelted down all of the iron

And used it to make make some iron bars then I headed out to the river and scooped up a bunch of clay I then used the clay to make more bricks at long last I headed outside and replaced the fence with iron bars while also repairing any other holes with the

Bricks it took a while but soon the defenses were complete those wolves are going to have a heck of a time breaking in again on day 63 to 66 I told the bunny and Rocky to hang back at the base while I headed out to the dungeon this

Could be dangerous and I didn’t want to lose any more friends the journey was a long one and I passed through all kinds of different terrain as I was passing over a mountain I saw a wolf in the distance just as it destroyed a baby elephant it was the big bad wolf what

Have you done I charged at the wolf but he disappeared again what kind of monster would attack an innocent elephant as they looked down the elephant’s mom came over the hill what have you done to my baby no it wasn’t me it was the Big Bad Wolf The Elephant didn’t care and she

Attacked I took a few swings to keep her back as I tried to explain but she wasn’t listening my only option was to run away as fast as I could on day 67 to 70 I could see the entrance to the cave up ahead it looked really dark and scary

This must be it who knows what’s waiting for me inside I entered the cave and soon found out waiting for me was a group of skeletons H why are you guys so creepy the skeletons swung their swords and shot their arrows as I jumped around hitting them with my sword they got some

Hits in it but I was able to take them all out I headed deeper into the caves and saw a spawner let’s just get rid of this I can’t fight these mobs off for Forever on day 71 to 74 I pushed further into the mines when I saw some diamonds

Oh those would help me so much I quickly put up a bridge to cross over when suddenly the wall exploded and a zombified pigling came bursting through wo oh I quickly pulled out my fire rod and lit him up he lit on fire but my fire Rod broke ouch he’s so strong I

Swung with my sword as my health dropped finally taking him out as he disappeared he dropped something I picked it up a diamond Hammer this thing is powerful and I’m getting it just in time too excited about my new weapon I headed back over to the diamonds and mined them

Out being careful not to drop them in the lava with the diamonds in hand I put down a crafting table and made myself a pair of diamond leggings to replace my iron ones maybe we can make it through here after all on day 75 to 78 I had

Finally reached a big empty room room there was a chest on the other side hello looks like this place is deserted I walked over to the chest when suddenly I heard a thump behind me I turned around and saw a giant spider had dropped down from the ceiling oh hey man

You mind if I grab what in the chest and leave you wish bunny boy you’re not getting out of here ales I thought you might say something like that just then the spider leaped forward and attacked I got hidden but not before he started shooting his webs at me oh boy this

Isn’t going to be as easy as I was hoping looks like it’s time to get my very own Lucky Rabbit foot that’s just a weird thing to say the spider charged at me but I was ready I jumped out of the way causing him to jump into the pool of

Lava I’ll keep my feet thanks just then I felt the energy surged through me and I leveled up into a buff Bunny Man wo I have 10 Hearts now too I went over to the chest and opened it inside were the lenses to the rad glasses long with a

Bunch of diamonds I can’t wait to see what the Elder rabbit can do with these on day 79 to 84 I arrived at the Elder rabbit’s house sir I’ve got everything you need to remake the rad glasses Zozo well done well done this is just what we needed the Elder rabbit quickly turned

To his enchanting table and assembled the glasses imbuing them with special power he turned and tossed them back to me take these and take Courage the hope of all bunny kind rests with you now we know you can do it thank you I’ll give it everything I’ve got I turned and left

His house time to get ready for the final fight on days 85 to 89 I arrived back at the base and saw the rabbit and Rocky had done a great job ining it nice job you guys this place looks amazing thanks Zozo we had a lot more creatures

Come and join us so we had to build them all a place to stay aren’t they scared yeah but they believe in you and know this is the safest place for them to be I sure hope so that reminds me we better finish our special project there could

Be more creatures out there Rocky and I headed back out to our statue and got to work finishing it up this carrot was going to be a beacon to all the animals in the area that this was a safe place it didn’t take long and we were soon

Finished now let’s go get prepped we’ve got some wolf butt to kick on days 90 to 94 I was back in the base putting together some diamond armor I used the diamonds I had found in the dungeon as well as some additional ones Rocky had

Found in the cave I better go check the chest too Rocky said he had some stuff for me in in there I opened the chest and saw it was full of healing potions I grabbed them all and added them to my inventory I’m feeling pretty stacked

Let’s go wolf hunting on days 95 to 96 I ran across the land in the direction of the wolf’s base it wasn’t too long until I hit a river the wolf’s base was supposed to be further Downstream so I chopped down a nearby tree and built

Myself a boat as I paddled down the river I soon entered a dense jungle it wasn’t too long until I came across my first Woolf hey leave that cat alone I ran ashore and started swinging saving the cat thank you I thought I was a goner for sure no problem I’m just glad

You’re okay you’re so nice here follow me I saw something I think you’ll find useful cat set off into the trees as I followed close behind we soon reached a small Stone building covered in cobwebs I cut down the webs and opened the chest inside a trident and a shield you’re

Right these will help a ton thank you happy to help I H you after all I invited the cat to stay at my base to which he happily agreed I decided to give the Trident a test sticking it into the nearby tree this thing is awesome it’s definitely going to help in the

Fight I headed back to my boat and kept rowing down the river suddenly the crocodile from before popped out this guy again I thought I taught him a lesson the last time the crocodile lunged at me catching me in his Jaws oh let me go I swung my sword as he kept

Trying to do damage to me this guy was tough let’s see how you like this I took out my Trident and threw it spearing him into Oblivion better luck next time pal on days 97 to ’98 I was rowing down the river when I saw my stop up ahead I

Jumped out of the boat and started climbing the mountain the wolf’s Lair soon came into view as I got closer a couple of wolves attacked sorry guys but you picked the wrong guy for a Boss by using my sword Trident and shield I managed to fend them off I entered the

Mansion and more wolves attacked they were vicious but there were no match for my new armor and weapons one by one I took them out let’s see where could this guy be I’ll check the basement I headed down the stairs and saw a tarantula at the end of the hallway who charged

What’s with this guy and spiders the tarantula managed to stick me with a stinger which poisoned me it was doing damage so I had to be quick luckily I was able to take him out as the poison wore off let’s try upstairs instead I headed to the second floor as a couple

Of wolf guards came charging at me I could tell these guys thought they were cool but they couldn’t get past my Shield guess they weren’t the smartest couple of doggos I managed to take them both out I was rounding one of the corners when a monkey came running up to

Me hey you oh hey wow you sound just like me that’s because I am you from the other video oh yeah the video where I survived 100 days as a monkey that’s right yeah I just wanted to stop by and tell people they should come watch my monkey Adventure after they finish this

One I think they’ll like it I agree that was a crazy adventure tell chimchim I say hi I will good luck with the wolf thanks wow what a nice guy on day 99 I reached the top floor of the lair where the big bad wolf was sitting on his

Throne waiting for me well well well if it isn’t the little bunny who cried wolf you think you’re so strong but you attack bunnies who can’t see you you’re a coward is that so now you’re just making me angry and I was already hungry you won’t like me when I’m angry the

Wolf leaped forward and attacked he was strong but I was ready he got a few bites in but I landed some blows of my own I could tell he wasn’t expecting me to be so strong let’s see how you like this wolf started summoning in some

Smaller wolves who I was able to easily outmaneuver and defeat then I hit the wolf with my sword causing him to retreat still a coward hiding behind others to fight for you I see I’m not a coward I’m just powerful enough games this ends now suddenly the wolf

Disappeared and started to attack me and now you’re cloaking you’re just proving me right the wolf reappeared on his throne who cares you’ll be gone soon no one can stop me when I use my Powers I quickly grabbed my rad glasses and put them on Wolf used his cloaking power

Again but I could still see him what part did you hit me not so invisible after all are you how dare you the wolf let out a flurry of attacks which caught me off guard nearly taking all of my health maybe I was being a little too

Cocky he only had to hit me one more time and I was done for Zozo I looked over and saw Rocky standing by the stairs catch he threw a splash potion at me which immediately restored all of my health no I pulled out my Trident and

Threw it at the wolf destroying him for good Rocky I can’t believe you followed me here I’m glad you did though you saved the day but our work here isn’t done yet on day 100 I headed down into the basement and used my hammer to break

The animals out of their cages be free my friends it’s safe now after I had broken all of the animals out I stood by the door of the Mansion as the creatures ran to Freedom sometime later I was back at my base surrounded by all my new

Friends thanks for all of your help and I’ll catch you in my next adventure on day one I spawned as a little baby monkey in a banana tree but I only have three hearts as a monkey I can climb trees this is awesome but where are all

My monkey friends I was all alone when suddenly an ocelot started stealing all the bananas from my tree ouch what did I do to you I didn’t have any weapons to fight so I quickly jumped down from the tree and ran away wo that was a close

One this water will be a peaceful place to catch my breath just when I thought I was safe I ran into a crocodile oh no he wanted to eat me but I couldn’t fight him either so I climbed up the tree to get away after reaching the top I broke

The leaves and took a look around this looks like a good place to hide for the night I finally felt safe but I couldn’t help but wonder why was I the only monkey at the tree as I watched the sunset I thought about how beautiful but dangerous this world is how could a

Little monkey like me ever make a difference I just need to find some friends and lay low but I’ll focus on that later and get some rest on day two I returned to the banana tree and the ocelot was gone I’m hungry I need some of these bananas I decided to grab as

Many as I could to take with me on my journey ahead I didn’t see any other monkeys around so I spent the day Gathering wood and stone to make myself some stone tools while I was doing that I stumbled across a village of other monkeys wow this place looks great I’ll

Have to ask someone if they’ve seen my tribe I made my way to the top of the hill and saw a wise old monkey looking out of the village hey have you seen any other monkeys like me around my new friend explained to me that the banana trees in the area were slowly

Disappearing and the monkeys were too I couldn’t believe it so I grabbed any supplies I could around the village and then left to search for My Tribe by day three I had found a nice little Forest to call my new home this will work great I climbed up the tallest tree and

Started working on a treehouse for myself it was hard work but I’m not afraid of a little hard work I took a break from building to work on my food source I planted some banana trees which grew really fast wow that is one goodlooking banana tree let’s see what

These bananas are like I picked the Bananas off the tree and saw they were special golden bananas I couldn’t wait to take a bite wow these are so good suddenly I grew into an adult monkey with five Hearts all right two more Hearts I feel stronger and have a jump

Boost I can run faster too with my new abilities I finish my treehouse in no time it’s not much but it’s a place to call home that night I started hearing horrible noises outside my Treehouse when I took a look my house was surrounded by spiders oh great I totally

Forgot to put torches at the bottom of my base I hope I can fight these guys off good thing I just made myself a sword get back you Creepy Crawlers I won’t let you get me it was a tough fight but I was able to clear them all

Out hm maybe I’m tougher than I thought or maybe it was just my new sword yeah probably that with the spiders gone I could finally get some much-needed sleep on days four and 5 I set off to try and find my monkey family but I ran into the

Ocelot I saw before hey what are you doing here he demanded that I give him my bananas so he could give them to his boss no way I’m not giving you my bananas who is your boss and why does he want them he told me his boss buff tiger

Didn’t answer to anyone especially not little monkeys like me before I could respond he attacked me ouch I’m not letting you pick on me this time that ocelot was way stronger than I thought and hit me really hard luckily I could climb trees and jump really high so I

Could easily get out of the way and hit him back it took everything I had but I was able to wear him down and take him out that was exhausting but at least I know who I’m up against but I still had so many questions why do they want

Bananas and who is this buff tiger guy what kind of name is that anyway I was able to beat the ocelot but there was clearly a bigger fight ahead so I headed back home to prepare for the battle to come on day 6 to 8 I found a cave to do

Some mining if I was going to get to the bottom of this I needed the gear to do it wo this cave is huge I bet I’ll be able to find all kinds of resources in here while I was down there I found Flint coal and iron when I got home I

Crafted some furnaces smelted the iron and crafted an iron axe pickaxe sword as well as some iron boots it’s just a little bit of protection but these boots are better than nothing by then night had falling and I could hear noises coming from outside the base hello who’s

There I broke a hole in my fencing and took a peek over the edge it was a bunch of zombies oh shoot I forgot to put out torches again hey guys we don’t have to fight why don’t you just leave me alone all right suit yourself they

Didn’t seem too happy with me being there eat iron flesh face they left me with no choice so I fought back with my new sword and won that felt like a much easier fight with my new equipment I was feeling better already but definitely needed some rest so I hopped into bed

For the night on days 9 and 10 I woke up hungry I had some more bananas to eat but I needed to find something more filling than that I decided to make a boat and use it to explore along the river when I was exploring I saw another

Village in the distance I’m sure the monkeys there can help me find something good to eat but as I entered the village it was empty where is everyone something seems off the place was deserted so I helped myself to some wheat and watermelons to take back home as I was

Roll back home I saw something moving in the trees those must be the missing monkeys from the village but who’s that on a lower tree I saw a tiger could that be the buff tiger I’d been hearing so much about he didn’t look so buff to me

It looked like he was trapping those monkeys I had to save them I quickly climbed up a nearby tree and called out to him hey what do you think you’re doing with those monkeys I’m taking these monkeys cap so they can build things for me it’s incredibly difficult

When you don’t have thumbs I don’t care how many thumbs you have it isn’t right I didn’t have a second to lose I quickly jumped up the other trees to try and get to the trapped monkeys buff Tiger saw what I was doing is started moving

Towards them too I had to beat him to the top when I reached the top I hurried and made a bridge for the monkeys to escape quick everyone run across and we can get out of here buff tiger let out a roar which seemed to freeze all of them

Except for one who hurried and ran across the bridge to my tree watch out buff tiger jumped across the tree and broke the end of the bridge blocking the rest of the monkeys off I couldn’t believe it I was getting ready to try and jump across when the other monkey

Called out to me don’t attack him he’s stronger than he looks we’ll have to try and rescue them later all I could do is watch as he led them all away come on let’s hurry and get out of here my new friend and I hurried out of the tree and

Jumped into a boat once we had reached the shore she explained to me how buff tiger had kidnapped them from the nearby Village we decided we would team up and stop him by the way what’s your name my friends call me chimchim nice to meet you chimchim now let’s go kick some

Tiger Tail on days 11 through 14 chimchim and I arrived at the base and got Right to Work building a space for for her to live in we extended the base over to the nearby tree and put up some torches hey this is looking really great

It’s going to be nice having a roommate around with chimchim set up I headed out to find some more supplies for the fight ahead I was walking along when I started hearing a weird noise what in the world is that I cut some grass and almost

Stepped on a Komodo dragon get away I tried hitting it with my sword but it hit back hard oh man I don’t feel so good the dragon had poisoned me which brought me down to half a heart I got to get out of here while I was running away

I came across some chickens which gave me an idea hey hey guys I need your feathers I’m sure you won’t mind hearing no complaints I gathered up all their feathers put down a crafting table and made myself a bow and some arrows that Dragon won’t stand a chance against me

Now and ran back over to the dragon and hopped up a tree aha good luck getting to me this time I shot off a couple arrows before the dragon tried to charge me you can’t get me up here I fired one more arrow and took him out this thing

Is definitely going to come in handy from there I headed into a dark forest and gathered some wood mushrooms dirt and stone once I collected that I started a mine near my base while I was down in the mines I got some iron gold and coal I better go get Crafting I

Headed back into the base where chimchim watched me craft a new set of iron armor I also put together a spear I wasn’t going to need my sword anymore so I tossed that over to chimchim hopefully you won’t need this but hold on to it

Just in case next I headed down to the water and cleared out an area to plant a farm I took out my hoe tilled the ground and then planted some wheat seeds I also made sure to plant some watermelon as well since it was chimchim’s favorite

Food then I put down some wood and set up some cocoa beans wow this little starter Camp is already starting to look like a home on day 15 chimchim woke me up before the sun had risen chimchim what’s going on I couldn’t sleep there’s a monkey that I think you need to meet

And I Can’t Wait Another Monkey lead the way chimchim LED me out of the base and we entered a dark Forest it’s a good thing you know where you’re going otherwise I’d be completely lost we soon came across a small Hut hidden in the thick trees we entered the Hut and

Inside was a monkey Shaman uh hey there what’s going on the shaman looked deep into my eyes the great spirits have long for told the day when a cursed tiger will seek to enslave all monkeys Z prophesied that he will steal all the bananas and use that to capture and

Control all the monkeys to do his will but all hope would not be lost a monkey would be sent to us who will Master the land and defeats the tiger zoo you are that monkey I was stunned no it’s not possible I couldn’t stop buff tiger

Before how could I be the monkey of Legend I don’t have the strength or weapons to possibly save everyone I’m sorry but you got the wrong guy I was too embarrassed to stay there any longer so I left the Hut to head home I needed

To get some rest on days 16 through 19 I woke up and noticed that chimchim was missing I looked all around the base but couldn’t find her anywhere Chim Chim I couldn’t think of where she would go but there was one place I knew that was incredibly dangerous I really hoped she

Wouldn’t be there as I walked to the edge of the cliff I could see chimchim trapped in the lava hang on chimchim I’m coming to rescue you I quickly laid down some blocks and made a bridge to where she was trapped she must have left the base without bringing any supplies quick

Come across here before the lava Rises anymore we ran back across of safety Jim Jim what were you doing out there I was really worried about you after you told the shaman you wouldn’t help I couldn’t wait around and do nothing I was trying to go and find my captured monkey

Friends when I got trapped that was really Brave of you you know what I’ll help I don’t think I’m the monkey they’re talking about but if you want to fight buff tiger I can fight too that seemed to really cheer chimchim up but before we could leave we heard a squawk

From you the lava we went to take a look and saw an emu trapped on the other side he needs some help don’t worry buddy I’ve got you I put some block down and made a bridge for the Emu to get across the lava he followed me across and so I

Built some ladders for us to climb out of the hole when we reached the top I asked him what he was doing down there turns out he actually lived there but had gotten trapped when the lava started Rising he explained that he heard us talking about buff tiger and knew

Something he thought might help he said he had heard about a legendary ancient Weapon made specifically to fight tigers that sounds amazing what is it and where do we find it he wished us luck but told us he didn’t know where it was but said if we ran into any other animals we

Should be sure to ask them if they know anything after the Emu had left I was feeling more confident that we could do this suddenly I felt a burst of energy and gained two more Hearts I even grew a little ins size all right chimchim we

Can figure this out let’s head back to the base on days 20 to 22 we got back to the base and saw it was surrounded by creepers ah get back you mutated Pig freaks I quickly charged with my Spear and made sure the creepers couldn’t damage our base after the creepers were

Gone chimchim said she had something she wanted to talk to me about you know I don’t think you give yourself enough credit you’re actually much braver than you think how do you do it thanks Jim maybe I am too hard on myself when I get scared there is one thing that always

Helps me I always think of my hero he’s a big banana loving necktie wearing ape who isn’t afraid of anything he sounds amazing I think we should build a statue in his honor that way we can always remember to be brave I thought that was

A great idea but before I headed off to get supplies I finally went ahead and put some torches around the bottom of the tree to stop mobs from spawning there yeah this may have been a little overdue then I headed off to the woods to cut down some trees I wanted the

Statue to be huge so I was going to need a ton of wood I also went out and found some sheep so I could use their wool I built them a pen and then harvested some cocoa beans so I could dye the Sheep round this will be the perfect color for

The Statue chimchim and I then cleared out of space to put the statue it’s going to take a lot of time to build this but I think it’s going to look really cool when we’re all done once we had finished clearing a space we started

On the first part of the statue I was glad chimchim was there to help Adventures are always better when they’re with a friend after a lot of hard work we finally finished the first part and hey this is actually the first video I’ve ever made if you like it so

Far it would mean the world to me if you subscribed and turn on notifications that way you’ll be sure to catch my next adventure on days 23 to 27 I was in my base when suddenly a zombie in full armor came around the corner whoa where

Did you come from get back you Undead creep I managed to beat him down with my Spear and noticed he dropped some kind of special item what’s this it looks like some kind of Swiss army knife I didn’t know anything about this new item so I decided to head to the desert and

Test it out I saw some husks wandering around and gave it a swing wao this thing can set stuff on fire there were some rattlesnakes nearby too so I went and tested it out on them as well piece of cake then I went and tested it out on

Some sand and a cactus it looks like this thing is just as good as a shovel or an axe a tool this versatile is definitely going to help me in the future with my test complete I headed back home when I arrived at the base I saw chimchim talking to a couple of

Horses and a donkey he explained that he heard this was a place safe from buff tiger and wanted to stay here too the more the merrier my friends we’d be happy to have you our new friends are going to need a place to stay so I

Cleared some space at the bottom of the tree and built them a small shelter to live in that reminded me I didn’t want any more surprise guests climbing into my base so I broke all of the vines off the trunk of my tree I am a monkey after

All I definitely didn’t need these vines on days 28 to 32 I went and asked my new horse friend if he knew anything about the legendary weapon the Emu had mentioned he told me he didn’t know what the weapon was but had come across a group of ante eaters in a distant Forest

Who were collectors of interesting objects how can I find these ante eaters I don’t know if I can travel that far for that long he told me that I should hop on his back and he could show me the way he would get me there in no time I

Threw a saddle on the horses back and we took off into the distance chimchim could keep an eye on things until I got back after a while we came to a bridge but a snapping turtle was blocking the way uh-oh he doesn’t look friendly let

Me see if he’ll let us pass hey there do you mind letting us by hey you get out of here this area is controlled by Buff tiger no monkey’s Allowed no monkeyy allowed we’ll see about that I gave him a hit with my spear but that was a

Mistake he was strong I quickly ran back and hopped on my horse friend’s back quick let’s jump across using that tree over there there was a large tree in the middle the Gap so we hopped on top of it and then jumped to the other side see

You around Slowpoke we had gotten by but this land was controlled by Buff tiger I’d have to keep an eye out for anything suspicious on days 33 to 36 we found the group of an eaters hanging out in a forest clearing hey guys I heard you may know something about a legendary item

That could defeat buff tiger are you looking for me who is that I looked to my side and standing on top of a tree was buff tiger so you think some magical object can defeat me you have any even seen a fraction of my power how about we

Settle this right here right now with a roar buff tiger hit me there was no way I could take him on right now the best thing I could do was get him to leave the area I had an idea over here you big brute I quickly ran back toward the

Cliff where do you think you’re going when he got close I hit him with my Swiss army knife which caused him to catch on fire on fire he had no choice but to jump into the river which carried him away this isn’t over I will find

You with buff tiger gone I hurried back to the clearing and saw the ante eater leader waiting for me we knew buff tiger was hunting monkeys but it seems like he is attacking anyone who opposes him I’m sorry to hear it buff tiger will be back though and it’s not safe here anymore

You and your family are welcome to come and live at my base thank you we would love that on days 37 to 40 I had arrived back to the base with our new ant eater friends while they checked out the new area chimchim and I went to work

Building them their own wing of the base we wanted to be sure they felt comfortable after having to flee from their homes we soon finished and the Ant eaters moved into their new space once they moved in I talked to their leader and asked him if you knew anything about

The legendary item I have heard of this item before yes I don’t know what powers it possesses but I know it can be found in the northern ice Fields the seals there should know more about it the ice Fields huh sounds cold for a monkey I’ll

Have to make sure I prepare myself for that Journey but before I could do that Chim Chim and I got to work on the next part of the statue things were really starting to come along and I felt like maybe if I could finish the statue

Before I face buff tiger I could have the courage and bravery of my hero but while we got a lot done finishing it was a task for another day from Days 41 to 43 I headed to the mines to do some mining I was hoping to find some

Diamonds to upgrade my gear while I was headed there one of the ant eaters came running up to me from a nearby cave hey are you looking for diamonds I am actually do you know where to find them he explained that there were diamonds in

The cave he had just come out of but there was a cave centipede blocking the way if I could kill the centipede he’d let me have all the diamonds you’re scared of a little centipede I can squish that no problem I headed over to to the cave and peaked around the corner

The centipede was way bigger than I thought no wonder the an eater was scared I saw a stack of blocks I could climb up so I climbed to the top and took out my bow I can shoot him from up here where he can’t reach me no problem

I started shooting him with arrows but he crawled up the wall and hit me uh-oh he can climb walls too his hits had poisoned me which brought me down to half a heart my next durability was also running out if it broke I was toast luckily I was able to finish him off

That was way too close with the centipede out of the way I now noticed that there was a big stash of diamonds at the end of the tunnel awesome now I’ll finally be able to upgrade my tools to Diamond I quickly mined out all the diamonds and then I worked on Crafting a

Diamond pickaxe sword Axe and shovel I also had a few extras so I made myself a diamond helmet on days 44 to 49 I left the base to travel to the northern ice fields and find the seals the ant heaters had told me about oh boy it’s

Freezing I hope I can find these guys quickly I don’t know how long I can stay out in this as I was climbing over some snow I heard a sound coming from the other side the seals must be over this hill I jumped over the hill and was

Surprised to see a couple of polar bears who immediately started to attack me I took out my new diamond sword and fought back I’m much stronger now you won’t be able to take me down after a few hits the polar bears were down even I was

Surprised at how quickly I was able to defeat them maybe I could be the monkey of Legend after all I kept running across the ice Fields when I saw someone getting attacked by a couple polar bears in the distance as I got closer I saw it was a huge orangutan fighting them off

By the time I had reached him he had taken out both of the Bears he was really strong hey there I didn’t expect to see another monkey all the way out here what brings you out this far the Rutan didn’t respond right away but instead slowly looked me up and down

It’s going to get cold soon we’ll need to build a camp for the night yeah okay the orangan and I quickly worked together to build an igloo he didn’t say much while we worked and I was starting to get an uneasy feeling about him maybe he was just suspicious of me too I

Decided I would try and find out I started up a fire in the igloo and he surprised me by asking me a question first so what are you doing out here I’m looking for the seals I was told by the monkey Shaman that I’m the monkey of

Legend and there are rumors of a legendary weapon that can help me defeat buff tiger the shaman must have lost it how could a small monkey like you be the monkey of Legend no no no I spoke to the shaman and he told me it was my destiny

To save the monkeys it must be your job to help me find the item I couldn’t believe what I was hearing but maybe he was right he was so strong and had taken down two polar bears with no weapons at all I knew knew the shaman had the wrong

Monkey oh oh okay you’re probably right I’ll help you in your quest I know we need to find the seals but I don’t know where they are they’re living in a secret City not far from here we’ll go there in the morning we both settled down for the night I couldn’t believe I

Thought I was the monkey of Legend on days 50 to 53 we traveled across the ice Fields And Soon saw the entrance to the hidden seal Village but before we could get any closer we ran into the snapping turtle I had seen near the anater village you again how did you get all

The way out here the turtle didn’t spawned and attacked us I charged and notice the orangutan hesitated before joining the fight but once he joined we were able to defeat him easily thanks for the help you had me worried for a second there he didn’t respond to that

And we headed into the seal Village we soon found the king of the village and asked for his help he explained to us that although the city was hidden they too were afraid of buff tiger when we asked him if he knew of the legendary item he told us that it wasn’t located

Here instead he had a map to its location which he shared with us thanks for sharing this with us we’ll find the item and save everyone from Days 54 to 57 we traveled back to my base and I saw that chimchim had found a lot more monkeys I’m so glad

We’re able to help all these monkeys chimchim and I got to work on expanding the base as we worked I told chimchim about everything that had happened when I told her how that Rutan was actually the monkey of Legend she didn’t believe me the shoin has never been wrong before

I don’t know if I trust that orangutan I Believe In You Zozo keep an eye out for anything suspicious while we were talking the an eater ID saved from the centipede showed up again Zozo I need your help again my little brother was playing in the jungle and got trapped in

A jungle temple can you rescue him I didn’t have a moment to spare jungle temples were full of traps that could hurt a little an eater I ran into the jungle and soon found the temple I could hear the little guy trapped inside don’t worry I’m coming for you as I made my

Way through the temple I carefully broke the traps and managed to reach him and just like that the little ant eater was free all right buddy there you go the little ant eater ran out and I decided to check the chest for any good loot wao

Check it out diamonds and what’s this a diamond Destroyer this will help me break a bunch of blocks at the same time and does major damage nice on days 58 to 62 chimchim and I got to work on our hero statue it was really starting to come along and I

Was happy with how it looked every time we finish more I couldn’t help but feel a little more Brave I guess that mattered a little less with the orangutan around though but it was good for me anyway speaking of the orangutan I hadn’t seen him in a while what could

He be up to I was heading back to the base when I saw it was surrounded by snow leopards these are followers of buff tiger how how do they find the base I ran up and started attacking all the leopards how did you find us take this

There were so many of them but they didn’t stand a chance against my new weapon I started to take them out one by one I had the last leopard cornered when I heard one of the chests in my base opening someone was in my base I quickly

Climbed up the tree as the last snow leopard ran away when I reached the top I saw the orangutan was stealing the legendary item map from my chest he must have told buff tiger where my base was why are you doing this you were the chosen one I’m sorry Zozo but I like

Lied to you about being the monkey of Legend I needed you to trust me so you could lead me back to your base buff tiger said he would kill my family if I didn’t help him find you I’ve seen How brave you are you must be the monkey of

Legend you don’t have to do this stay and help me we can defeat buff tiger if we work together I can’t lose my family I have to bring this map to buff tiger and try to save them I’m sorry and before I could stop him he jumped over

The edge of the Treehouse and escaped into the woods wait a second if he told him about about my base he must have told them about the hidden seal base too from Days 63 to 66 I ran across the land and into the ice fields to find the seal

Village but it was too late oh no the village is in Ruins buff tiger must have beaten me here as they ran into the village I could see that the village was destroyed then I saw the Seal King and he was greatly wounded Zozo when we told

Buff tiger we didn’t have the map he attacked he forced us to tell us where the map led to hurry and go to the bad land mines he’ll be going there to try and find the weapon first I’ll go find it and I’ll stop him you have my word

Just then the snow leopard from before jumped down and killed the Seal King no how could you I pulled out my destroyer and quickly finished him off I couldn’t waste any more time I had to hurry and get to the mines from day 67 to 70 I

Traveled to the bad lands to locate the mines as I was getting closer I saw someone entering the mines it was buff tiger he was going to beat me to the treasure can’t let him beat me again as I got closer to the entrance something jumped down from from a nearby Cliff it

Was a giant Rocky roller get out of my way I’m coming in the Rocky roller took one look at me and charged I took a swing but he knocked me back a lot farther than I thought he would I don’t know if I can beat this guy I kept

Trying to hit him but he took down nearly all of my health just then I saw someone coming over the hill it was the orangutan he punched the rocky roller and they started to fight the rocky roller hit him several times but the orangutan was able to hit him more but

Before the rangang could deliver the final blow the rocky roller was able to escape you’re back I’m sorry for everything Zozo when I returned to buff tiger he didn’t release my family and tried to capture me too I ran away and knew I had to kill him help you boy am I

Glad you showed up stay here and heal up I’ll see if I can still get to the item inside on days 71 to 74 I snuck into the mines to see if I could tell where buff tiger had gone I looked around and saw there were a bunch of lanterns down one

Of the hallways buff tiger must have put these here this should lead me right to him I followed the lanterns until I came to a dead end full of treasure chest and some cobwebs this must be where the item is kept I can’t imagine it’s still in

Here I took a look in the chest there was some good treasure but no special item buff tiger had beaten me to it again what was I going to do now I had no idea where buff Tiger’s base was I saw a tunnel leading out which buff

Tiger must have used to escape I made my way back out of the cave and met back up with the orangutang come on let’s head back to the base so we can help you heal and come up with a plan on day 75 to 78 chimchim and I worked on a shelter for

The orangutan he was a big guy so we needed to make sure he had a nice place to stay once we were finished the orangutan called me over to him I’m sorry again for everything Zozo here I think these supplies will be useful for you he threw down a heart of the sea

Shark teeth and prismarine blocks wow thank you I know just what to do with these I headed over to a crafting table and use the supplies to make myself a shield of the deep nothing is going to get through this next I headed over to

My farm to get some supplies as I was harvesting my crops the rocky roller came out of nowhere and attacked me again you again I’m ready for you this time by using my new Shield I was able to block his attacks and hit him with my

Hammer he was still tough but with my new tools I beat him easily this time and stay down after the fight I felt some serious power coursing through me and I turned into a giant silverback gorilla wao I’m huge now and look I have 20 Hearts I was so excited I almost

Didn’t notice the rocky roller had left a book behind I picked it up and looked inside it looks like these are orders from buff tiger in the back of the book it also had coordinates to the rocky Roller’s base if I go there I might be

Able to find out where buff tiger is keeping all the monkeys I also noticed he had dropped a redstone torch I better hang on to this it could be helpful on day 79 to 84 I used the book to travel to the Rocky Roller’s base I arrived at

The coordinates and there was nothing there there’s nothing here but these are the right coordinates did I miss something I took a look around and saw there was a lever hiding behind some rocks I pulled the lever and a secret door opened Bingo this must be it after

I entered the base I heard someone walk up behind me it was a lion he must be an ally of buff tiger hang on there I’m not looking for a fight I want to defeat buff tiger too why would you want to do that aren’t you cats in it together not

At all in fact tigers are one of our great greatest enemies help me search this base and we can bring him down together he didn’t look like he wanted to fight so I agreed to work together we both entered the base to have a look around there wasn’t a whole lot down

Here and it didn’t seem like there was anything of use then I noticed some Redstone markings on the wall wait a second the rocky roller dropped a redstone torch I wonder what happens if I put it here I placed the redstone torch and the blocks moved revealing a

Secret room what could be in here inside the room there was a book I opened it and saw there were some weird symbols inside these are coordinates to buff Tiger’s base but someone needs to decipher the code I know someone who can help come on let’s get out of here but

As I started to leave the base the lion hit the lever and closed the doors before I could get out hey what’s the big idea open the door I can’t let you do that monkey it’s true I want to defeat buff Tiger but that’s so I can be

The Lion King all monkeys should be serving me not him we’ll see about that I took out my destroyer and shield and started fighting him with my new Strength he didn’t stand a chance he got some hits in but I was able to strike

The Fatal blow in no time on days 885 to 889 I headed to the monkey Shaman’s Hut I knew he would be able to translate the coordinates when I arrived the shaman opened his door and walked out zoo is it really you my how you have grown since

We last met I need your help I found the coordinates to buff Tiger’s base but it’s in some kind of strange language can you read it Ah that’s because these are coordinates for a place not of this world a different dimension entirely not of this world but he’s a tiger they live

In this world he may look like a tiger now but he’s hiding a dark secret take this Tigger Pearl and build a portal it will take you where you need to go I took the Pearl and started heading back to the base what did he

Mean a dark secret I guess I would find out soon enough from Days 90 to 94 I headed deep underground and found some obsidian and some copper while I was down there I also came across some diamonds this is just what I needed I can use this to finish making my armor

Once I had all of the supplies I needed I headed up to the surface and crafted the rest of my diamond armor then I smelted all the copper and made some copper blocks then finally I equipped the rest of my diamond armor now I’m ready for a fight then I headed outside

And put together the special portal I was all geared up to travel to buff Tiger’s base but there was still a few more things I needed to finish first from Days 95 to ’96 I grabbed chimchim and we worked on finishing the statue I felt like I couldn’t face buff tiger

Without finishing it first this was a monkey I looked up to and it felt like this was one of the final steps of my preparation soon the statue was complete this looks amazing Zozo I think your Monkey Hero would be proud I’ll give you

A minute to take it in I think so too thanks for all of your help Chim I couldn’t have done it without you Chim Chim headed back to the base and I took a long look at the finished statue suddenly I Heard a Voice coming from the statue Zoo I’ve been watching your

Progress you have a big fight to help you but you can do it you’re a braver monkey than I ever was you are the monkey of Legend thank you that means so much to me I feel like I finally gotten strong enough to be worthy of the title you

Were always worthy remember it’s not about how big you are on the outside but how how big you are on the inside good luck tomorrow I’m taking the fight to buff Tiger’s front door on days 97 to 98 I took time to visit with all the

Animals who had joined our new home many of them were scared but I assured them I would find their friends and families and bring them home secretly though I was feeling nervous because I still hadn’t gotten the legendary weapon finally I was ready to light the portal

But as I walked up to it chimchim jumped down in front of me what’s wrong Jim I can’t let you go in there alone I want to help I know I wish you could come with me but if anything happens to me everyone here is going to need a strong

Leader to help them move on we can’t risk losing you two chimchim nodded and moved out of the way before I go through is there anything else you need to say yes everyone who is watching the video should like it and subscribe there are going to be so many more adventures and

We want everyone to be able to follow along I couldn’t have said it better myself Chim well here goes nothing I took a deep breath and threw the tiger Pearl into the portal on day 99 I suddenly appeared on the other side of the portal standing in a dense jungle I

Looked out over the Treetops and could see a sprawling City before me I made my way down the trees and into the city streets look at all of this there’s no way a tiger built this he must have built this with all the monkeys he took prisoner as I wandered through the city

I saw a sign pointing to the prison that must be where the monkeys are I made my way there and soon saw the large prison building I climbed up the wall and ran into a snow leopard on top I quickly finished him off and then jumped into

The prison yard below I could see all the monkeys and cages don’t worry everyone I’ll break you out I kept fighting the guards until they were all destroyed then I quickly started breaking all the cages Go free everyone you need to all leave before buff Tiger

Shows up as I broke the rest of the cages all I could think about was finding the legendary weapon I had to find it before I faced buff Tiger but at least now all the monkeys were free on day 100 I saw a sign pointing to the

Palace that must be buff Tiger’s Palace I’ll bet he keeps the legendary item in there I made my way into the palace and took out a couple of guards the place was nearly empty buff tiger must be out capturing more monkeys I then made my way into the basement where I saw a

Banana Katana floating over over a pedestal could that be what I think it is legendary banana Katana infused with potassium this is it I heard a tiger growl outside buff tiger you must be back I walked outside and saw buff tiger was waiting for me with an ocelot by his

Side buff tiger this ends today I have the Ultimate Weapon huh you really think that Rusty artifact can do anything to me did you even look at its durability I looked closer and saw that he was right the weapon was nearly destroyed but this was a weapon of Legend wasn’t it surely

Was stronger than it looked get him the ocelot charged I swung the banana Katana and killed the ocelot in one hit but the weapon broke ha you see what happens when you believe in fairy tales I was going to let you work for me but I think

I will just end you instead suddenly everything began to shake and buff tiger transformed into an even stronger tiger this must have been the dark secret the shaman was talking about how am I going to defeat him I’m not strong enough suddenly I remembered the words of my

Hero it’s not about how big you are on the outside it’s how big you are on the inside he was right the true power had been in me all along I was ready all right buff tiger Let’s Dance we charged at each other and exchanged blows he was

Incredibly strong but by using my shield and special powers I was able to stay in the fight why W you die you scum you messed with the wrong monkey I could feel myself getting stronger with every hit I landed I was winning I’m sending you into another dimension one where you

Can’t come back with the final strike buff tiger was finally defeated after buff tiger had disappeared I climbed the hill and saw some monkeys celebra finally you can all go home on day one I spawned in as a baby goat oh I’m a tiny little goat andoo look how

High I can jump let’s see how fast I can climb this hill I hopped on over and that’s when I realized I could climb the sides of the hills too oh yeah look at me go I was feeling pretty good about myself hip hopping around when I was

Suddenly attacked by a raptor a dinosaur what Sentry is this I didn’t have time to worry about that though because I only had four Hearts the problem was I had nowhere to run that’s when I noticed I had some sort of special ability headbutt all right I’ll give it a try I

Swung my head and sent the Raptor flying straight off the cliff sayanora I headed down the hill what was a dinosaur doing around here suddenly there was a rustling up ahead and a whole pack of raptors were coming right at me more of them I don’t think I can take on a whole

Pack they were closing in fast so I jumped up the side of the hill and started to climb they couldn’t follow me straight up the side of a cliff better luck next time boys the Raptor snarled at me and left I kept walking for the rest of the day who knew if those

Raptors would attack again on day two I headed down off the cliff I had to be careful just in case there were any dinosaurs lurking around just then I heard a cry out in the distance I rushed off toward the sound and saw a little baby goat getting attacked by a couple

Of foxes hang on buddy I charged at the foxes with my head knocking them back no one was going to be picking on any goats today they weren’t very tough and I was able to knock them both out that was a close one no problem what’s your name

You can call me Billy that makes sense come on Billy I know a spot that’s safe from all the meaning out here Billy and I headed back over to my little cave climbing up the mountain this will be a safe place for us to stay for the night

But I think we can make it a little nicer I ran outside and cut down some wood then used it to make a crafting table then I used the crafting table to make a wooden ax now I can get all the wood I need after IID collected all the

Wood I needed I started clearing out the cave filling it with a nice wood floor then I added all the things Billy and I would need for a good starter base hopefully nothing would attack Us in the night on day three billy and I had decided we would look for supplies but

First I needed to make some stone tools using my crafting table I made all the tools we could Poss need hopefully we could find a good food source all right Billy let’s get out there and see what we can find while we were looking for any resources that might help we were

Mostly hoping to find food because we knew we would be getting hungry sooner rather than later luckily for us we soon saw a farm in the distance okay I don’t see anyone if we’re really sneaky we can probably take just a little bit without getting caught Billy and I got right to

Harvesting collecting as much food as we could why hello over there uh-oh it was the farmer we had to get out of there wait wait wait hang on a moment I don’t mind if you eat my crops in fact fact eat as much as you want really no one

Has ever been this nice to us yes well there aren’t very many friendly animals around here these days something dangerous out there seems to be making them disappear well if I had to guess I’d say it’s the dinosaurs taking them all out dinosaurs huh well I suppose

That must be it if that’s the case why don’t you two stay in my barn for safety we agreed and followed him into his barn there were some nice hay bells to lay on I was a little unsure because our cave seemed pretty safe but at least there

Was food and someone to look out for us the sun set and we put heads down for the night on days 4 through 5 Billy and I woke up in the back of the cart pulled by the farmer hey what’s going on the farmer didn’t responded and kept looking

Ahead that’s when I realized we were all tied up and couldn’t move where are you taking us the farmer continued to ignore me after a little while longer we arrived at a small clearing the farmer took us out and tied us to a post without saying a word he got back on his

Horse and left I’ve got a bad feeling about this just then I heard a stick break and saw a pack of raptors walking toward us we had no way to run it looks like it’s the end for us Billy suddenly the ground began to shake and there was

The sound of heavy thuds the Raptors ran away what’s going on is it an earthquake it was worse a huge T-Rex came stomping around the corner and he had on some kind of weird looking hat aha my dinner is served you look delicious this dinosaur could talk we had to escape the

T-Rex lunged at us but we jumped out of the way causing him to break our rope instead hurry Billy run we took off into the woods hopefully we could escape on day 6 through 8 we were still running for our lives the T-Rex was hot on our

Tails as we came through a thick section of trees we managed to slip through leaving the T-Rex behind them I think we lost him it was wishful thinking though as he came stomping around the other side of the trees our Chase soon led us to a river and I hurried and swam across

Billy was still just a baby though and his tiny legs couldn’t swim very fast it’s okay Zozo save yourself keep swimming Billy I won’t leave you behind I hate getting wet the T-Rex was so close and I wasn’t sure if he would make it but at the last moment he jumped on

The shore and we continued to run we soon came bursting out of the forest running across an open plane Billy kept falling into small ponds which was always a close call let’s go Billy maybe we can lose him in the trees we ran into a purple Forest but it was no use the

T-Rex was still right behind us man this guy must be really hungry come on I have an idea we circled back into the forest from before and I headed toward a ravine I had seen earlier a large tree had fallen across it so Billy and I hurried

And ran across for the T-Rex could cross though I quickly cut the log stopping him in his tracks n you silly goats you got away this time but no one can outsmart me now I’ll find you soon enough the T-Rex turned and ran off how

Are we going to survive now on days 9 through 10 Billy and I were running back to the base as fast as we could it didn’t feel like there was anyone out here that we could trust soon we had arrived back at our Cliffside base well

Billy looks like this is going to be our home for the future let’s fix it up I got right to work making our base even cooler than before I cleared out even more space than before and lined the inside with lots of wood I also gave us all the equipment we’d need beds

Furnaces and crafting tables as far as I knew we were the the only animals that could climb up steep Cliffs so no one else was going to be climbing into our base so check it out what do you think of the base what part do you like the

Best with the base completed I decided to head over to some nearby caves to mine some iron luckily I was able to quickly find some so I mined it out I also found some coal which I was going to need to smelt the iron I hurried back

To the base and got Right to Work smelting down all of the iron ore into iron ingots I then used those to make myself a full set of iron armor and also used them to make an iron sword a pickaxe axe shovel and hoe this is all

Going to be good for me but I think Billy is going to need some armor too with some of the leftover iron I made Billy some of his own goat armor he’s going to love this I brought it down to his base and tossed it out to him he

Could barely contain his excitement we’re ready for anything now tomorrow I’m going to get that farmer back on days 11 to 12 I left the base to go get that farmer he was going to have a lot of explaining to do for leaving us tied to a post’s dinosaur dinner as I was

Making my way through the forest I heard a howl and was suddenly attacked by a pack of wolves why is everyone here so mean to me I’m just a simple man trying to make my way in the universe it’s a good thing I had just upgraded my gear

Though as I was able to defeat the wolves with no trouble at all soon I was back at the farm and noticed it looked abandoned where is that farmer don’t tell me he’s hiding I then checked the Farmhouse and saw the farmer inside packing his bags what did you think you

Were doing leaving us to be eaten like that I hid the farmer and he started to fight back he clearly wasn’t ready for a fight though hang on just a second there please don’t hurt me and why wouldn’t I you weren’t very nice to me okay okay let me explain start talking slick

What’s up with the T-Rex that T-Rex is crazy I don’t know how he got here in our time or how we learned to talk but he’s been forcing me to feed him all my animals if I didn’t give him more he was going to eat me I decided I couldn’t do

It anymore though and I was going to flee time to start myself a vegetable garden somewhere peaceful I promise I’m not a danger to anyone I could tell he was sorry for what he had done so even though I was still upset I decided to

Forgive him and let him go I left as he planted some vegetables I could use later the farmer was no longer a threat but what was I going to do about this T-Rex on days 13 to 15 I arrived back at our base and headed up to Billy’s room

When I entered I barely recognized the place wo Billy you got a lot of work done your room looks awesome thanks Zozo I also thought it would be fun if we built a special statue here take this wall I’ll show you what to do Billy and

I headed out and got started on the Statue Billy was really excited about what we were building and I thought it was coming along great at least as far as I could tell it was pretty great we soon finished the first part can you tell what we’re building I’m not really

Sure quite yet I jumped down from the statue and as I was walking I was attacked by a bunch of spiders oh look another mob who wants to hurt me stay back you punks these guys weren’t very tough and I met managed to take them out

In just a few hits uh-oh I can hear some more spiders in that cave I better take them out too I entered the cave and sure enough there were more spiders one of these spiders was different though and had blue eyes the spiders were pretty

Mad at me and they hurt a lot but if I could survive a T-Rex attacking me I could fight these guys off too I managed to beat them both down when the blue-eyed guy disappeared he left behind something interesting poisonous Essence hm I’m not sure what I’ll do with this

But I’ll have to hang on to it for now just then I heard more spider noises echoing from the cave I headed in deeper what kind of monster would be waiting for me on day 16 to 19 I was making my way deeper into the cave when I came

Across a bunch of brown terra cotta huh I don’t know what all this is doing down here but Billy said we’d need it for the Statue I eagerly mined up all of the Terra Cotta who knew and we’d be able to find more as I scooped up the rest of

The Terra Cotta I heard those spider noises again well let’s go down a little deeper just to take a look I soon arrived at the very bottom of a deep cave that was full of spiderwebs I turned around and saw there was a huge spider on the ceiling okay just stay

Calm don’t panic suddenly this spider attacked spiders why did it have to be spiders this big hairy beast did a lot of damage and I wasn’t sure if I was going to survive if I could get the right hits in I just might make it I

Swung my sword as hard as I could and finally was able to take it down just then I felt my strength begin to grow and I leveled up into a bigger goat and I’ve gained four more Hearts I took a closer look at my headbut ability and

Noticed I had an even stronger knockback power and I could jump higher too I hurried back to my house I had an idea of what I could do with the poisonous Essence I walked back up to my crafting table and by combining the essence with my iron sword I crafted a spider sword

Tomorrow I’m heading off to find the T-Rex on days 20 to 22 I left my base to go find the T-Rex I wasn’t quite ready to fight him but surely he had a base somewhere if I could find his base maybe I could find a way to defeat him as I

Walked across the land I heard a noise up in the distance oh you wild Raptors get away from me the group of raptors were attacking what looked to be a scientist he needed my help watch out I’m coming in I leapt into action and started to fight off the Raptors I was

Stronger and had better gear so these Raptors didn’t know what hit them they were a feisty Bunch but I was able to knock them all out oh my goodness aren’t you just a marvelous little animal oh well thanks who are you and what are you doing all the way out here there’s all

Kinds of strange things going on the name’s Faraday and uh yes I am aware of these things they are actually all my faults your fault what do you mean the scientist began to explain you see I’m not actually from this time I am from the future I invented a time machine

Helmet that let me travel all the way back to dinosaur times I ran across the land I felt so cool knowing that I was the first human to ever step foot on the land lat to that day though I sat down to rest and a little Raptor came and

Scooped my helmet onto his head this wouldn’t have been the biggest problem but that T-Rex came along flipped the Raptor into the air and the helmet landed on his head thing is though my helmet also makes the user smarter which is why the T-Rex can talk I had an old

Prototype helmet that I used to chase the T-Rex through time but it broke when we got to this present luckily the T-Rex seems pretty happy to be here since there is plenty of easy food for him wow that is not the story I was expecting to

Hear when I woke up today so what can we do to get the helmet back I have some ideas but I haven’t been able to test any of them out yet that T-Rex’s Sidekicks keep attacking me he must have brought them through time with him well

We’ve got a safe base built into a hill how about you come live with us you can do your research in peace there that would be terrific on days 23 to 26 I got Right to Work building Faraday a lab at her base there was all kind of

Technology that he wanted added and it took a lot of hard work to get it right but in the end I was able to make him everything he would need to continue doing research when it was complete Faraday went and took a look around to make sure everything was in working

Order later on I hopped in the elevator and took it for a ride myself it was kind of fun riding in the elevator and getting to look out the window but I’d still rather climb up the side of cliffs I met Faraday in the front of the lab

And he told me how happy he was to finally get started it was going to take some time for him to figure things out but he said I should make sure I upgrade my gear for when we finally face off against the T-Rex on days 27 to 31 I

Decided that I could use some more upgrades that could keep me safe from Attack Faraday told me there was a special item I could get from bears that could help me with this bears are super scary I sure hope nothing goes wrong as I do this I headed to a nearby forest

And soon saw a small group of bears with my spider sword in hand I attacked very nice to meet you sir the bear didn’t seem very happy to beat me and swung at me with their heavy claws they were pretty tough and it was a hard fight but

In the end I was able to take him out there were a couple of other Bears nearby too which I was able to quickly defeat without too much trouble that’s when I saw one of them had dropped what I was looking for oh look steadfast spikes this makes it harder for bad guys

To knock me back awesome I then noticed there were some fruit trees nearby so so I ran through the trees and collected as much fruit as I could fruits are the best I always try to eat them when I can after I collected the fruits I decided

To do some exploring as I crossed an empty field I saw a small house in the distance let’s see who lives here I knocked on the door and a raccoon was inside who’s out there hi I just wanted to see who lived here and make sure you

Knew about the T-Rex running around a T-Rex big deal I have a bigger problem a bigger problem what could that be my magic coal was stolen your what my magic coal it’s the best thing I’ve ever found do you mean stole how I got it isn’t

Important do you think you can help me or not sure sure I’ll help the raccoon explained that a coyote had grabbed it off his doorstep when he wasn’t looking and told me where to go to find him I nodded and headed off for the camp on

Days 32 to 35 I soon arrived at the Coyote’s base this place is way bigger than the raccoon made it sound I walked in and was immediately attacked by a pack of wolves relax guys I’m just looking for a piece of coal the Wolves didn’t care and continued to attack with

My attacks I was able to defeat them before they could do too much damage now where could this magic coal be what does that even look like I kept looking through the base fighting off the occasional wolf here and there eventually I reached the top of the base

As I finished up the rest of the Wolves hey who do you think you are coming into my house and messing with my guards I’m here for Mr Raccoon you stole something of his and I’m here to get it back huh that little raccoon is such a loser he

Just gets stuff out of the trash he’s weird so I like being mean to him well that’s no way to treat someone for being different the coyote and I started to fight this guy was so mean it’s not okay to talk about people like that by using

My spider sword I was able to poison him which was bringing down his health you’re not as tough as you think you are coyote and I kept going at each other until at long last I hit him with the final blow and took him out that’s when

I saw he had dropped the magic coal I don’t know what’s so special about this but I better get it back to that raccoon with the coal in my pocket I hurried out of the base and headed back toward the raccoon’s house on days 36 to 39 I

Arrived back at the raccoon’s house with his magic coal after he came out of his house I tossed it over to him woo my magic coal I’m so happy to see it again thank you thank you no problem I’m just happy I could help you have done the

Greatest thing for me here I have something that you might be interested in raccoon threw out an interesting looking piece of tech I don’t know what it’s for but maybe that scientist friend of yours could use it by the way I get around these parts quite a bit so if

You’re ever in need of information let me know I can probably help I thanked him and turned to head back to the base I wondered if Faraday would know something about this Tech on days 40 to 43 I arrived back at the base and headed up and into the science lab I saw

Faraday working in his lab and knocked on the window Zozo it’s been a while how things going really good while I was out exploring I came across this strange piece of tech do you know anything about it my Venta that’s part of the teleportation helmet the T-Rex has

Without this he’s not able to travel through time well that’s good right it means we have a chance to stop him before he can ruin other timelines precisely I’ve been doing some research of my own let me check my notes Here far went over to his computers and printed

Out some notes uh yes I am able to make the needed repairs but there’s a special element I need to do them that sounds easy enough do you know where I can get them I do but the catch is that you have to defeat a rather nasty mob to get it

Fa went on to explain where I needed to go to find them hopefully it’s not too much of a fight on days 44 to 49 I headed into the mystical Forest Faraday had told me about as I got closer I was suddenly attacked by a heavy creeper wo

Slow down there buddy I swung at him and managed to knock him out it looked like he had dropped something which I picked up creeper shards was this what Faraday was looking for I better keep looking around I kept going through the forest when suddenly a bunch of the creepers

Began attacking me and exploding keep it together guys jeez I managed to fight my way through the explosions with my ears ringing in my head I soon stumbled upon a cave okay he did mention it might be in a cave I’ll take a look I headed into

The cave and was attacked by a couple of spiders I hit them with my spider sword howy like a taste of your own medicine the spiders were soon destroyed and I continued down the cave it kept going deeper and deeper until I saw something terrifying ahead okay this has got to be

It what is this thing the Earth Golem made a terrible sound as it tried to hit me he definitely didn’t like me stomping around in his cave with his giant arms he knocked me down to half a heart my spider sword had poisoned him and I was

Able to land the final blow yes I got him as he disappeared I noticed that he dropped something this looks like some kind of strange display this must be what Faraday is after just then I felt that familiar power flow into me and I turned into a bigger and stronger goat

Looks like I’ve got 13 Hearts now too while I was down there I also got to work mining out the Diamonds In The Wall no wonder this guy didn’t want anyone down here it was filled with good stuff that should be everything let’s get this

Back to Faraday and see what he can do with it on days 50 to 53 I returned back to the base and headed into the lab Faraday was hard at work and was very excited to see that I had made it back I believe this is what you were searching

For oh oh Zozo you beautiful being this is going to work perfect I was feeling pretty good about myself so I tossed in the creeper shards as well and what do you think of this Zozo this is a ground creeper toenail please never give this

To me again oh uh my bad Faraday said it would take him a few days to get the next project put together so I headed back up to the base to craft some diamond armor I decided I could use a full set of armor so I made that then I

Went ahead and made an entire set of tools I always felt a little bit more safe after making new diamond Gear with my armor upgraded I headed outside to go and do some more work on the Statue I had the Terracotta I had collected before so I wanted to make some good

Progress so what do you think about the second part think you can still guess what it’s going to be I then headed back over to my base this place could use some more improvements I decided I wanted to add another level at top the cliff we hadn’t been attacked by any

Mobs and I was pretty sure nothing was going to get to us I was pretty proud of what I was able to build and thought it looked really cool this is a nice house but it is pretty big I think I should go get Mr Raccoon and invite him to live

Here it’s not safe out there on days 54 to 57 I was heading across the field when I saw that the raccoon’s house had been destroyed as I got closer I saw him lying in the center of his destroyed house he was clearly hurt oh no who did

This to you it was those Raptors I guess some of the Wolves told them I sent you to get my magic cold back from the coyote and they attacked me without warning I’m sorry I can’t help feeling like this is all my fault surely I can

Get you something to save you it’s too late they took everything I have and don’t worry it’s not your fault thanks for being the nice one who was willing to stand up for me and just like that the raccoon fell over and disappeared but before I could do anything else I

Heard someone come up behind me well look who it is boys you you have a time traveling helmet how the Big Bossman made it for me he’s real smart now and is good with all them Technologies speaking of which we know you’re hiding that little science man hand him over

And we’ll let you little goats live why would I let you guys have him you’re just going to hurt him or try to get him to make more helmets we don’t need him to make more helmets Mr Rex is going to make all of us our own then you won’t be

Able to do nothing you can make as many helmets as you want but if there’s no one to wear them that’s not going to do you much good is it what do you mean no one to wear them can’t you see all my boys here all that technology on your

Head and you’re still not very smart are you I jumped forward and swung at the Raptor knocking him back there were a lot of them but I couldn’t let them get away with everything they hurt my friend and they wanted to hurt everyone else I

Knew you guys are going to pay for what you’ve done I managed to knock out all of the Raptors one by one until only the leader was left boy you’re crazy I’m getting out of here get back here you coward I chased the Raptor into the forest but unfortunately he managed to

Get away in the trees I had to hurry back to Faraday we were running out of time on days 58 to 6 to I returned back to the base and headed for the lab I knocked on the window and Faraday came out to meet me zoo what is it you look

Worried the T-Rex has figured out how to make his own helmets and is trying to give them to a whole Army of raptors that and they hurt one of my new friends oh dear I’m so sorry to hear it I do have some good news for you though I

Haven’t got the time travel fixed yet but I built a Tracker into this helmet that will lead you to anyone who has a helmet of their own perhaps now we may be able to find their base and hit them where it hurts I put the helmet on and

Started it up right away I could see a map that showed several axes on it they must have split up this is going to be a massive help in our hunt to track them down just then Billy came walking up to us Zozo I think you should go for the

Raptor first then we can focus on the T-Rex those Raptors could be out there hurting even more innocent animals that’s a good point plus it’ll be easier to take down the T-Rex if his Sidekicks are gone I’m on it on day 63 to 66 I

Decided that if I was going to fight the Raptor I needed to beef up my gear I nearly defeated him last time so he’d be stronger when we met next I headed across the land to a lavender field to get what I needed rumor says that there’s Alexandri or here which is even

Stronger than diamonds I headed into the field and soon found some Alexandri or I mined it up as fast as I could I couldn’t believe I found it so quickly with my pockets full of ores I took a look around and saw a big sign on a hill

Oh that reminds me don’t forget to sub to the channel otherwise you’ll miss our next adventure together sometime later I had arrived back at the base and headed over to the crafting table with a new ore I was able to make myself a new helmet chest plate leggings and boots I

Went ahead and equipped everything let’s get that tracking system booted up and take down that Raptor on day 67 to 70 I stepped outside my house and booted up the tracker okay I can see two x’s on the map looks like they’re still separated this one looks a little closer

To the raccoon’s place so I’m guessing that’s the Raptor I headed down from my base and off into the forest the X was still pretty far away so I made sure to stop and check every now and then oh it looked like it moved I better hurry so I

Can catch up to them I kept going in the direction of the X passing through some pretty impressive Landscapes it was too bad there were so many mean dinosaurs about because the land was really beautiful I stopped and checked my map one more time okay it looks like I’m

Pretty close and that they might be in some kind of structure it must be their base I kept kep making my way there when suddenly I saw a fortress off in the distance I could see a bunch of raptors roaming around and a lot of them had

Helmets on uh-oh looks like they’ve made more helmets I better get in there and fast on day 71 to 74 I charged up to the base and attacked the guards they had helmets of their own but they didn’t seem to be very smart the T-Rex clearly

Wasn’t very good at making them yet I defeated the guards and headed into the base there were even more Raptors in here where’s your leader I cut through the Raptors using my spider sword and other attacks they didn’t stand a chance I had to hurry though if they figured

Out how to make the helmets perfectly we’d be in a world of hurt I had finally taken out all of the Raptors in the courtyard when I noticed they had a storage shed nearby I started opening the different containers to see if they had anything good I grabbed some of

Their supplies but also saw there were some raptor teeth nearby oh I know just the thing I can make with this using the crafting table I managed to make a raptor tooth sword let’s see how they like fighting against themselves on day 75 to 78 I went to go find the Raptor

Leader when he jumped out and hit me ouch get back here I chased him into the base and down a long flight of stairs we soon reached an open room who do you think you are one single goat trying to take down a whole base of raptors this

Ends here get them boys suddenly all the Raptors in the room started to attack this guy was no leader he just wanted to make everyone do his dirty work for him you’d think with all these smart helmets you guys would actually have some kind of strategy for this fight the Raptors

Were swarming in on me but I was able to keep them back using all of my weapons ND leader watched as I finished taking out all of his henchmen why don’t you come down here and fight me yourself or are you too scared scared ain’t nobody calling me scared the Raptor leader

Jumped forward and started swinging it turns out he was actually pretty tough I had learned a lot through all of my fights though and nothing was going to make me back down he had to pay for what he did to my raccoon friend I hit him as

Hard as I could and could see he would soon be defeated it doesn’t matter that you beat me you’ll never beat Mr Rex he’s going to fix the time machine soon and then there will be hundreds of Raptors and other dinosaurs here you won’t stand a chance and just like that

He was defeated he was right though if we don’t stop the T-Rex we’re all going to be someone’s dinner on day 79 to 84 I was heading back to my base when I saw a nearby cave it wouldn’t hurt to get some more res resources so let’s see what we

Can find as I approached the cave I was suddenly attacked by a bunch of mushroom pigs oh I should have known I would run into something like you here I quickly knocked them out and headed into the cave fighting some more mushroom pigs along the way they weren’t very strong

There were a lot of them that’s when I noticed there was a bunch of redstone in here I’m not sure what I can use this for yet but maybe there’s some kind of creative build Faraday can make with it I continued into the cave collecting as

Much Redstone as I could find there were also a bunch of mushroom pigs which I quickly knocked out of the way at the very end of the cave there was a room filled with an insane amount of red stone oh yeah if I ever need more I know

Just where to get it I headed back out of the cave toward my base I needed to talk to Faraday hopefully he had made some progress on the helmet on days 85 to 89 I had arrived back at the base and headed down into the lab I gave Faraday

A knock on the window and he came out to meet me I told him all about what had happened with the Raptors and how the T-Rex was starting to make even more helmets yes yes that is very concerning I have been working on some updates as

Well though let me show you well you look for that I also collected some Redstone maybe it can help I tossed out the Redstone I had gathered when suddenly there was a a crackling sound coming from Faraday’s pocket what’s this the substance seems to be reacting with

The updated helmet I made the Redstone that’s kind of weird isn’t it oh Redstone is what you call it this material must have disappeared before my time are you able to get more of this I have an idea oh yeah I can definitely get more I’ll be right back on days 90

To 94 I headed back to the Redstone cave he said he needed more I’ll get him more I got Right to Work mining out a bunch of the Redstone there was no way this wouldn’t be enough it took a long time but I finally gathered up all the

Redstone we would need soon I was back in the lab and gave Faraday a knock on the window as always he was excited to meet me you’ve brought me more Redstone I presume oh yeah this should be more than enough to do whatever you’re thinking I tossed all the Redstone I had

Gathered on over to him excellent here’s the upgraded helmet this blue shield on top should protect you from the effects of the Redstone AR then tossed out a bunch of redstone power balls now that we’ve combined these with the Redstone they’ll pack a powerful punch against anyone wearing a helmet in fact it

Should disable it at least for a moment that’ll be awesome this is is going to be a lifesaver I’m sure ah yes speaking of which there is a special strength ability I’ve programmed in it as well but it will only work once so be sure to

Only use it when you really need it I nodded and thanked him for all of his hard work it’s a good thing he got trapped in our time too otherwise we’d never get out of this mess on days 95 to 97 I decided I should upgrade the base

One more time before heading out to face the T-Rex Billy was still young and I wanted to make sure he had a safe place to live just in case things went sideways once I had expanded the base a little more I grabbed Billy and we went

Outside to work on the last part of the statue this was a tough one to build but I think it looks really cool it would certainly scare off anyone who thinks that they’re tougher than us that is soon we had completed the statue I was pretty proud of everything we had built

So far I still had a lot of ideas for the future though what part of the builds were your favorite on day 98 I stepped outside the base to have a chat with Billy all right Billy I’m headed off to fight the T-Rex hopefully I’ll see you soon good luck Zozo but before

You go there was something I wanted to say that sounds important what is it I just think that everyone needs to subscribe otherwise we’ll never win oh that is important be sure to hit the Subscribe Button as that will give us the strength to win the fight Billy

Headed back inside and I booted up the tracking system all right I can see him on the map it’s showtime I headed off in the direction of the T-Rex it was now or never on day 99 I had made it to the edge of the T-Rex’s base he definitely

Couldn’t have built a base like this without some intelligence this guy isn’t going to be like the Raptors this guy’s for real I made my way closer and took a look up at the tower there’s no time to waste I’m Coming For You Rexy I charged

Into the base and entered the inside of the tower where the T-Rex was waiting for me I’ve been waiting for you Zozo that sounds kind of awkward just standing here alone in a tower waiting for me N I don’t have time for your nonsense obviously I’ve been doing other

Things oh yeah like what being sad I took out all of your friends my friends please there were more dinosaurs here too but I got hungry you ate all of the other dinosaurs you truly are a monster say what you want but it doesn’t matter this helmet is nearly fully

Operational I can bring dinosaurs in any time I want and soon I’ll be able to jump time myself that wasn’t good to hear I had to hurry and take action before you could do anything else if you think you’re so tough you’ll have to get through me first that’s the idea the

T-Rex lunged at me and we started to fight if I was going to save the future the time to do so is now the T-Rex lived up to his reputation hitting mov some hard hits it hurt and my health was dropping fast oh I can’t let this guy

Keep getting these hits on me I’m not going to last long like this I refocused and started to get in some more hits of my own I think he was really surprised by how strong I was especially when I would hit him with my headbutt you think

You can defeat me let me show you what real power is suddenly two portals opened up and more dinosaurs came flying in no not the time travel these dinosaurs were insane I swung my sword and managed to take them out but soon there were even more coming in don’t you

See you can take down as many dinosaurs as you want but I will always have the upper hand he was right I couldn’t keep fighting off time traveling dinosaurs forever what could I do oh wait a second what am I doing if I want to stop the

Time travel I need to disable his helmet I reached for the power balls Faraday had given me and started to throw them as they hit the T-Rex I could see his helmet start to spark as he ran around in circles oh what is going on this is

It I’ve got to use that onetime strength boost if there was ever a time I needed it it’s now I clicked the button on my helmet and I started to grow I even gained more Hearts I was big enough to truly take him on now this feels amazing

Now I really am the goat I charged at the T-Rex and landed a hit on him just as the sparking effects were wearing off what the Howell did you get so big the T-Rex started to spawn in more dinosaurs but it didn’t matter I quickly cut them

Down and kept hitting the T-Rex this is for all the animals you hurt I could tell I was really hurting him but he was hurting me too it was only a matter of time before one of us fell who was it going to be just then I delivered the

Final blow and the T-Rex disappeared dropping his helmet I don’t believe it he’s gone but I better hurry Faraday needs this helmet on day 100 I returned back to my base this time Faraday came out to meet me Zozo you’re back you must have done it I did and I couldn’t have

Done it without your help here let me give you the helmet back you know why don’t you hang on to it I just need this one component you never know something might come up again when I need your help in the future you never know what’s

Going to happen but I’m glad that today was a success in the meantime I’ll be here ready for when Adventure calls on day one I spawned in as a little m house ooh look how cute and tiny I am but uh-oh I only have one heart I’ve got to

Be careful that’s when I noticed that my hunger bar was half the size of a normal one too uh-oh I guess I have a tiny stomach I better hurry and start getting some supplies right away I started punching trees so that I could get some wood using the wood I had collected I

Put together a crafting table then use that to make a wooden pickaxe shovel Axe and sword I packed up my crafting table and started to look for some food that’s when my hunger bar started dropping I had to hurry I soon saw a patch of berries oh thank goodness this is just

What I was looking for suddenly I heard heard a growl and a giant grizzly bear came walking over oh he’s going to eat me I got to run I ran and ran through the forest until I felt like I had gotten away this forest was a dangerous

Place just then I heard some squeaking up ahead I soon saw a little mice family oh hey guys you’re just like me is it okay if we stick together a new friend yeah absolutely everything is easier when you stick together my name is Remy Remy introduced me to the rest of his

Family it was nice to have a group of friendly faces he told me that they had a nice cave to live in too we headed over to the cave when suddenly a fox popped out and started to attack us oh no I have to help my new family together

We did everything we could to fight off the fox luckily for me our combined power was strong but we took the fox down yeah you won’t be messing with us again we then all went into the cave it was small but cozy the perfect place to

Settle for the night I just hoped that tomorrow I could find some more food otherwise I’m in big trouble on day two I headed into the cave to get some coal I was able to quickly find some and mind it out I also grabbed some Stone time

For this mouse to get an upgrade I put down my crafting table and use it to put together some stone tools I also made some torches I headed over to our cave and set up the Torches this should help keep the mobs away my Hunger was

Starting to drop again so I decided to go out and look for some more food as I ran through the forest I could see something on the ground but as I got closer I could see it was just a flower man where is all the food I didn’t have

Too much time to think about it though as the grizzly bear from before showed up again oh this guy again I can’t risk it with one heart I had stone tools but there was no way I could take him on I soon arrived back in the cave to talk to

My mouse friends have you guys been able to find any food everywhere I look is either empty or has a hungry bear H you’re not alone we can’t find anything either but that’s because of the humans the humans what do you mean there’s been a lot of humans coming through here and

They’ve been taking all the food it’s been hard for us to find anything I felt really bad for them and they agreed to try and go look for food I wanted to do something to make them happy so I went outside and gathered up some of the materials using everything I had

Collected I started to fix up the cave we might not have any food but at least we could have some beds to sleep in it’s the best I could do but I just wanted to say thank you for letting me stay here I’m really starting to feel like I’m

Part of your family on day three I woke up to a loud noise there was a human in our cave he had put my mouse family into bags and I was next let them go I had tried to hit him but he nearly took me

Out I had no choice but to run you can run but I’m going to find you eventually I kept running until the human was far behind me what was I going to do now how could this happen to my family that guy was huge but one day I’m going to be big

And strong too mark my words I’m going to save my family from the humans on days four to five I set off to find myself a new place to live if I was going to get big and strong I needed a safe place to sleep at night and store

My gear I soon found myself a nice close side and dug into the side of it I wanted something cozy like the Lost cave but I was going to make it a little nicer time to get some Building Supplies I headed out into the forest and

Gathered wood as well as all the other materials I was going to need this was going to be a classy Rat’s Nest I then got to work building all of the rooms I decided to build something even bigger than what I needed including rooms for other mice I was determined to save my

Mouse family and they were going to need a room when they came to live with me soon the base was completed and I decided to get some rest in the middle of the night I heard some noise outside uh-oh I forgot to put out torches I got

To take care of these zombies I got Right to Work fighting off the zombies but but I had to be careful because I still only had one heart luckily for me I was able to survive and took them all out I better get those torches up quick

The next day I headed outside to take a look around the area what is that over there I went down into the forest and soon Came Upon a small half-built structure inside was another mouse hey you’re just like me am I cuz I’m looking real buff well you’re just a skinny

Little guy I’m not a mouse I’m a v what are you doing out here my family was kidnapped by the humans and I’m going to rescue them but I’m worried about getting food first boy are you right about that how am I supposed to keep to my all protein diet with those humans

Taking all the food they also got my family too I think they’re keeping them as pets oh these humans are ruining everything let’s team up and take them down yeah let’s do it two more vs that popped up from nearby wo where did you guys come from I thought you were the

Only one oh yeah these are my brothers they’re around what’s up little guy you look like you could use a protein shake uh thanks well the more the merrier I suppose come on you guys should live at my base with me tomorrow we can figure out the food the Vols agreed and we

Headed out on day 6 to 8 I was wandering through the forest when I finally came across the berry bush but it was empty that’s when I saw a raccoon taking off the last few berries oh hey would you mind sparing a few berries I haven’t

Eaten in days H that’s just how it works out here bud do I have enough to spare yeah I do but I guess I’m just a jerk sorry not sorry I couldn’t believe this guy well you’re right about one thing you are a jerk I had had enough it was

Time to start fighting back give me those berries I jumped into action and started fighting the raccoon I caught him off guard he didn’t expect a little mouse like me to be this strong I managed to beat him in no time as he disappeared he dropped a bunch of

Berries finally some food I took a bite of the berries when I suddenly felt my strength begin to grow and I leveled up I had gotten even stronger and now I have four Hearts awesome with my belly more full than before I decided to head

Into a cave lucky for me I found a whole bunch of Iron by using my pickaxe I managed to mine a whole bunch of iron enough to make myself all kinds of Iron Equipment as I headed back toward the base I also came across some sugar cane

Even more food today is just my lucky day I managed to collect a decent amount of sugarcane when suddenly the grizzly bear appeared again I’m not running away this time I jumped into action but it was a mistake this bear was just way too strong okay looks like I’m running away

This time today was just not the day to beat a bear but hey at least I got some food back at the base I started planting the sugar cane if I could get some more ingredients I’d have myself a nice food source I can also use it to make books I

Was Hing to build a library in the base once the sugar cane was all planted I went back to my base and started smelting the iron ore I had collected with the iron ingots I made myself a full set of iron armor then made all of

The tools I would need as well I’m feeling much better already I then decided to upgrade the base by adding in a library I felt like the voles might like it I just wanted to make sure they were comfortable and happy to be here hey guys come check out the new library

The voles headed upstairs to take a look around reading is for nerds but even I got to admit this is a pretty nice looking Place good going pipsqueak on days 9 to 10 I woke up to the vs coming into my room bro we’re starving we got to do something about this food

Situation good morning I agree but I feel like I’ve run out of places to look there is this one place but only someone small and sneaky could go there like you I could give it a go where is it there there’s a human farm near here just full

Of stuff if you can get in there and steal some of their food we could start our own Farm it sounds a little risky but at this point I’m not sure what choice I have I’ll do it the Vols told me where I needed to go and I went and

Waited outside for nighttime once it was good and dark I snuck down and soon saw the farm these humans have so much food why are they taking everything from the forest I quickly gathered as much food as I could we were finally going to have a reliable food source once I had

Grabbed a good amount of food I noticed a chest nearby inside was a box of hats I wonder what this is all about just then I heard a bark and a dog came running over to me hey why are you barking at me don’t you know the humans

Are taking everyone’s food the dog stopped barking they’re taking everyone’s food he’s my best friend but that doesn’t seem like a very nice thing to do suddenly I heard a shout and the farmer came running out I you get on out of here I had no choice but to run away

Those humans were dangerous and I would never rescue my family if they captured me too after a bit of running I made it back to my base I threw some potatoes into the furnace and started making some beetroot soup I also bed some bread with

All kinds of good food in my pockets I headed over to the v’s room I’m back and look what I’ve got I started tossing the food out much to the v’s Delights we’d never have to be hungry again after everyone had eaten I showed them the hat box too everyone picked out their

Favorite hats and put them on we were all pretty excited about it the next day I went outside and started working on a farm once it was all set up I tilled the land and planted all the different plants finally I could focus on my main

Mission of rescuing my family on days 11 to 12 I woke up to the vs coming into my room again but this time they weren’t complaining they were excited because they had something to show me apparently it was a fancy statue I went outside to

Take a look so what do you think we all worked really hard on it it’s a mouse just like you wow guys that is really nice thanks for making this for me you know what could be really fun what’s that why don’t we make one together

There’s more than one of us here so I think it just makes sense for there to be more than one Statue yeah that sounds dope but we don’t really want to build another one so you can make it we can’t wait to see it first off I decided to go

Out and start collecting all the flowers I would need to make dye I was going to find some sheep later so I ran around getting getting everything I would need once I had gotten all the flowers I needed I snuck back to the human’s Farm I snuck upstairs and managed to grab

Some shears out of the chest then I went over to the sheep and died them all the different colors I would need I had just collected a decent amount of wool when the farmer and dog came running out uh-oh here they come again I’ve got a bolt the farmer shouted and the dog

Barked but I was able to get out of there just in time back at the base I got to work building the first part of the statue it meant a lot to me that the Vols had made me a statue so I thought it’d be nice to make something too I

Still needed some more supplies so I stopped at the first part on days 13 to 15 I was out EXP boring the woods when I came across a beehive oh we could use some honey this will be very helpful I gathered it up and then saw another one

So I gathered the honey from there too that’s when I noticed a small house on top of the hill a house that small must be for a mouse I ran up the hill to find out the door opened and inside was a feeble old mouse why hello dear what

Brings you out to these parts hi I’m out Gathering some supplies for my friends I’ve got to search pretty far for special items since the humans are taking all of our resources ah those pesky humans they’re just the worst it’s high time the mouse of myth comes along

The mouse of myth who’s that ah have you not heard the story Legend says that when the humans begin to ruin the mouse lands a brave and Mighty Mouse will rise up growing to be even bigger and stronger than the humans that Mouse will save all Mouse kind really wow that

Actually sounds a lot like the situation I’m going through right now perhaps you are the mouse of myth then ever experienced sudden bursts of strength once but I think that was because I hadn’t eaten in a few days the mouse of myth sounds way stronger than me well

The House of myth will be confident in himself so perhaps it’s not you after all oh yeah uh maybe not we chatted a while longer but all I could think about was the mouse of myth I hoped that could be me but maybe she was right I didn’t

Feel confident in it at all I soon left to go back to my base on days 16 to 19 I woke up to the Vols coming into my room again yo Zozo you’ve been proven to be pretty tough after all so we had a favor to ask what’s going on some of our

Buddies got themselves into a bit of a situation and we were hoping you could bail them out I’ll see what I can do show me the way I followed the BS out of the base and out across the land they had soon led me into a dense jungle

Where we came across some squirrels stuck in a tree there was a Tasmanian devil down at the bottom and he wasn’t letting them down out of the way Mister I charged at the Tasmanian devil and we started to fight why won’t you leave those poor squirrels alone the Bulls

Cheered me on as we continued to fight this little guy was intense but I was quick and took him out in no time bro nice one the V called up to his squirrel friends to let them know it was safe and they came down to chat yo that was sick

We thought we were never going to get out of that tree no worries guys I’m just glad we could help say if you want you should come live at our base with us there’s a lot of dangerous creatures out here gnarly bro we’d love to live there

With you guys just then I felt strength coming to me and I grew in size and I’ve gained even more Hearts than before dude nice gains I didn’t know a mouse could beef up like that soon we all left and headed back to the base I had grown in

Size again maybe I could be the mouse of myth I’d have to figure that out another day back at the base I got Right to Work building the squirrels a place to live live I started with some steps and a ladder then got to work making them a

Treehouse I figured they would be happiest living in a tree so I made it the best I could then I filled the inside with all the Comforts they could need soon I was done I really hope they like it here on days 20 to 22 I got

Woken up again but this time it wasn’t by the vs what is that sound I ran outside and saw the base was surrounded by zombies but where had all of the Torches gone I couldn’t worry about that now though I had some zombies to take

Care of I ran down the hill and quickly attacked them they weren’t super tough so I was able to defeat them quickly all right I got to figure out what happened but just then another group of zombies came over the hill more of them oh brother I started swinging my sword and

Was able to take a few more of them out but how many more were they’re going to be I don’t know if I can fight them off forever it was close but I managed to finish them off okay enough of that I better get more torches but then even

More zombies came over the hill and this time they were covered in iron armor what is going on I kept swinging my sword and was getting hits in but these guys were way tougher with their armor it was starting to look a little close but I finally fought them all off oh I

Can’t fight anymore hopefully that’s it but it wasn’t it more iron wearing zombies came over the hill and this time they had skeletons with them uh-oh I don’t think I can survive this I started to fight them off but it was too hard I ran under the statue for cover but I was

Surrounded just then the Vols came charging out of the base and attacked the zombies hang on Zozo we’re here to help with our combined power we were able to start fighting back and start taking out the bad guys even the squirrels got into the fight at long last the zombies were finally defeated

This time no more zombies or skeletons came over the hill soon we were back in the base thanks guys I thought I was a goner we thought we ought to help you out for once I’m sure glad you did we’ve got to figure out what happened to our

Torches though otherwise we’ll be in big trouble oh right we might know something about that the voles explained that they had taken all of the Torches and put them in the library apparently it was too dark for them to see what they were reading it turns out reading is actually

Pretty dope but we didn’t think about the zombies my bad homie I told them it was okay and got to work setting up some new torches outside we’ll have to try and make even better defenses tomorrow on days 2 3 to 26 I left my base to go

And gather some more supplies our base had nearly been taken over last night and we needed some serious upgrades first I dug up a bunch of clay I was going to make bricks so I needed to grab as much clay as I could I then brought

It back to my base where I began smelting it into bricks before I started working on the wall though I decided to build a nice walkway down to the farm it was going to be much better than having to get wet every time we needed to get a

Bite to eat with the new bridge complete I then got to work on the new walls there were some natural mountains around the entrance to our base but I thought it’d be smart to plug up the gaps with some walls after all a wall is no good

If someone can just walk through it once the walls are finished my next project was building a guard Tower if we had something nice and Tall we’d be able to keep a close eye out for any more zombies or even worse humans it took a bit but the tower was soon complete too

As I was admiring the build from the courtyard one of the squirrels came outside to meet me Hey Man Nice building you’re really good at this thanks I just want us to be as safe as possible yeah absolutely you know I’m actually a pretty good cook if you wouldn’t mind

Building me a kitchen I’d be happy to make food for everyone oh that’s a great idea before I started on the kitchen though I first grabbed some food from the farm there was no point in building a kitchen if there’s no food to store in

It with all the food in my pockets I headed inside and got to work on the kitchen I made sure to set up everything he needed and filled the pantry with all of the food I couldn’t wait to see what he’d make later that night I was up in

The tower to see how well our defenses worked I could see a big group of zombies outside of the gate but they had no chance of getting in I’d call that a success now I just had to hope nothing bigger would stop by on days 27 to 31 I

Was keeping watch from the tower when the bear from earlier showed up this guy again I’m so sick of him always trying to ruin my day I ran down and headed outside the gate you’ve tried to take my food tooo many times I’m not letting you

In here the bear just laughed and let out a roar he wasn’t much of the talking type but he was still a jerk just then he charged the bear was still really strong but this time I wasn’t going to run away or back down I was Stronger and

He was going to have the fight of his life with my sword in hand I swung as hard as I could knocking him back he let out a roar but it was too late I hit him with the final blow and he was defeated well aren’t you just the toughest little

Mouse I’ve ever seen I looked up at a nearby tree and saw a crane looking down at me oh man you have noide idea that bear has been trying to finish me off for days I just couldn’t let him win well it’s not every day you see a mouse

Beating a bear have you ever considered joining a fighting Le all of the toughest animals around are in ours and you’d be perfect oh I appreciate the offer but I can’t I’m on a quest to save my family not become the ultimate Mouse Champion oh but you don’t understand

This will help you by showing your bravery you can Inspire the crowd who want to help in your cause not to mention you can earn some serious money by winning fights money that could help you um okay I guess there’s no harm in checking it out where do I need to go

The crane told me where to go and I said I would head over there after preparing a little bit he thanked me and took off later that day I was deep in a cave looking for resources if I was going to win any fights I needed the best gear I

Could get that’s when I noticed there were tons of diamonds in this cave I mined out as many as I could this was just what I needed with my pockets overflowing with diamonds I headed out of the cave back at the base I got right to crafting making myself a full set of

Diamond armor a helmet boots leggings and a chest plate I then use them to make a pickaxe shovel Axe and sword there’s no way I’m going to lose any fights now on days 32 to 35 I made my way to the location the crane had told me about standing outside the entrance

Was the crane good evening sir I’m so thrilled you could make it you’ve got quite the Challenger tonight but I think you will do splendidly okay I’m all ready to fight so bring it on the crane motioned for me to enter and I headed in the arena was brightly lit or at least

The fighting area was I could hear a crowd in the darkness though so I knew the place was packed as I stood in the arena I saw a gate open at the other end it looked like my Challenger was a Sheba enu I could take this guy a bell rang

And the fight was on the Sha was tough but so was I as we fought the crowd cheered as we both landed blows they OED and AED they seemed like they were really into it if I can win this fight all the animals watching will be able to

Help me rescue my family I’ve got to win the Sha in you put up a good fight but with my new weapons and armor there was really no contest I soon defeated him and the crowd went wild as they cheered a bunch of emeralds started dropping

Into the arena as well as XP points I’m not sure what I’m going to do with these emeralds but I’m sure I can figure something out this is awesome just then a bunch of lapis and obsidian dropped in as well excited I ran around picking up My Rewards as the crowd continued to

Cheer I gave one final wave to the crowd then headed back down and out of the Arena to meet with the crane congratulations I just knew you could win thanks that was actually a lot of fun I think all the animals were really excited for me too oh yes the crowd

Loved you please feel free to come back soon I’m sure the crowd was very inspired by you I thanked the crane for inviting me and ran back toward my base I made a stop by the sheep farm first though and grabbed a bunch of died wool

I was going to need this for the Statue back at the base I took the wool I had collected and got to work on the next part I kept going until I ran out of wool again I couldn’t wait to see what it would look like when I was done on

Days 36 to 39 I was exploring a nearby Acacia Forest when I saw something strange in the distance is that a mouse she’s really beating that wolf up the mouse soon defeated the wolf and I hurried over to talk to her wao nice moves that was super impressive thanks I

Thought I was the only big strong Mouse out here but I see I’m not the only one my name is Bella my name is Zozo there’s actually a whole group of us living just back over the mountains you should come live at our base with us are you sure I

Don’t want to intrude oh no it would be great we could train together and everything I feel like I could learn a lot from you well all right show me the way we headed off back in the direction of the base once we arrived I got right

To work making her room it was going to be awesome having such a tough Mouse around soon her room was complete on days 40 to 43 I met Bella in the kitchen hey Zozo I’m going to go out and train do you want to come with that would be

Awesome you can teach me all of your moves right on just give me a second Bella went over to the crafting table and made herself a new purple hat it was really cool she was then ready to go so we headed out back in the acacia Forest

I watched as Bella took on a whole pack of w I couldn’t believe she wasn’t even scared the Wolves were fighting their hardest but Bella wasn’t even breaking a sweat soon she had defeated all of the Wolves Zozo why don’t you hop in on this next one another pack of wolves charged

At us and I hopped in I’ve got a tip for you instead of just hitting jump into the air and hit them as you’re coming down you’ll do even more damage than normal I gave it a try and she was right I tried it on as many wolves as I could

And together we defeated them all no problem later we were taking a break when I had a question to ask her so how come you train so hard what makes you want to fight so much that’s a good question I wasn’t always like this but

One day I met an old mouse woman in the middle of nowhere she told me this story about a mouse who could grow in size and was really strong I had been fighting mobs just before then and had grown inside a little myself that was when I

Realized I had to be the one in the legend I had to be the mouse of myth really I think I met the same Mouse I heard the exact same story I couldn’t believe that I might be the mouse of myth though well that makes sense though

Because you’re not I knew without a doubt the legend was about me and so I’ve dedicated myself to training in order to fulfill my destiny you really thought you were the mouse of myth that’s cute come on I’ll race you back to the base Bella took off but I

Couldn’t help feeling a little disappointed I mean she was really talented so it did make sense but I was really starting to believe I might be the mouse of myth we just have to see how everything played out on days 44 to 49 I decided to get some more work done

On the Statue I had collected a decent amount of materials for my last raid so I got quite a bit done I was even able to do the tail which I thought turned out pretty good I was taking a moment to look at how things had gone so far when

The Vols came running out Zozo come quick there’s a human at the gate and he’s asking for you human you guys keep an eye out from above this could mean trouble I ran over to the gates and sure enough there was a human on the other

Side but this human was dressed like a mailman what do you want human don’t you worry little rat I’m not here to cause you any trouble yet I’m here with a message from all of us humans what could you thugs have to say to me we wrote it

All down but watch out we know about your little base out here we’ve seen you and your friends training too we could destroy all of you if we wanted to but we’ll let us slide on one condition yeah and what’s that stop messing with our farms and stealing from us otherwise you

And all your little rodents Can Say Goodbye okay I’ll agree to that on one condition you let my mouse family and all other animals go huh they didn’t tell me you had a sense of humor but seriously knock it off or we’ll knock you out the human turned and walked off

Who do these humans think they are it’s time to teach them a real lesson on days 50 to 53 Bella and I snuck up to the sheep farm I had been visiting but this time I saw they had built a huge wall around it looks like we inspired them to

Up their security but I think I know how to beat that Bella pulled out her shovel shovel shovel Bella and I got Right to Work building a tunnel I had been here enough times to know just where I needed to go to pop out under the Sheep pen we

Tunneled our way through and popped up right underneath them holy sheep where did you two come from wa I didn’t know you guys could talk uh sorry for dying you different colors and stealing your wool are you serious you’re the only one who has been cutting our wool and it’s

Hot out here you’re doing us a favor oh well that’s great to hear you guys wouldn’t happen to want to live at my base would you we thought you’d never ask the humans are the worst we all jumped into the tunnel and ran back out from under the wall this was going to

Make the humans so mad it was perfect back at the Bas I got Right to Work building the Sheep a nice Farmhouse to live in they didn’t even have a roof over their heads before this was going to be much better now we just needed to

Sit back and see how the humans would react on days 54 to 57 I was down in the mines Gathering some more materials the humans would probably want to attack me at some point so I needed to make some upgrades once I had collected everything I needed in the mines I headed upstairs

And went over to the crafting table using the obsidian I had gotten from the arena I managed to put together an enchanting table time to really upgrade my gear I went into the library and cleared out a space for the enchanting table I surrounded the room with

Bookshelves and placed the table at the center of the room then I went through all of my gear and gave them different enchantments to make them stronger I’m going to be one tough Mouse to beat now I then went outside and got to work on

The next part of the statue this time it was all about the details starting with a torch in its left hand then I got to work on a sword for the right hand this was my favorite part of the build for sure this statue is looking great on

Days 58 to 62 I decided to make some more improvements to the base starting with the bridge I took down some of what I had done before then began adding in some new railings and overhangs as a final touch I added in some hanging lanterns speaking of lanterns I thought

They looked quite a bit nicer than torches so I went around the base and replaced all the Torches with lanterns I also added a doorbell the least any invading human can do is ring the bell first I then headed inside and cleared out a wall and added a window inside I

Put some cushions and bookshelves to make a sitting room the Vols were really getting into their books so I thought they’d enjoy the space later that evening I was lounging in the sitting room with Bella I’ve just got to tell you Zozo you’re a really great friend to

Me the Bulls everyone you meet and plus this base looks amazing thanks Bella that means a lot coming from you on day 6 3 to 66 I heard someone ringing the doorbell and went out to take a look perched outside was the crane good morning sir it would seem your next

Challenger is ready he’ll be even tougher than before but the crowd has been begging to see you in action again I think you really made an impression on them okay great I’ll be there later on I was back at the arena the gate opened and I stepped into the ring the crowd

Was still in darkness but they sounded excited to see me across the arena I saw a honey badger had stepped in to face me we squared off and as soon as the bell was wrong we left into action the crane was right this honey badger was way

Stronger than my last fight and his claws were really hurting sorry but I’ve got a family to fight for I thought about everything Bella had told me about and tried to put it into action once I started Landing the more powerful blows I could tell it was only a matter of

Time soon the badger was defeated the crowd went wild I did it like before emeralds started to dropped from the ceiling followed by some lapis netherite ingots and health potions there was also a mythical potion which said it could only be used by a mythical hero huh I

Wonder what this is about supposed to taste like bananas too I bet a monkey of Legend would be into this just then I noticed there were two small honey badgers crying on the other side of one of the gates hey uh that wasn’t your dad

Was it no our real dad was taken away by humans long ago but that Badger you just fought had agreed to take us in he just needed to win the fight to get the resources to take care of us oh wow I’m so sorry I had no idea he was also

Fighting for her family it’s okay he knew the risks we know that you’re just trying to rescue your family from the humans too we’re just tired of them ruining all of our Lives you know what why don’t you two come live in my base with me there’s all kinds of animals

There who would love to be your family wow that would be amazing the two little Badgers followed me back to our base they were excited to finally have a place to call home I went ahead and dug out a room for them to stay too who

Knows how long these two little guys had been looking for a home on days 67 to 70 I headed out of the base things were really starting to come along where is everyone I walked out and saw the Vols were outside harvesting some wheat but Bella was out there giving them commands

What is she doing I headed down to talk to her hey what are you doing telling everyone what to do oh hey Zozo I figured that since I was the mouse of myth I should probably be the one calling the shots around here here I don’t really know why you keep saying

You’re the mouse of myth there’s not really any proof for all you know it’s me oh yeah well if you were the mouse of myth you’d already have the frost Slayer sword the what yeah see you don’t even know what it is part of the legend is

That the mouse of myth is able to get it from the Great Northern Tundra well you don’t have it either in fact I’m going to get it right now oh yeah not if I get it first Bella and I took off for the Great Northern Tundra I would show her

We soon arrived and boy was it cold we were both so worried about getting there first we ran right into a pack of polar bears uh-oh we both fought hard to stay alive but it was clear we couldn’t fight them off fighting on our own we changed

Our strategy and saw that by working together we were able to take them all out ah Bella what are we doing we’re going to get ourselves into some serious trouble if we don’t work together you’re right we’re being really Hasty how about this we both work together to get the

Sword once we get there we can just see who the sword chooses it’s not really up to us who the mouse of myth is anyway exactly all right let’s go get that sword on day 71 to 74 Bella and I continued deeper into the tundra as we

Traveled through the ice spikes we soon came across a dungeon this must must be the place no matter what happens we’ll still be friends deal deal Bella and I ran down the stairs and into the dungeon it’s full of water how are we going to get through just then we noticed some

Levers at the top of the stairs these must control the platforms down there here you go down and I’ll work these levers I ran down by the water as Bella started flipping switches after hitting the first one a platform came out of the wall I jumped over to it Bella continued

Hitting the switches and more platforms came out of the wall I had some close calls jumping between them but eventually I made it to the next passageway hang on a second there’s a lever in here let me hit it and see what it does I flipped the switch and a

Shortcut opened up for Bella she hopped down nice hopping let’s see what else is in here we kept going down the hallway when suddenly a bunch of poison snowballs came flying out of the wall hitting us ouch those really hurt there was a small passageway so we ducked

Through there to heal up Zozo I have to be honest with you what is it I know I’m really confident all the time but the truth is I’m not sure if I’m actually the mouse of myth the old mouse woman had just told me a story so specific I

Felt like it had to be me yeah it was the same thing for me but you know what we haven’t considered yet what’s that maybe she was just making the whole thing up to trick mice like us to take on the humans you know what you’re probably right as if we didn’t have

Enough reason to want to fight them I guess we’ll find out soon enough anyway I agreed that’s when I noticed something odd about the Box we were next to hey is there something in this we looked inside and saw there was a fancy new helmet inside my diamond helmet was still in

Good shape so I let Bella take it we decided to keep pushing on and ran out into the Snowballs we took some hits but made it through we soon entered a big room that was full of bad guys we sprang into action fighting them off some of them cast magic spells that dropped

Explosive ice blocks on us they were really tough but nothing could break the power of our friendship we quickly cleared the room I think this might be the last room up ahead let’s finish this together on day 75 to 78 we stepped into a large room where a snow troll was

Standing in the center of the room but look what he was standing in front of the frost Slayer I can see it let’s get that troll out of our way Bella and I sprinted in swinging our weapons as hard as we could this guy was unbelievably

Strong his blows did a lot of damage and no matter how hard we hit him it seemed like he wasn’t even hurt this guy is crazy I don’t know if we can beat him our health was dropping fast too maybe neither of us was the mouse of myth and

It was all going to end here but just then I had an idea Bella Follow My Lead hey dum dum over here we took off running and he followed us over by one of the support pillars he swung a stone column at me but I jumped out of the way

Causing him to hit the support pillar there was a crack and suddenly the whole pillar fell over smashing the troll Soo that was brilliant go on you can grab the sword first I stepped up and took a hold of the sword suddenly nothing happened it was just a normal sword

There’s nothing special about this sword here I toss the sword over to Bella who picked it up you’re right this is just like holding any other sword that Legend must not be true otherwise only one of us could have held this true or maybe it’s just about anyone no one has born

The mouse of myth you become it by trying suddenly there was a rumbling sound and the roof started to cave in without the support column we were all in danger we ran as fast as we could and made it out of the room just in time on

Day 79 to 84 we had made it back to the base and settled back in for the night the next day I had a lot of work to do I started by doubling the size of our farm so everyone would have plenty to eat then I got busy putting in a path around

It this was going to be much easier to navigate then I went over and put together an archery range for the squirrels they had been really helpful when the zombies had attacked so I wanted to give them an even better training ground nice shooting guys if

Humans show up here they aren’t going to know what hit them the Vols had also mentioned to me how they were reading all about gardening and wanted to try their hand at maintaining a garden so I put in a small garden for them to manage as well yeah we better get the pruners

Out these roses are already looking a little wild and keep a close eye on those poppies I’d hate to see them fall to the weeds with so many animals around the outdoors were starting to get a little untiy so I made a small storage shack for us to stash all of our odds

And ends part of these improvements was also getting a better space for us to improve our weapons and armor so I built a Smithy area for us to do everything we needed to do I thought it turned out pretty nice with the new Smithy I took

Some time to fix up all of my diamond gear as Bella fired up the blast furnace to make improvements to her equipment too then I headed inside to the smithing table where I used all of the netherite I had won in the arena to upgrade my diamond gear to netherite then I brought

The new gear over to the enchanting table where I Enchanted all of my netherite equipment I’m going to be one Unstoppable Mouse now and finally our last project was upgrading our walls which the Vols offered to help with at this point our humble little rat base was becoming a full-on castle we gave

The walls major upgrades and even built a large tower on days 85 to 89 the V came running into my room with a warning Zozo the humans are outside the walls come quickly I hurried and ran to the walls and could see a small army of humans were preparing to charge but the

Squirrels were in position and ready to fire Hold Steady guys here they come the humans began to charge as the squirrels Unleashed their arrows their training had PID off and there were deadly shots several humans fell as they ran toward the base it’s working the humans had

Lost many of their soldiers and started to run away yeah nice job everyone they aren’t tough at all what I didn’t realize was that this was just a decoy the powerful Warrior had scaled the mountain behind us and jumped into our base what was that I turned and saw a

Warrior standing in the courtyard he said nothing as he stared up at me charge I leapt into action swinging my sword but if there was anything I had learned it was that friends are stronger together Bella came running out of the base followed by the vs the squirrel

Started shooting arrows down as well even with our combined power though it was quite the fight keep going everyone we can defeat this guy the warrior was strong and his armor was hard to crack eventually we managed to knock him over the cliff as he landed in the water we

Kept on him and I swung my new Frost Slayer sword with all my might at long last he was finally defeated we did it the humans will never take our land and they certainly won’t take our freedom suddenly I felt strength coming into me and I leveled up gaining eight more

Hearts we will never be conquered on days 90 to 94 I ran into Bella in the lobby but she looked really sad Bella what’s wrong I thought you’d be excited after our successful fight I am excited about our win but I’m just really down about this mouse of myth stuff I mean I

Dedicated my entire life believing I was fulfilling my destiny but it’s looking more like it was all a lie you know what I think we should go talk to that old mouse woman even if it’s all a lie you can at least be at peace knowing the

Truth Bella agreed and we headed out we soon arrived back at the old woman’s house I told Bella to stay back while I knocked on the door as the old woman came out she was excited to see me oh look who it is could it be our very own

Mouse of myth cut it lady we came here to find out the truth we just then Bella jumped up which caught the old woman by surprise we why did you tell both of us the same Legend is there a mouse of myth

Or not oh uh I yes or no I uh okay okay the truth the truth is that I made it all up why would you do that that lie nearly destroyed our friendship oh I’m sorry I never would have wanted that the humans have been messing with mice for

Decades and no one ever seemed brave enough to stand up to them I just thought if I made up a story I might be able to inspire some to actually do it they took my family years ago and I’ve always wanted Revenge well I suppose there are worse things to lie about we

Do want to teach them a lesson and are actually strong enough to do something about it after all Bella agreed and we had a nice chat with the old woman about her family she sounded lonely living out here so I invited her to stay at the

Base with us she agreed but on one condition we had to rebuild her house exactly the same I took some time to take down her house so that we’d have all the right pieces then later back at the base I reconstructed it so it’ be exactly how it was before she was

Delighted to have a familiar but safe place to stay on days 95 to 97 I walked out of the base to see the crane waiting for me oh good morning again sir I know you’ve got your hands full but your next Challenger is ready for you the crowd

Has said that they wish to see you fight once more I’m sure they will make it worth your while well one more round of upgrades before we fight the humans would be nice okay I’ll do it the crane nodded before flying Up and Away later that day I arrived back at the arena

Entrance ready for my fight I entered in and headed back into the arena as the gate opened on the other side I was shocked to see who it was Bella what are you doing here it’s okay Zozo we don’t have to fight to the death I’ve been

Doing these fights too so that I can train come on it’ll be a fun training exercise we can see who’s actually the strongest well all right I don’t know if the crowd will like it but obviously I don’t want nether of us to be eliminated

Of course not bring it on Bella and I charged at each other we weren’t planning on taking each other out but neither of us were holding back the crowd was going absolutely crazy Bella is this too much maybe we should stop no listen to them they’re loving it we’ve

Got to give them a good show if we want them to still pay out at the end it didn’t feel right to me but we kept fighting on Bella was such an amazing fighter but she had taught me all of her moves I landed a really hard hit and

Bella backed off okay I think we need to stop there nice hit Zozo yeah of course you really had me on the ropes once the crowd realized what was happening they started to boo I could hear the Crane’s voice coming from the stands Zozo what are you waiting for finish her off what

No she’s my friend fine but people came here expecting a finale and I’m going to give it to them just then the crane dropped in from the darkness finishing off Bella what have you done the animals watching are going to support me against you you mean these animals I looked at

The balcony and saw that the crowd had stepped closer revealing themselves to be humans I couldn’t believe the crane had been working for them this whole time I could feel my blood beginning to boil and in my rage I grew into a large ferocious rat you’re going to pay for

That I charged at the crane hitting him again and again defeating him in no time I could hear the humans laughing as one of them shouted for the guards the gate opened and a bunch of human guards came running in get out of my way the guards

Thought they could stop my Rampage but I was way too angry I swung my sword with all my might and quickly took them all out I could could tell the humans watching we starting to get nervous don’t think that you’re getting away either with my new Strength I jumped

From the arena into the balcony and started to attack they didn’t realize who they were messing with I managed to take several of them out as they tried to run away enough is enough I’ve got to end this I jumped back into the arena

And ran out of the building on day 98 I had made it back to my base and my rage had turned to sadness I couldn’t believe Bella was gone as I looked at the Statue I wanted to do something nice to remember her at top the Mouse statue I

Took some time to add the same hat that Bella had worn when we first met she had always said it was one of her favorites that night I was looking at the Statue when suddenly Bella appeared in front of me Zozo thank you for dedicating the

Statue to me I want you to know that everything is okay but it was never supposed to be like this we were supposed to take down the humans together I know but the truth is I don’t think you need me I spent a lot of time

Thinking about the mouse of myth the old woman may have made it up and in doing so she also made it come true you have become the mouse of myth and I’m so proud to have been your friend I shed a tear and thanked her for everything she

Had taught me I felt like it was finally time to fulfill fill my destiny it was time to save my family and the world on day 99 I met with all of my friends in our base okay guys it’s time if any of you want to stay behind you can no one

Will hold it against you no one said a word they were ready to fight very well get geared up we attack at nightfall before leaving I ran over to the chest and grabbed the mythical potion as well as the health potions I had gotten earlier the team regrouped in the lobby

And we headed out for the human’s base on my way out I paused to look at the mous Statue I could feel Bella was with us we soon reached the gates to the human’s town but how are we going to get in don’t worry guys I know just what to

Do the Vault slipped through a small hole in the side of the Guard Tower popping out inside of the base he ran over to the lever and flipped it letting us all in nice going let’s get them we stormed into the base running into a couple of humans alt together we took

Them out with ease off in the distance I could see the farmer this time he was geared up to fight there they are BOS take him out BOS BOS attacked his owner taking him out then he ran over to us you’ve had me thinking more than I have

In my whole life these humans have been so mean to other animals and I can’t be part of it I’m here to help with Bosco now on our team we charged into the streets there were several humans geared up to fight but they weren’t ready for us we all Unleashed our attacks knocking

Them out of our way keep going guys we’re doing great we kept fighting through the streets and soon Came Upon a mansion in the middle of town this had to be where my family was being kept we charged the doors and quickly took out the guards but how are we going to get

In hang on folks I’ll get us in there somehow the VA started sniffing around and soon found another hole on the side of the building he crawled through dropping into a library maze good thing I got into reading I just have follow the titles back to a and then I’ll be

Back at the front using the authors as his guide the V wo through the maze until he noticed a hole nice a shortcut he popped out and flipped the switch letting us all inside just then there was a sound in the town and we could see

The whole Army was coming for us quick Zozo go we can hold them off yeah man your family needs you you guys are the best I’ll see you soon I ran into the basement as the rest of my friends stayed back as I entered the basement I

Could see it was filled with animals including my mouse family Remy it’s me we’ve got to get you guys out of here Zozo I can’t believe it look how big and strong you are just then I heard the gate slam and hurried back up the stairs

Well well well if it isn’t the rat That Got Away I should have captured you and I had the chance you you are just the worst no monologues I jumped into action swinging my sword where had all my friends gone did he hurt them I didn’t

Have too long to think about it though as he was really starting to hurt me my health was dropping and so my only option was to run away and heal up what’s wrong too afraid to fight I had just gotten my health restored when the

Human caught up to me I was going to keep you as a pet but something like you is too powerful to be kept alive we kept fighting but I was starting to lose hope he was too strong I hurried and ran up the stairs to the roof to heal some more

Hiding around the corner come out come out little Mousie I just want to talk this human had been the cause of so many problems he had destroyed and captured so many of my friends he was going to pay I took out the mythical potion if I’m truly the mouse of myth this will

Help me I drank the potion down and felt a powerful surge of energy I gained more hearts and felt even stronger than before it had worked it was time to end this what the How could a little rat become so powerful what is this this is what happens when you mess with the

Guy’s friends his family his world the human had backed up against the edge no okay okay surely we can work something out nope it’s over I lunged forward and knocked him off the roof sending him falling to the ground below he’s gone but where are my friends on day 100 I

Heard a shout as all of my friends came running over the bridge it turned out they had pushed the soldiers all the way back into the town and defeated them I made my way back into the dungeon and finally released my family along with all the other animals we laughed and we

Cried it had been too long back at the base everyone celebrated even all the way from mousy Heaven I felt like I could hear Bella jumping for joy our fight was finally over on day one I spawned in as a stray cat I’ve only got

A few Hearts but look how quick I am I noticed that I was starting to feel hungry so I immediately started looking for food as I explored I soon saw a small village up ahead I checked one of the houses and noticed that there was some meat on the table oh perfect just

What I need I hopped up on the table and grabbed it hey get out of my house the human clearly didn’t want me here I wasn’t ready for a fight so all I could do was run I kept running until I was back in the woods from before why was he

So mean to me this is going to be a hard 100 days if no one wants to be my friend I kept exploring the woods when I saw a group of cats up ahead more cats hi guys oh hey you must be new around here we

Were just trying to figure out how we were going to get some dinner you’re telling me I just took some meat from one guy’s house and he chased me all around but here I’ll share it with you you guys the cats were really thankful and excited about the meat they must

Have been really hungry I was glad to have met them we were going to have all kinds of great adventures together before we had realized it night had fallen that was when we were suddenly attacked by a zombie quick into the trees my new cat friends had all climbed

Into the trees but I wasn’t fast enough I had no choice but to fight luckily the zombie wasn’t very strong and I was able to fight him off but that was just one and a whole group of skeletons were suddenly on me I’ve got to get away I

Ran off and soon saw a thick tree I heard hurried and punched a hole in it where I was able to crawl inside away from the skeletons that was way too risky I’ll have to stay in here for the night on day two I woke up to one of my

New cat friends punching a hole in the tree come on Zozo we’ve got to start looking for food what do you mean I thought cats got to lay around and be lazy all day that’s just house cats Strays like us have to work hard all day

To survive come on I hopped out of the tree and got to work punching some trees and collecting wood with the wood I collected I made a crafting table then use the crafting table to make a wood pickaxe shovel Axe and sword I’m going to have to get even more more wood if

I’m going to make myself a proper basee using my new wood axe I got to work chopping down some more wood that’s when I heard the sound of a spider and was suddenly attacked back off you creepy crawler the claws were still stronger than a wooden sword so I swung them and

Managed to take the spider out not too much later even more spiders attacked I was really quick and Nimble so I had no problem taking them out too all right that’s enough spider fighting I need to get working on that base I climbed up a nearby tree and started working on a

Treehouse it was hard enough that we would have to scrunch for food we didn’t need to be constantly fighting off mobs too speaking of food though I saw a small bird had landed on the other side of my Treehouse ooh that bird looks delicious I positioned myself then sprang forward missing the platform

There was a loud crunch as I hit the ground I landed on my feet but falling from a big height still hurt to my surprise though my health started going up that’s when a counter appeared showing that my nine lives were now down to eight just then my cat friend came

Running over oh thank goodness I heard you fall and was worried it might have been your last life nope I’ve still got eight to go oh well you’re lucky the rest of us have been Strays for a while and we’re all down to our last one hopefully you’re never in our position

There was no time to talk though as suddenly a pack of wolves came out of nowhere and attacked Zoo run we all split up and ran off in different directions why were these wolves chasing us come here you little snack oh because they wanted to eat us of course I

Managed to jump into my tree and climb up to the top thankfully the Wolves were too big to fit in my tree you got away this time but we’ll be back you can’t get away from our boss I didn’t like the sound of that but at least for now they

Were leaving me alone as long as I can climb trees I’m sure I’ll be safe later my cat friends climbed up with me and together we all watched the sunset at least we all had each other on day three I woke up to a terrifying sound the

Sound of wolf howls it was scary but we were still safe in the trees but that’s when I saw him what is that a giant wolf Monster was headed our way this must be the other Wolf’s boss you can’t hide from me the monster wolf climbed up the

Side of the tree up onto our platform watch out guys run we all ran off in different directions but it was too too late the Wolves managed to get all of my friends knocking them out one by one no my friends there was nothing more I

Could do somehow I was the lucky one and they didn’t notice me up in the tree as the Wolves left all I could think about was how alone I felt those wolves are going to pay for what they’ve done mark my words on days four to 5 I woke up in

My unfinished base it’s not safe here in the forest I’ll have to find a new place to live I left the forest and headed off I had heard once that cats were originally desert animals so I decided I would find a desert far from here to

Live in I’m sure wolves won’t like the desert heat too a desert will be twice as safe as I entered the desert I decided that I was going to build the greatest cat tower the world had ever seen plus it would be really safe to

Live in triple safety if I’m going to do this I’ve got to get stone and lots of it I found myself a nice cave and snuck down into it mining up as much Stone as I could while I was down there I also made sure to grab some coal that could

Be used to power my furnace later let’s get Crafting using a crafting table I used my new stone to make myself a stone pickaxe I also made myself a stone shovel sword and axe next up wood I needed tons of wood so much that I cleared out an entire area of trees with

My inventory now full of all the building supplies I needed I started to build the first level of my cat tower that would also double as my starter base once I had finished the outside I got to work filling up the inside I put up some pictures as well as all the

Tables I was going to need soon the first level was complete all right I think this is going to be a very safe place for me to live just as I was saying that there was an explosion that blew a hole in my wall what was that I

Took a closer look and saw that the base was was under attacked by creepers luckily there was only one more so I tried to fight it off it exploded too but at least it didn’t cause any additional damage to the base looks like I better put some torches out I got

Right to Work surrounding the base with as many torches as I could I didn’t even want to risk having more creepers blowing me up in the night once all the Torches were out I was feeling a little hungry that’s when I saw some desert rabbits hopping around nearby dinner I

Ran around after the rabbits until I finally managed to take one down I cooked the meat back at the base and chowed down that sure was tasty but I’m going to have to find out easier way to eat if I’m going to live here much

Longer on day 6 to 8 I got up and headed out the door it was enough delay I needed to start getting ready to fight back against the Wolves it wasn’t too long and I found myself heading down into a cave time to find some iron just

Inside the cave were several iron veins so I got Right to Work mining them all out after a while I had gotten plenty of iron and I heard a growl behind me who’s there what are you doing in my cave leave now or I’ll be forced to take you

Down please I just wanted to collect some iron these evil wolves destroyed all of my friends and now I have nowhere to call home I know your pain my family was taken from me when I was young too not by Wolves but by poachers at a nearby Village I’ve been all alone ever

Since why don’t you take revenge on those poachers have you seen yourself you’re a big powerful lion uh you know I never really thought about it I guess I didn’t realize just how big I’ve gotten yeah let’s do it although first I’ve got to drop this stuff off at my base you

Can come along if you’d like the lion and I ran back over to my base when we arrived the lion was impressed wow this is quite the place you’ve got here much better than my cold cave thanks give me a bit here to get ready to go I tossed

The iron I had collected into the furnace and smelted it all down when it was done I got crafting and made myself a full set of iron armor I even made myself a full set of Iron Equipment which the lion was really impressed by turned out he was actually really nice

Oh and his name was Lenny on days 9 to 10 Lenny and I traveled to the village where the poachers were living as soon as we got there we could see the poachers there were tons of small animals in cages and they even had the Lion’s family’s heads mounted on the

Wall these guys were sick Lenny wasted no time and attacked I tried to jump in too so that I could help as much as possible Lenny was so strong and managed to take most of them out suddenly a couple of poachers surrounded him and it wasn’t looking good heads up I jumped

Down from above and managed to take out the poachers there were a few more left but together we were able to take them all out nice job Lenny I know it can’t replace your family but at least justice has been served thank you for encouraging me Zozo I feel much better

Than I did before I also feel hungry these little birds look delicious hang on I know we like to eat meat but these guys don’t deserve the same fate as your family let’s let them go Lenny was disappointed but agreed so we let them all out of their cages I’m pretty sure

Some of them got away from Lenny just a little faster than they normally would have we then headed over to the nearby farm and gathered up as many seeds as we could if we really wanted to help animals it looked like we might have to

Get used to a little more grain in our diets except when it comes to chickens I took out a few chickens to eat later I was still a carnivore after all with all that out of the way I asked Lenny if you wanted to live at my base with me to

Which he happily agreed back at the basee I got right to work making Lenny his own bedroom I felt bad he had been living in a cold cave alone all this time so I did my best to make it really nice on days 11 to 12 I went to find

Lenny to ask him some questions I asked him if he knew anything about the huge wolf that had taken out his family but he said he wasn’t sure there was however a wise elephant that I could ask I made my way to a nearby Savannah to find the

Elephant I tried asking all the animals I passed but none of them seemed to know who I was talking about as I was looking I was suddenly attacked by a pack of hyenas leave me alone you giggle freaks I managed to hurt some of the hyenas

There were way too many of them I was still just a little cat and had to get out of there I managed to make it out of there which is when I saw a baby elephant oh I bet they know something I ran over to them hey I’m looking for a

Wise old elephant do you know where I can find them I do come with me I can show you as we traveled I noticed she seemed kind of sad I soon found out why we arrived in an elephant graveyard and she brought me to a grave this is the

Elephant you looking for she was my grandmother mother and raised me after my parents died I am sorry to say but she passed recently I’m sorry to hear that I heard she was able to help a lot of people she was in fact she taught me

How to help people the way she did she would look into the water and could see things do you think you’d be able to help me a wolf has been destroying all of my friends and their families I need to find him and stop him I would but I’m

Too scared to try it by myself before I could say another word though the hyenas from earlier attacked but this time I couldn’t run away I had to protect my new friend as I was fighting the hyenas the baby elephant ran away it was a hard fight these guys were strong and there

Were a lot of them but I couldn’t fail now I mustered up the courage and destroyed them all on days 13 to 15 I went off to search for the baby elephant that fight must have really spooked her I’ve got to let her know everything is

Okay as I ran across the land I soon saw her at the stream she was really scared hey I’m sorry about that back there but everything is okay now you fought off all of those hyenas that was really Brave of you thank you but can I let you

In on a little secret what’s that I was actually really scared they had attacked me before and the first time I ran away really why didn’t you run away this time I thought about it but I knew you needed my help so I did my best to be brave the

Elephant thought about it for a bit okay I will try using my abilities you want to see where the wolf lives I’ll see what I can do we looked into the stream and she started to explain what she saw it looks like he built himself an ice

Fortress in the great Tundra he’ll often lead his wolf P out to attack other animals like cats but he isn’t doing it for food he’s doing it for fun this doesn’t look good thank you for doing that I know it wasn’t easy but you were

Great I have to defeat him but I know I’m not strong enough yet say what’s your name oh it’s Delilah delightful would you want to come live at my base with me it might feel safer there oh thank you but I feel like I’m not ready

To leave the land of my grandma yet but please come see me anytime I thanked her and took off as I was crossing the stream though I was suddenly attacked by a crocodile I I already hated water enough now there were things attacking me come on you little Snapper leave me

Alone I tried to run away but he was too quick looked like my only option was to fight it wasn’t too long and he managed to take me out that’s when I saw my life counter change from eight lives to seven oh no that’s not good problem was I

Still couldn’t run the Croc was vicious and wouldn’t leave me alone suddenly I had lost another life I can’t take much more of this luckily for me though I had been getting hits in and even though he had taken two of my lives I was able to

Finally take his and he only had one and stay down I decided to explore the bank a little more and soon saw the Nook where the crocodile must have been hiding I looked inside and there was a chest oh look at all these fish my favorite food and in the middle there

Was a mystical fruit salad I don’t really like fruit but I’ll give it a go I scarfed it down and it turns out it was delicious just then I felt some power surged through me and I got bigger with more Hearts wow maybe there’s something to this eating fruit thing on

Day 16 to 19 I arrived back at the base I met up with Lenny and he told me that he was feeling really hungry hey you can have some of this fish I just got he was pretty happy about that then I decided I should start planting seeds as we would

Need to have a good food source I decided to build the farm into the tower and thought that worked really well this Farm looks great I was thinking about the fight with the crocodile and how I had lost so many lives I was going to

Have to be more careful so to do that I decided to craft myself a bow that way I won’t have to be so close to Danger all the time but first I’m going to need some strength I took off in the direction of a nearby cave and soon

Found some spiders the spiders weren’t nearly as happy to see me as I was to see them and in no time I had gotten myself enough string to make my bow now that I had everything I needed I was able to quickly put together a bow for

Myself it was just in time too because a black bear had walked up behind me I hope this thing works I started firing the bow Landing hits with my arrows the bear was angry with me but I was feeling way better with my ranged weapon soon

Enough I had taken him out on days 20 to 22 I had the urge the urge to build it was Statue time but in order to do that I was going to need some wool I went and talked to Lenny about it and he told me

There was a herd of sheep nearby he was thinking of hunting no you can’t hunt these guys we’ll need their wool Lenny was disappointed but agreed he wasn’t taking to a plant-based diet as easily as I was I headed off in the direction Lenny had mentioned and soon saw the

Sheep I took out my wheat and led them back toward my base when we arrived I quickly put together a pen then locked them all inside that’s when Lenny came around the corner okay dinner Lenny wait you promised you going to eat them remember they’re for wool not food ah

Shoot fine next up I needed to get some dye to turn the Sheep into the proper colors I went to the plains bi him and found some corn flowers using the flowers I was able to make some blue dye and dye the Sheep blue now it was time

To get started using the wool I started on the first part I feel like this one is going to turn out even better than anything I’ve built so far but you’ll have to be the judge of that soon the first part was complete and don’t forget

To hit the Subscribe button and hit the Bell otherwise you’ll miss out on all my future Adventures on day AG 23 to 26 I felt like it was time to learn more about this Wolf Monster and travel to the Arctic where he lived as I got closer I heard some wolf howls and

Hurried up into a tree to hide I’m not letting them catch me off guard this time just then I saw the wolves come by and as they got closer I saw that I had a good shot with my bow if only there weren’t so many of them I decided it

Wasn’t worth the risk especially with the wolf Monster there but now I knew for sure that he lived here as I watched them I saw them go toward a snowy Village they attacked some of the villagers and took out their livestock these guys were horrible they continued through the village taking everything

Out when there was nothing left they left the village why would they do something like this now that they were gone I went to investigate the village there were some crops here and it didn’t look like the villagers were going to be needing them anytime soon so I picked up

As much as I could as I was going through the village I suddenly ran into a baby wolf what the what are you doing here hey you leave me alone or else I’m super mean because I’m a wolf look buddy you’re not fooling anyone all the other

Wolves are gone fight me if you want but we know how it’s going to endend ah sh you’re right if the other guys knew I was going to get shown up by a cat they’d bully me so bad even worse than they already do why do you think I’m

Here they’re always leaving me behind and being so mean I couldn’t help but feel bad for this little guy look it’s okay I remember what it was like being a little cat why do you say come join me instead these guys don’t sound like they really care about you you can say that

Again you know what I’m out of here just because we’re all wolves doesn’t mean I have to put up with them he was pretty fired up but I was glad I could help him out we took off back to the base on days 27 to 31 we arrived back at the base the

Baby wolf whose name was Willie immediately tried to eat the Sheep hang on hang on those are our friends not food here let me get you something I tossed him some fish which he was happy to have that’s when Lenny came walking up to us it turned out he had really

Been starting to enjoy the veggie life and wanted to share some with us we headed up to the garden and Lenny tossed some new food out for us I took a bite oh wow these are really good you you weren’t joking just then I grew a little

Bigger and gained more Hearts well would you look at that eating veggies is actually good for you you get more hearts and stay healthy nice I then realized that Willie had nowhere to stay so I got busy building him his own section of the base it wasn’t big but it

Would be perfect for him since Lenny was so interested in farming now I decided I would put a barn together for him too this way he could put all his Farming tools in one place and hopefully continue to not eat the Sheep soon the build was complete I was starting to run

Low on wood so I headed over to the nearby Birch Forest to stock up I collected all the wood I needed then decided to head back on my way back I was suddenly attacked by a giant cockroach oh gross if I would have known there were bugs like this here I

Wouldn’t have chosen to live here I had managed to make my way into a tree where I was able to pick them off with the bow but suddenly Willie came running into the fight Willie no stay back Willie ignored me and kept fighting but it turned out he was actually a really good

Fighter soon we had taken them out oh nice moves those other wolves better watch out you’d be able to kick their butts Willie told me I was being too nice and we headed back to the base later on I had gone into the mines where I found some iron I figured Willie could

Use some armor so I collected as much as I could back of the base I smelted down the iron then used the iron ingots to make him his very own set of iron armor I went and gave it to him which he was very excited about on days 32 to 35 I

Woke up to the sound of meowing could that be more cats I went to take a look and it turned out there were a bunch of cats out there oh hey guys how did you find me there’s a giant cat tower in the middle of the desert how could we miss

It uh yeah that’s a pretty good point they asked if they could live here and I of course agreed that did leave me with a problem though I couldn’t fit all of them in my room so I got right to work making them their own rooms at the top

Of the tower I couldn’t believe more cats were around I would have to keep an eye out for some more of them once I had finished building their houses I went to work on the Statue with Willie I had to get the next part done if my cat tower

Was drawing people in I’m sure a big statue would bring them in too soon we finished the second part back at the base I decided to check in with the cats they had settled in nicely hey do you guys know of any other cats I’d love to

Help as many as I can well well there is this one woman we had heard of who takes in cats and cares for them we were actually on our way there when we found your base you could try checking there they explain to me where I needed to go

I wanted to make as many cat friends as I could we would be stronger together on days 36 to 39 I arrived in the desert the cats had mentioned but I didn’t see a house anywhere H let me see if someone can help me I talked to every animal I

Ran into hoping they could point me in the right direction everyone I talked to said they hadn’t heard of her that’s when I suddenly stumbled upon a huge desert pyramid well it’s not the house I’m looking for but maybe there’s something useful in here I headed into

The pyramid which is when I saw a hord of zombies at the bottom luckily I still had my bow so I used that to hurry and take most of them out then I jumped down and finished the rest of them off with my sword as I explored I came across

More zombies but I was able to fight them off just then I saw a button with a sign next to it just a normal button trust me okay I hit the button and another button rose up out of the ground I Shrugged and hit that button I heard a

Noise in the other room and ran over to see a hole had opened up in the ground oh what could be down here I went down in the hole and found another button this is getting a little ridiculous I hit the button which revealed a hidden room full of gold wait seriously I

Thought for sure this must have been a trap I entered the room and started picking up all of the loot this was some good stuff I checked the chest and saw there was an enchanting book for punch too oh now my bow is really going to be

Able to knock people back I was feeling pretty good about things so I headed back out of the pyramid off to try and find the woman’s house on days 40 to 43 I was running through some hills when I saw a group of llamas hey do you guys

Know where I could find a cat lady’s house to my luck they knew exactly who I was talking about turns out the house was just over the hill they told me to be careful though the lady was pretty weird I ran in the direction they had

Pointed and soon saw the house in the distance I ran up to the house when a woman came running out oh it’s another kitty here kitty kitty here kitty kitty oh wow you’re super friendly I heard you had a bunch of cats here and I’d love to

Meet them oh yes I love cats they’re the best maybe you can even stay here with me oh well maybe I’ve kind of got my own thing going but I’d love to say hi to everyone well please please come in let me show you around the woman led me into

Her house and showed me around to the different rooms I could hear some cats but none of the rooms we went into seemed to have any cats something seemed off but maybe it was just how much she seemed to love cats and this final room is my favorite it’s where all the cats

Live finally I stepped into the room but all of the cats were in cages what was going on you can be my newest friend suddenly I was hit with a potion and went to sleep on days 44 to 49 I I woke up inside of one of the cages on the

Wall the crazy cat lady had captured me I tried my best to break out but she had taken all of my tools is there anyone out there yeah man I can hear you just give up there’s no way to get out of this place what do you mean how did you

Guys end up here we all thought this was going to be a good place for us Strays to live but she keeps us locked up in cages she likes cats but she likes them so much she never wants us to leave even for a second the cat lady had come into

The room and was going around feeding the other cats this might be my moment to escape as she came to my cage and opened it I pounced out of my way lady I saw a chest nearby my stuff must be in there inside I could see I was right and

Tried to grab as much of it as I could but it was no use as I was hit by another one of her potions which put me back to sleep I woke up again back in the cage tried punching the walls again but it was no use I told you it’s better

Just to give up this is our life now how long have you been in here anyway oh I don’t even remember anymore it’s been years years I can’t be here for years what’s going to happen to all my friends without me on days 50 to 53 I woke in my

Cage to the sound of panting it was Willie Willie what are you doing here something about this cat lady seemed fishy to me so I followed you just in case boy am I glad you did Willie opened the cage and I hopped out I was free I

Ran over to the chest and grabbed all my stuff just then the cat lady came in is that is that a wolf I hate dogs and especially wolves I’ll take care of you the C cat lady drank down a potion and turned into a witch all right Willie we

Can take this lady we all jumped into battle she might have been crazy but she was also crazy strong even with our combined power we couldn’t defeat her suddenly I lost one of my lives oh shoot now I’m down to five I can’t let her

Beat me I focused all of my energy and took her out just then there was a surge of energy and Willie leveled up wa Willie look at you you’re even stronger than before Willie was super excited next we decided to take a look around the house and managed to find an

Enchanted Diamond Helmet oh nice I’m going to be even more protected than before maybe I can hold on to my remaining five lives now I then met up with the other cats and invited them to come live at my base with me they happily agreed and we set off on days 54

To 57 I made it back to the base and got right to work making additions to the base with all the new cats we were going to need some serious upgrades they had spent so long in cages I wanted to make sure they had a nice place to live soon

Their room was complete later on I was chatting with the cats when they told me how hungry they were I was pretty much out of fish and I couldn’t ask them to stick to a plant-based diet although to be fair Lenny had really gotten into it

Hang on guys I’ve got an idea I headed back down to the base and went over to the water using my shovel I dug out the land until I was able to connect the small pond near our base to the river now the water would run right by our

Front door and fish could swim right up I felt like it still needed something though so I got to work building a fishing dock we could store a fish and relax here while the cats could cast a line into the water once the dock was complete I let all the cats over to

Check it out what do you guys think we should be swimming in fish in no time they were all happy as as they threw their lines into the water they’d never have to be hungry again on days 58 to 62 I collected some wool off the Sheep then

Headed back over to the Statue I got to work on the next part I’m sure it’s pretty clear what I’m building at this point but what do you think was this what you were expecting me to build once I had finished my work on the Statue I remembered I had gotten some enchanting

Books using my new book I was able to add the punch enchantment to the bow this will certainly pack A- punch now my bow was great but I was going to need armor to match so I left the base to go to a nearby mine at the bottom of the

Mine I could see a bunch of monsters so I decided to take the new bow for a spin it was working great and I managed to take out a ton of them some of them got really close to me but I still managed to take them out one by one pH hopefully

There’s not any more of them down here I kept exploring and soon came across another group of creepers oh no not more of these guys I tried to take them out but couldn’t stop them all from exploding ouch but what’s that I noticed the explosion had revealed an unnatural

Block I could hear skeletons on the other side I broke a block which revealed the entrance to a dungeon on days 63 to 66 I knocked out the rest of the blocks and was immediately rushed by some skeletons oh get out of here you psychos these skeletons were fast it’s a

Good thing I came prepared they tried their best to take one more of my lives but I managed to fight them all off all right let’s see what’s going on back here I entered the dungeon and can see more skeletons using my bow I quickly fired at them and took them out that’s

When I noticed a button in the middle of the room what does this do unfortunately it was a trap more skeleton archers rose up from the ground I was surrounded they fired their arrows as I jumped to get out of the way luckily I could take some

Cover but even as I jumped out to hit them it was still too hard oh wait a second they’re stuck I can just leave I headed into the hallway I guess whoever laid that trap didn’t think it all the way through I went and explored the

Hallways I wasn’t sure where to go next then I came across a sign that said treasure room huh oh that sounds great to me I ran into the hallway falling into a hole it was another trap oh man I should have known that would happen I

Landed in a stone room where there was no way out suddenly the wall across from me started moving I was going to get crushed there’s got to be a way out I noticed some different looking blocks and started mining at the last second I burst through and fell down another hole

This time though I landed in a pool of water oh this place is crazy I’ve got to watch my step up ahead I hit a button to open the door and walked through as lava fell from the ceiling luckily I made it through the door quick enough before it

Could hurt me the next room was full of lava with platforms I had to jump to that would have been easy except the place was full of skeleton archers I tried to cross but they knocked me into the lava oo hot hot and managed to crawl

Out before the lava burnt me to a crisp I started shooting arrows at the skeleton taking a couple of them out that’s when I I noticed there was a chest and some diamonds up ahead I’ve got to get to that to reach it though there was one more Archer I took careful

Aim and fired taking him out the treasure is all mine I hopped the rest of the way up and opened the chest inside there was a diamond block as well as a bunch of diamonds this is exactly what I was searching for with everything

Out of the chest I then mined out all of the Diamonds In The Wall my pockets were now overflowing with goodies now how do I get out of here I hopped across the room and saw a door which I barely managed to get through after grabbing

Onto some Vines I swam up a water call and followed the hallways until I saw another room with a chest okay there’s got to be a trap in here I stepped forward slowly and set off a trap that Arrow nearly took my head off I think

There’s only one way through I took off at a Sprint as the arrows flew by inside the chest was more diamonds as well as some XP potions I ran back through the traps then loaded up on the XP I went back through the hallways and soon saw

Another path through I guess this must be the way out I stepped forward when suddenly a bunch of lava came falling from the ceiling trapping me inside the room that was way too close as I looked into the room though I saw it was full of skeletons including a big buff

Skeleton there was no time to lose I immediately started shooting my bow taking out as many of them as I could I got some hits in but it was getting dicey I didn’t notice the buff skeleton had me in his sights and after a good

Hit he knocked out one of my lives oh no now I only have four left over half of them are gone I didn’t have any other choice though I had to keep fighting I had managed to hit him a bunch so he couldn’t have had much health left I hid

Behind a pole then struck him with my claws taking him out yeah who’s the tough guy now and we’ll just pretend that you didn’t take one of my lives that’s when I noticed that I had actually picked up his head ooh creepy I wonder what else is in here I ran around

The room and saw a chest which had an Infinity enchantment in it as well as some gold in another chest I also found a brand new bow I knew just what to do next at a nearby Anvil I added the infinity enchantment to my new bow which

Gave me endless Arrows by now my pockets were filled with goodies so I used some Cobblestone to block the lava and left the dungeon back at the base I stuck my mutant skeleton head above my door now everyone knows that this house belongs to one tough Kitty now that I had a

Bunch of diamonds I went over to the crafting table and got Right to Work crafting myself an entire set of diamond armor I was going to be super protected now with the armor done I also made myself a full set of diamond tools it was just about time as the iron tools

Just weren’t going to cut it anymore with all of the tools finished I grabbed Willie and we got to work on the next part of the statue it was time to add some details in and I was excited to see how it was going to look it didn’t take

Too long and we soon finish the next part back at the base I was feeling like I was almost ready to take on the wolf Monster but asked Willie if he had any ideas of what I could do to power up well there’s a special set of claws I’ve

Heard about they’re strong enough to rip through wolf hide that sounds like just what I need where do I find them there’s a fort pretty far away from here that they are rumored to be in but it’s got some tough mobs defending it I can show

You the way that would be awesome but first let me go check with Lenny to see if he has any new veggies for me to take on the journey I went up to the garden with Lenny and he gathered me a fresh set of food thanks buddy you’ve gotten

Good at this on day 71 to 74 Willie and I had reached a snowy Tiger Biome when suddenly we were attacked by by a polar bear I had just upgraded all of my gear so the polar bear didn’t really stand a chance against me together we defeated

Him easily yeah that was so easy suddenly a bunch of polar bears came running out oh this is not easy the polar bears were really mad at us and we were taking a lot of hits this situation was all too familiar and I suddenly lost

Another one of my lives oh no only three left now I had lost another life but we had made good progress and together we were able to take out the last of the polar bears it helped that Willie was now a full grown wolf we soon found a

Cave and settled in out of the cold thanks for coming along with me Willie I thought all wolves were bad but you’ve shown me that’s not the truth Willie didn’t say anything and started walking around in circles it was kind of strange but maybe he just wasn’t comfortable

Expressing his feelings it was getting pretty cold when Willie set out a campfire oh just in time we both settled in for the night on days 75 to 78 Willie and I reached the snowy Fortress deep in the Tiga this must be where the claws

Are we entered the fort but as we walked through I couldn’t help but notice the place seemed empty there might have been a battle here long ago but there was definitely no one here now as we entered another section the doors closed behind us oh no it must be a trap get ready

Willie that’s when I realized it wasn’t an enemy who set the Trap it was Willie I’m sorry Zozo but I can’t resist my Natural Instincts I tried but cats are just too delicious what are you saying come on we’re friends I have a lot of respect for you I didn’t know a cat

Could be this strong but I have to do this and once you’re gone I’m going to lead the pack to all the other cats in the base Willie get a hold of yourself this isn’t the right way I’m sorry Zo so but it’s the end and just like that we

Began to fight Willie had gotten really strong and his blows really hurt I couldn’t believe his instincts were this powerful please Willie it doesn’t have to be like this but it was too late he was done talking and I could see his wolf instincts had completely taken over

He kept swinging at me and managed to take another one of my lives only two left I hurried and climbed up some trees making my way to the top of the ruins from there I started firing arrows Landing some blows Willie ran around trying to avoid my arrows it was making

Him really mad I wasn’t going to be able to finish it this way though I had to land to blow up close I hurried and climbed higher into the ruins firing arrows as I went get back down here I climbed out the side of the ruins as

Willie continued to look up where I was before I snuck up behind him and delivered a sneak attack it was just a few hits more and he was finally defeated Willie why I’m sorry I had to come to this I ran outside and picked a flower I carried it back inside and laid

It where Willie had disappeared I’ll see you in the next life my friend on day 79 to 84 I was feeling really sad about the loss of Willie I couldn’t help but think though Willie was super strong and he was just a regular wolf what chance did

I have against the wolf Monster that’s when I remembered Delilah the elephant could help I traveled back to the Savannah and just in time too up ahead I could see Delila had been captured by poachers you thugs get away from my friend I charged in as the poachers

Turned to fight I had no time for these punks and I had to save my friend there was no way I was going to lose two friends in such a short amount of time I was way stronger than the last time we had fought poachers and so so at long

Last I took them all out oh Zozo you showed up just in time I don’t know where I’d be without you oh well I guess I do I’d be dead you mustn’t talk like that but I was hoping you could help me with something oh sure anything I need

To defeat the wolf Monster still but I’m wondering if there are any special items out there that could help me could you take a look Delila agreed and took a look into some nearby water okay I can see the nether there’s a huge Fortress there and inside oh there’s some claws

They look like they’re strong enough to rip through wolf skin so those claws are real do you know how I can get there it’s showing me a path to the nether portal it’s actually not that far from your base wow that’s great news I’ll

Have to go get them but before I do are you sure you still don’t want to live at my base there’s so many poachers out here oh I’ve definitely changed my mind I would love to live there Lila and I headed back toward my base as we got

Closer she caught sight of my statue an elephant I love it it reminds me of my grandma I miss her so much I wish I could have met her I’m almost finished with that statue too just one more part to go but I think you’ll think it’s

Pretty cool from there I got Right to Work building Delila her own room at the base the poor girl kept getting attacked so I was glad she decided to come and live at the base with us her room was going to be at the top so she was

Definitely going to be safe soon her room was complete here you go I really hope you like it here Delila assured me she would and she especially loved the view out of her window on days 85 to 89 I headed straight for the nether portal

I had to get those claws oh no it looks totally destroyed hopefully there’s some more obsidian in this chest I opened the chest and luckily there was everything I needed someone must have been here before just then a snapping turtle came walking right over the chest and

Attacked ah you’re so slow and creepy he wasn’t very strong and I took him out quickly then another animal attacked me out of nowhere this guy wasn’t strong either and I took him out too all right enough let’s do this I quickly fixed up the portal replacing all the missing

Obsidian blocks I stepped into the portal and was teleported to the nether I stepped out into a Soul Sand Valley and could see a few Enderman roing around as long as I don’t look at them I should be good but as I got closer they turned and started to attack me I guess

They just really wanted me to stay away once I had taken them out I took a look at my surroundings that’s when I noticed some ancient debris in the wall oh yeah I can make some netherite Gear with this I mined out the debris and started away

For later it was time to explore I took off into the nether traveling across dangerous terrain and fighting off Enderman I found some more ancient debris too there were also some gas that showed up but I was able to take care of them with my bow soon I saw it in the

Distance The Fortress from Delilah’s Vision there it is I just need to get across this lava and the claws will be mine I started jumping AC cross the broken path being sure not to fall into the lava as I entered the Fortress I was suddenly attacked by a hellhound and a

Couple wither skeletons I should have known something would be waiting for me I tried to climb up some platforms as quickly as I could and started taking them out with my bow the wither skeletons were getting too close for comfort but luckily I was able to take

Them down now it’s your turn I jumped down and started swinging my sword showing the hellhound who was boss even the dogs in a different dimension are mean I kept swinging my sword and finally took the hellhound out that was a tough fight he destroyed most of my

Armor but the important thing was that I had one I went over to the chest and took a look inside there was tons of Loot and most important the claws were inside I can’t believe it I got them I took out the claws and equipped them that’s when I felt the energy surge

Through me and I grew into a huge super buff cat wao I’m extremely ripped and I have way more Hearts it was time to take the fight to the wolf on days 90 to 94 I returned to the base to see all of my new friends it was quite the sight to

See everyone so happy we had all been affected by the wolf Monster in one way or another and it was great to see that despite it all we had all found a place to call home I was too big to fit in the door now so I knocked out of space and

Grabbed some supplies out of a chest then I made myself a fancy new moving door ah yes this will work perfectly now that I had a functioning door I took the ancient debris I had collected and smelted it into some netherite scraps then I took some of the diamonds I had

Collected and made an entire set of diamond armor now I’ll need a smithing table I got the smithing table put together and then combined the netherite scraps with some gold bars to make some netherite ingots using the new ingots I was able to then convert all my Diamond

Gear into netherite now let’s finish the statue I headed outside and finished putting all of the details on the elephant I thought it looked really nice and I was glad that it reminded Delila of her grandma well what do you think is this your favorite build I’ve done so

Far or did you like another one more with the Statue complete it was time to say goodbye I met with all of my friends outside thanks for all of your support guys I’m going to go fight the wolf but I’m still not sure how I’m going to beat

Him I was thinking about it and didn’t you say that crazy cat lady threw a potion at you that knocked you out maybe she had other potions that could come in handy for your fight oh that’s a great idea I’ll have to go stop by there and

See what I can find good luck Zozo I know you’ll make us all proud the rest of the animals chimed in I never could have done it without all of their support time to get that wolf on days 95 to 97 I arrived back at the cat lady’s

House all right let’s see what’s going on in here I ran up to the house to get inside as I tried to take a look around I realized I was too big for the doors so I knocked out the walls to make myself some space something tells me

She’s not going to mind as I checked around the house I eventually opened up her bedside table and found a bunch of blindness potions no wonder she always had these on her the lady literally slept next to them but these will help in a fight with the potions in my

Pockets I headed off toward the wolf Monster’s base I soon reached a snowy area and could hear the howling of wolves in the distance but this time I wasn’t running this time I was heading straight for them hey you boys check out this cat he thinks he’s real tough

Walking into our land like this you’re Pride will be the end of you I’m going to take down your entire pack oh Cry Me a hairball fuzz bag Bring It On we lunged at each other and started swinging these guys thought I was weak because I was a cat but they quickly

Found out I was super strong I could tell they were scared and soon only one of them was left you no cat you’re a freak just wait until the boss hears about this the last wolf ran off to tell his boss yeah not even a warning is

Going to save him from me the wolf wasn’t very smart though he was leading me right to their base soon enough I saw a large Fortress in the distance this must be it I walked up and started to explore I could feel something behind me

I turned around and saw there was a huge s behind me quick subscribe to the channel we must win this fight on day 98 I charged into the base and was immediately attacked by some wolves out of the way you mangy muts I swung my massive arms and knocked the Wolves out

With my strength these guys were a breeze soon the room had been cleared that’s when I noticed something horrible is that what I think it is on the stairs there was a mounted animal head these guys were a bunch of sickos they had to be stopped in the Next Room there were

Even more wolves get a Lo of this jumps I smacked the Wolves as they crumpled beneath my blows they were able to get some hits in but they were no match no one was going to stop me from reaching my goal once they were all destroyed I

Noticed what was on the table more animal heads I won’t let them add anymore as I left the room I noticed a button on a nearby wall I HIIT it and a wall opened revealing a storage room oh nice I bet there’s something good in here I started opening up chests and

Found a lot of gold including some golden apples then I saw something out of the ordinary there’s warnings on this chest must be something good in here I opened the chest and saw it had several po of Leaping that would surely give me an advantage in the fight now I just had

To find the monster on day 99 I wandered through the halls and eventually walked into the Great Hall The Wolf Monster was Seated on a Golden Throne oh what is this a cat walking right into my house who do you think you are you know who I

Am you destroyed my entire group of friends yeah you’ll have to be more specific I do it all the time it’s literally all I do I’m Zozo oh Zozo yeah I still don’t know who you are it doesn’t matter today is the day I take

My revenge yeah yeah get this cat out of my sight suddenly the Wolves around the table charged he might not know who I am but he was about to find out I knocked out his wolves in no time I always knew I was surrounded by a bunch of weaklings

I’ll do this myself the wolf Monster charged at me the fight had begun this was ending today he was still strong and was really knocking me down I ran away to try to get some space eating some food to heal get over here you little

Cat I tried fighting him at as I went getting hits in here and there I soon made it up a set of stairs turning in time to start firing down arrows at the wolf Monster oh knock it off I kept firing arrows until he had reached me he

Kept hitting me and eventually I saw my life counter appear again I only had one life left I had to make it count I kept running through the castle trying to play it safe every now and then he would catch up and I would swing my claws to

Knock him back some of his wolves even tried to jump into the fight but I was able to knock them away my health was starting to get really low though all right let’s see what he thinks of this I took out one of my blinding potions and

Managed to hit him oh I can’t see what did you do the wolf ran off as I heard and ducked for cover I was safe for a moment so I hurried and ate a golden apple I had been getting hits in but it didn’t seem to be enough it was time to

Try something new I could hear the wolf in the hallway up ahead so I snuck up behind him and smacked him surprise oh you sneaky little cat we exchanged some more blows and I ran off making more space I was really starting to hurt him

Now just then we ran into a room with a couple of his wolf cronies get this guy off my back I thought wolves didn’t run away from anything as they went back out to fight I saw the wolf had disappeared where did he go I kept searching around

The place until I ran into a strange sign Place sacrificial heads oh I don’t love that but maybe it could help me I ran around the palace and gathered up a few of the animal heads then I placed them on the altar suddenly a hidden door opened and the Wolf Monster was hiding

On the other side there he is I ran up to face him give it up man you can’t beat me the wolf shook his head he wasn’t going to go down easily we charged as his Sidekicks attacked it was an epic battle but they were no match

For me I even tried using the leaping potions which helped me to get to higher ground and use my bow this is for everyone you’ve hurt I swung my claws hitting him again and again he wasn’t even sorry for what he had done at long last I swung my claw destroying him for

Good goodbye the wolf was finally gone now we could all live our lives in peace on day 100 I made it back to the base all of my friends were there to greet me and I couldn’t believe the fight was done we were finally free from danger

The world was once again a place of Peace on day one I spawned in as a kangaroo haa I’m a tiny little kangaroo look how bouncy I am I was so busy bouncing I barely noticed the little Tasmanian devil that started to attack me back away I swung my fist and punched

That little baby right out of here a dang I’m tiny but I can pack a punch I took a look around for some trees to start my Adventures when a much bigger Tasmanian devil came out uh-oh looks like I made the dad angry I got to hop

On out of here I ran away as the Tasmanian devil looked angrily on if I could find my kangaroo f I knew I would be safe as I hopped around I could see I was all alone so I made myself a simple shelter to spend the night maybe

Tomorrow I can find my family one day two I headed back over to where I spawned in and saw the Tasmanian devil was nowhere to be seen looks like the coast is clear let’s get that wood I started punching the trees and had soon gathered a good amount of wood using the

Wood I managed to make myself some wood tools that would come in handy later turned out that later was now as a snake came out of nowhere and attacked where did you come from I swung at the snake hitting him right in the face it didn’t

Take long and I was able to take him out not bad my guy I looked looked over and saw an emu was watching why don’t you come over here and let me get a sample of that power you want to fight me just box let’s go I didn’t see the harm in a

Little training so I started swinging the Emu was a good fighter and had clearly been well trained after a bit of sparring we stopped yeah you’ve got some real talent but you’ve got lots to learn let me introduce you to my trainer he’ll have you becoming a real fighter in no

Time I agreed and followed him as we walked he introduced himself as Ernie we soon arrived at an old rundown gym as we entered inside I soon saw who his trainer was it was an old Turtle master baloa I ran into this kangaroo and I think he’s got some real promise the old

Turtle looked me up and down hm I don’t see much here I won’t train him oh come on maybe he can help with the silence okay he can stay here be ready for training at Sunrise I don’t know why this master balau was so hard on me but

I agreed to be trained and went to bed in the gym on day three I was woken up by Master baloa already sleeping in I see hm beggers can’t be choosers up up you will start by cleaning this place I took a look around the gym and saw that

There was a lot of work to be done there was a lot of stuff that needed to be be cleared out and there was a lot of room for improvement I wonder how long it had been since someone had cleaned this place up once I had done a fair bit of

Cleaning I decided that I didn’t want to be sleeping on the floor anymore so I made myself a small room for me to sleep in it wasn’t anything fancy just a place to rest after I had finished Master Balboa came up to me too good to sleep

On the floor are you every student sleeps on the floor and earns his dues I don’t know why you think you are different I’m not trying to offend anyone I just thought it might be a little more comfortable one can never do the uncomfortable from a place of

Comfort you do well to remember that strength is forged in the trials of fire man this guy was always speaking in weird sayings just then a mountain toris appeared uh-oh this guy looks like he wants to hurt me let’s get out of here no Zozo this is your fire fight him and

Forge the strength you need to win okay I’ll give it a shot the tortoise was tough he was really hitting hard and I wasn’t feeling confident I could win that’s when I could hear Master baloa shouting at me a tortoise’s strength doesn’t come from the hardness of his

Shell but from the will of his heart what don’t hit the shell hit his soft spots oh right I focused on the tortoise’s neck and started Landing some good hits in no time he was taken out after he had disappeared I felt some adrenaline coursing through me and I

Leveled up into an even stronger kangaroo I have even more Hearts now too Ernie was really impressed and shouted his encouragement to me I thought I even saw Master Balboa crack a smile just maybe on days four to five I found myself facing off with Ernie my skills

Had improved but my emu friend really knew how to fight as we fought I asked him some questions so have you seen any other kangaroos around I can’t be the only one Ernie didn’t say anything but I could tell he had something to say master Balboa spoke up instead there are

Many animals who have trained here one of these animals was a legendary kangaroo he was one of the greatest fighters to pass through this gym even he among many others was unable to defeat the buff Bear all have failed I hate that buff bear I’ve seen too many

Of my friends fall to him nothing will stop me from destroying him patience Ernie rage is a cancer that can blind even the clearest division Ernie calmed down but I could still sense his frustration beneath the surface I felt his anger though that that buff bear was

Going to pay on day 6 to 8 I woke up with an idea if we’re really going to take down this buff bear we’re going to need better training facilities I think I can help with that after I had gathered some Stone I was suddenly attacked by the Tasmanian devil for my

First day joke was on him though I was even stronger now let’s see how you like this I swung my fist and really let him have it I don’t think he was expecting me to be so strong and I was able to knock him out in no time someone bit off

More than they could chew I grabbed a little more sand then headed back to the base now that I had a bunch of materials I used them to start improving ments to the gym I felt like I had a strong purpose and a clear mind master bbo

Would be proud of that after a lot of sweat and hard work all the improvements were complete at least for now on days 9 to 10 Ernie and I were out for a jog the problem was Ernie was so much faster than me he had to keep waiting for me to

Catch up he didn’t seem to mind though what a slow po I looked over and saw a monkey was watching us hey that’s not a very nice thing to say you’re right I’m not very nice I’m nicer than that dump you call a gym though I’m sorry who are

You e why do you care you’re not going to be around much longer anyway what do you mean my master buff bear is going to wipe you and all your little friends out soon enough you’re all just a bunch of weaklings buff bear you think buff bear

Can beat us Ernie jumped at the monkey and they started to fight yeah get him Ernie the monkey and Ernie were pretty evenly matched but I believed in Ernie just then someone else came running into the fight it was the buff bear Ernie watch out Ernie was outnumbered I had to

Help more bbo students for me to destroy you guys are pathetic we were holding on Buff bear was strong I was starting to get worried about Ernie stop this at once Master bboa had arrived he seemed to catch us all off guard as everyone stopped fighting bboa crawled out of

Your shell to train some more weaklings I see bear your strength is your weakness huh are you two really listening to this old fool don’t insult him you’re a real jerk I challenge you to a fight Ernie no yeah I’ll fight you little guy looks like you better go with

Your babysitter you know where to find me master baloa then pulled us away as buff bear and his monkey henchmen left Ernie I told you your anger could be your downfall Master Balboa I’ve been training so hard I know I can beat him Master Balboa didn’t seem so sure but

Didn’t say anything else if you’re going to go through with this you’ll need all the help you can get I’ll do what I can to help you prepare on days 11 to 12 I decided to continue doing some upgrades to the gym Ernie was going to need every

Advantage so I made sure to give the gym the improvements it needed to give him the edge it’s going to take more than a nice gym to win this fight so we better get some upgraded gear it took off and soon found myself in a forest I headed

Into a nearby cave and quickly found some iron just what I was looking for I had collected the iron I needed when suddenly I was attacked by a Sunbird what the where did you come from I tried to hit him but he was too tough my

Health was starting to drain though so I had to get out of there I ran off how could I beat him then I had an idea I climbed up to get higher than the Sunbird then jumped off heads up by doing this I was able to land the final

Blow that’s when I saw he had dropped some items oh nice these will be perfect for the base you saved me confused I turned and saw platypus was talking to me that Sunbird wouldn’t leave me alone well he’ll leave you alone now but it is pretty dangerous out here do you have a

Safe place to stay no not really I’m alone out here well why don’t you come live in my training gym with me oh I’ve always wanted to be stronger that sounds great we headed off for the gym we soon arrived and I had a chat with Master

Baloa Zozo I’m not running a charity here you can’t just invite anyone you meet to live here but he was all alone I can build him his own place he won’t be a bother I’m sure of it well these are dangerous times very well I quickly got

To work putting together a room for the Platypus whose name was Perry I wasn’t sure how much training Master BAU was going to let him do but in any case he would have a place to stay I also took some time to build myself a crafting

Area once my crafting area was set up I smelted all the iron I had gathered with all the iron smelted I then took all of the iron ingots and used them to make myself a fancy new set of iron tools I also used them to make myself some iron

Armor the iron armor is still a little big for me though so I’ll save it for later on days 13 to 15 I woke up to a strange noise we were being attacked by a gang of monkeys buff Bear’s cronies we’ve got to stop them I jumped into the

Battle hitting as many monkeys as I could I couldn’t believe buff bear bear would send a hit squad like this I was taking some of them out but they just kept coming suddenly buff bear entered and the fight was really on Ernie and master bboa tried to fight him off but

It looks like they were in real trouble then out of nowhere I was trapped in a cage all I could do is watch as buff bear attacked my friends Master Balboa took a hard hit Ernie was now in danger this looked like the end for him no oh

Wait it was just a dream thank goodness I was still feeling nervous about it though so I went to talk to Ernie I told him about my dream and that I didn’t think it’d be a good idea for him to go through with the fight Ernie just

Laughed it off saying I was being paranoid he was sure he could win the fight I hope so but keep an eye out for any funny business on days 16 to 19 I woke up and saw that Master balau and Ernie were already hard at work training

Whoops Master balau isn’t going to like that I slept in again I was still feeling a little nervous about Ernie’s fight though so I went to talk to him about it he told me that I needed to stop worrying that’s when Master baloa started to talk to me Zozo enough jibber

Jabber you already slept too late it’s time to train yeah sorry I had a pretty bad dream well it’s on the schedule for today Master baloa led us over to a corner of the gym there’s a spider infestation down there that I don’t want

To deal with the two of you can get down there and clean it up there’s more equipment on the way and we need space for it oh man all right we’re on it Ernie and I broke all the boards as well as the spider webs master babau was

Right it was a mess down here we got Right to Work destroying all of the spiders in our way I wondered how long they had been down here I really hope Master baloa knows what he’s doing this is nasty soon enough the spiders were all cleared out we then got to work

Patching up all of the broken sections this place was in rough shape but we were sure we could get it looking nice in no time as we finished master baloa came down to meet us Zozo there’s a delivery waiting for us go ahead and bring everything down I ran upstairs and

Greeted the delivery man he handed me the boxes of equipment and I took everything downstairs inside of the boxes was a bunch of exercise equipment well boys hop to it Ernie and I unloaded all the equipment and got everything set up there were a lot of good areas to

Train in now just in time too because master balau was ready for us time to hit the equipment Ernie and I ran around the gym following Master balo’s instructions it was a lot of hard work but Ernie had a big fight ahead and we really needed to push him to be his best

The new equipment was great too I was definitely going to be sore tomorrow as we finished our workout I could really feel my heart pumping suddenly I grew into an even bigger kangaroo and gained more Hearts wo I feel great as we all celebrated my new Strength Perry came

Down the stairs wow you’ve grown I wanted to find you guys as I know something that might help there are some powerful boxing gloves at a far off land that makes the user punch even harder than normal that’s just what we could use Perry explained where we needed to

Go I told Ernie to keep training and I would go find the gloves on days 20 to 22 I headed out to go find the special gloves Perry told me where to go but mentioned it was very dangerous as I got closer I could see why this Outpost is

Crawling with desert Raiders this isn’t going to be easy I snuck my way up to the front door as a patrol of Raiders walked by maybe I could sneak in I moved further into the base trying to hide behind things i’ had gotten much bigger though and that was harder to do they

Soon spotted me and attacked looks like I’m going to have to fight my way through this one there were a lot of Raiders but with my new Strength it wasn’t too much of a challenge to knock them out of the way I had to be careful

Though because if I got too cocky they could easily overrun me with their numbers and take me down soon I had fought my way to the top of the base as they moved to take the power gloves I heard a noise a buff Raider was looking

At me and charged bring it on this guy was no ordinary Raider he was stronger than the others and had a different weapon as he hit me I even caught on fire wa tone it down big guy the fire hurt but I had to keep fighting I

Couldn’t let Ernie down I kept on punching and hitting until finally I landed the final blow the power gloves are all mine now I walked up to the gloves and picked them up they fit like a glove as I left the base another Raider tried to attack me but I punched

Him so hard he went flying the other guy simply turned and tried to run away I’ve got the power now as I arrived back at the base I could see Ernie outside training I could tell he was feeling a bit nervous hey Ernie are you feeling nervous I’m here to support you no

Matter what there’s no shame in calling it off no I can’t call it off I’ve been waiting for this my whole life all right if you say so in any case I have some good news I got the power gloves these should give you a serious leg up I

Tossed the gloves over to him and he was super excited about it I could tell this really raised his spirits I was still nervous about him doing the fight but there was no way I was going to change his mind on days 23 to 26 it was time

For the big fight we all made our way to the arena and soon arrived Ernie was in High Spirits and we were feeling pretty good maybe he could win this thing after all as we approached the monkey from before stopped us hi you Chums buff bear

Wants to make this fight a little more interesting oh boy what’s that this fight won’t be to the death just until someone gives up if the Emu here wins which he won’t Master bear will let any of the captured Birds go but if he loses he’ll be Master Bear’s servant for life

There’s something fishy about this Ernie I don’t think it’s a good idea tell your boss I’ll take it and I’m looking forward to seeing all the Birds Go free the monkey chuckled and went to tell his boss later Ernie had stepped into the ring and we could hear something up

Above us buff bear had hung cages all around the arena cages that were filled with all of Ernie’s friends this guy was a sicko an announcer stepped into the ring ladies and gentlemen boys and girls welcome to another Rumble Fantastical in the Red Corner we have the powerful the

Mighty The Undefeated buff bear the crowd went absolutely nuts with cheering he was definitely going to have the HomeField advantage and in the blue Corner isn’t even the announcer walked off you got this Ernie make us proud son there was a ding and the fight was on

Ernie and buff bear jumped at each other they were both Landing some heavy Hits come on Ernie show him who’s boss Ernie was swinging his hardest and it looked like he was actually winning I bet buff bear wasn’t expecting those power gloves H what’s wrong bear scared you finally

Met your end E I guess I’ll start trying now buff bears started hitting even harder than before he wasn’t bluffing he had just been toying with Ernie Ernie watch out buff bear was really Landing blows Now All Ernie could do was try to defend but it was no use this fight

Wasn’t going to last much longer okay okay I yield you win I’ll be your servant please I have enough servants you think I’m not going to give my friends a good show no no you you made a deal oops guess I lied Ernie watch out buff bear swung his claws and destroyed

Ernie for good no the crowd went wild as buff bear celebrated with them oh let’s get him no Zozo I can’t lose you too quick grab the gloves and let’s get out of here I jumped into the arena and collected the power gloves master balau

And I got out of there as fast as we could on days 27 to 31 we had made it back to the gym I couldn’t believe Ernie was gone we had only known each other for a short time but it felt like we had become brothers I went outside and saw

Master Balboa looking off into the distance we’ll get our revenge on Buff bear I know it Master Balo aside Zozo it is a impossible I can’t keep letting this cycle repeat itself Ernie said the same thing to me when our last student Was Defeated and that student said the

Same thing when we lost the one before I am a failure as a teacher I should just close up the gym and be done no you can’t do that I’ve learned so much from you and I know I have much more to learn if you’re gone it will be like I’ve lost

Everyone Master Balboa thought about it for a moment fine we can continue but you must promise you won’t challenge that bear training is for for the strengthening of the self not the domination of others I smiled he was back to himself I promised to train for my own betterment not for the

Destruction of others I meant what I said but there was something inside of me that was telling me I needed to avenge Ernie I didn’t feel like I needed to mention that to master bboa though so I Chang the subject I think we should do something to honor Ernie and I know just

What to do using some of the supplies from the gym I got to work building a statue I had a special idea in mind and I think you’ll like it when I’m done it wasn’t too much longer and the first part of the statue was complete on days

30 2 to 35 I went to have a chat with Perry even if we weren’t going to challenge the buff bear and his monkeys we needed to be strong enough to defend ourselves Perry said he was ready to begin training and I decided it would be

Good to go and try to recruit more animals I headed out into the land and soon came across an abandoned Farm I didn’t see anyone so I decided to go ahead and grab some of the nearby crops as I was finishing up I heard a cry in

The distance what was that the sound got closer that’s when I saw a baby pig was under attack by a group of cougars help me help me charged in punching the Cougars leave him alone the Cougars must have been so hungry they didn’t even pay attention to me the poor little piggy

Was really in trouble I took a few swings and soon all of the Cougars were gone hey there buddy are you okay yes but no this was my family’s Farm my family was captured and taken away by the henchmen of buff bear I was next thank goodness you came along happy to

Help but it’s not safe out here please come stay at my gym with me and my friends you’ll be much safer there Pig was thrilled at this idea oh and his name was Wilbur on days 36 to 39 Wilbur and I had arrived back at the base I

Brought him inside and introduced him to Perry who was hard at work training on a dummy Perry I’d like you to meet Wilbur he’s going to be staying with us and I thought he’d make for a great training partner Perry and Wilbur started chatting and hit it off right away then

They ran off to go do some training while they were doing that I decided to go outside and work on the farm using the crops I had collected I planted everything to give us a nice food supply with the farm set up I then got Right to

Work building Wilbur his own room the poor guy was missing his family but at least we could give him a home here in the meantime once the room was complete I headed back to the ring to guide Perry and Wilbur in a practice fight the two

Of them were weren’t very strong yet but we would get them there Master Balboa came over ah and who do we have here I introduced Wilbur to master Balboa who seemed happy to see him there he didn’t seem to be quite as strict as he was when I first arrived but remember the

Things you learn here are for your defense only not for attacking others speaking of which I have something to share with you Zoo what is it if we are to be prepared for an attack we must have every Advantage available to us there is a powerful defensive item that

You need to find master balau then explained the direction I needed to go he wasn’t sure exact location but another animal in the area may have heard of it I set off right away on days 40 to 43 I was still traveling across the land toward the special item off in

The distance I could see a watering hole oh perfect I could use a drink as I got closer though I was stopped by a gazelle hang on you can’t go over there why not don’t you see that line he attacks anyone who tries to drink he’s a real

Jerk real jerk huh I’ve got a thing for getting rid of jerks well if you can get rid of him I’ll give you something good sounds like a deal hang on a second I hopped over to the line without a word he attacked wow they weren’t joking you

Are a jerk this guy was tough but he had no training his fighting style was messy and he just tried to swing mindlessly at me I bobbed and weaved Landing blows he still got some hits in but in the end I managed to take him out you did it wow

That was really impressive here take this the gazelle tossed out a specialized pickaxe as I looked closer I could see it was enchanted with efficiency and Fortune wo this is a massive help thank you I ran off and soon found a cave I had to put this

Thing to use right away as I explored the cave I soon found what I was looking for diamonds the perfect thing at a time like this I’m going to be able to upgrade all of my gear my pockets were soon full of diamonds and I headed out

To keep looking for the special item on days 54 to 49 I was finishing up my diamond mining suddenly I heard a noise behind me what the heck is that a giant two-legged monster was looking at me it attacked I had never seen a monster like

This before but it was really powerful I was starting to get worried because my health was really dropping it doesn’t look like I’m going to make it just then a colorful Warrior came stepping in and finished it off wo you’re super for strong where did you come from

Technically I came from 1,000 years ago wa are you some kind of time traveler no not exactly in my lifetime I was cursed by some evil witches and now I can’t rest until I’ve defeated the ancient Ghost Warrior Ghost Warrior that sounds spooky what is that and where do you

Find one follow me I took off after the ancient warrior and we soon arrived at an old Temple as we got closer I could see there was some kind of magical force field blocking our way in the ancient warrior explained that in order to bring down the shield we’d have to defeat

Three nearby ghost shamans I have come here many times but I’m not strong enough on my own if I could get your help there would be something in it for you too inside of this Temple is a powerful defensive item that can only be used by the living that sounds like the

Item I’ve been searching for I’m in on days 50 to 53 the warrior and I soon saw the fire tower looming in the distance on top the fire ghost Shaman was waiting we charged up the tower fighting blazes along the way out of the way hotheads the warrior was really impressed with my

Skills we soon reached the top the fire ghost Shaman took one look at us then attacked we had an intense battle while he set off explosions around us it was hard to believe that there were two more of these guys with the combined power of the warrior and me though we managed to

Finally defeat him after he disappeared we noticed that he had dropped a key oh we can use this to unlock the barrier two more to go sometime later we arrived at the ice hour it was a huge ice Spike protruding out of an icy Wasteland it

Was quite the sight to behold let’s get to it this time the tower was covered in skeletal Warriors they were vicious in their attacks and at times I was scared they were going to knock me off the tower we got lucky though and managed to

Make it to the top problem was there was no one there there where is he do you think someone defeated him already without warning some ice in the wall broke and the ice Shaman came charging out quite the entrance there sir the ice Shaman put up a big fight as we battled

He shot ice bikes up from the ground which were really scary a hit from those would do some serious damage we were tough though and managed to take him out he too dropped a key which we picked up later we arrived at the final Tower the storm Tower it too was an impressive

Sight towering over the surrounding land we didn’t have time to be impressed though we had a key to collect we charged up the tower racing to the top protecting the tower was a small army of lightning they would shriek as they flew in trying to hit us these guys are freaking me out

You took a lot of effort but at long last we had almost reached the top there was just one problem looks like we’ve got some jumping to do hopefully we don’t fall off the platforms had been covered in water and were a little slick but we were doing okay that’s when a

Small storm cloud opened up and started shooting lightning at us you can’t be serious we kept hopping across the platforms doing our best to avoid the lightning strikes which as you can imagine is not the easiest thing to do yet somehow we managed to reach the top

There was a burst of lightning and the storm Shaman appeared floating on a thundercloud let’s show this prehistoric storm junkie who they’re messing with the shaman started to fight us shooting lightning as he went come on man cool it with the lightning he was quick but not

Too quick we hit him again and again taking some hits of Our Own It was a close battle but in the end we were able to come out on top and there’s the last key we picked it up it was time to let our Warrior rest on days 54 to 57 we had

Returned to the temple the warrior stepped forward and placed the keys in the elemental Circle as he did so each key floated in place until at long last the barrier was destroyed we entered the temple and went up the stairs as we reached the top I could see the item

Floating on a table the eye of the tiger that must be it we ran forward to grab it but heard a strange noise stopping in our tracks what was that suddenly the ground broke and we fell down a long hole where are we Who Dares enter my

Tomb sitting in front of us on a throne was the ancient Ghost Warrior he was dressed in a tiger skin there was no way I was going to get that item without defeating this guy all right Catman Let’s Dance Ghost Warrior charge the battle was fierce and everyone was

Getting in some hard hits the thing is though we were winning for an endless being you aren’t very tough we landed a pretty heavy blow which sent the Ghost Warrior running back to his throne feel the wrath of the elemental beings suddenly a small force field appeared and the three elemental shaman came

Running through the portals these guys again we can do this it was hard enough fighting these guys oneon-one but all three at once was a real challenge before we had always outnumbered them so this was a tough fight luckily these reanimated Warriors weren’t as tough as

The ones in the towers as they didn’t seem to be able to use their special attacks hang on buddy we can beat them slowly but surely we were able to start taking them out as one would fall the force field would weaken until finally they were all gone I will end this the

Ghost Warrior attacked us again but it was clear we were too powerful he tried his best but soon he was destroyed thank you for your help zoo please go and claim the eye of the tiger I will stay here and assume my final arrest you’re a mighty warrior enjoy your afterlife I

Ran up the stairs and grabbed the eye of the tiger off the pedestal huh I don’t know what exactly this does but I guess I’ll find out as I went to exit the temple I saw the Warrior standing at the bottom of the temple steps what are you

Doing here I thought you were on your way to the afterlife well I did to but nothing happened did you get the item I did but I’m not sure what it does exactly you will never leave this place the Ghost Warrior had reappeared at the top of the stairs and came charging at

Me he hit me super hard but I immediately responded with an even stronger Counterattack knocking him out in one hit wa what was that it was the item it let you deliver a powerful blow but only if you take a powerful hit yourself interesting say if you’re not

Going to be disappearing anytime soon why don’t you join me on my quest I’ve got nothing else to do sounds great awesome by the way what’s your name I bet it’s something really cool and ancient sounding Tim Tim like short for Timothy that is correct okay well that’s

Still cool let’s go on days 58 to 62 Tim and I arrived back at the base I headed straight to master bbo to tell him about the item I had found that is most impressive Zozo I’m so happy that you made it back in one piece Master Balboa let out a cough that

Didn’t sound so good but I didn’t want to press him he was also looking a little shaky with Tim at the base I needed to make sure he had a place to stay I wasn’t sure if Undead Timeless ancient warriors needed to sleep or not

But I did my best to make him a comfortable place at the very least he could just enjoy the funu Tim then called me over to him and told me that his 10,000 years of life came with some training tips following his instructions I made some improvements to the gym

These are really going to help us out with dim all set up I then headed over to the crafting table to make use of all the diamonds I had found it had been something of a miracle that I was able to win all the battles I did using

Subpar armor soon I had everything upgraded and was ready for my next fight on day 63 to 66 I decided to get some more work done on Ernie statue I had gotten a decent amount done when I heard a noise coming from the base as I looked

I saw the base was under attack by the monkeys and this time it wasn’t a dream you scumbags get back I started to fight off the monkeys taking a lot of them out buff bear was strong but his students weren’t he must not be a very good

Teacher I then hurried and ran inside the gym where there’s a pack of monkeys attacking Master baloa get away from him master balau was holding his own but I could tell he was eventually going to be overrun I helped fight off the monkeys until only the Hench monkey was left you

May have defeated a little army but as long as you keep training and getting more members of your gym we’ll keep giving you these little visits enough is enough we will never give up tell your boss this is an official challenge I challenge him to a fight to the death oh

Okay pal your funeral the monkey turned and ran off I ran over to master baloa he wasn’t looking so good zoo why did you do that you promised me you wouldn’t fight him promised I would only fight out of self-defense they attacked us isn’t that

What I’m doing master Mr baloa let out a cough he had been seriously injured uh we don’t we don’t have to worry about that right now you need to rest up and heal your wounds I’m sorry I leted him to his bed to rest things weren’t

Looking good on day 67 to 70 I got to work building a medical area that would have all the things that could help Master baloa to heal I hoped he could pull through when I was done I went to check on him again but things were not

Looking good Zozo I don’t know how much time I have left but I need to talk to you about this fight Master bbo it’s okay save your energy I know what you’re going to say we don’t have to talk about this now we do Zozo I just want you to

Consider something you can live your life in peace at this gym restoring it and training the next generation of protectors you don’t have to throw your life away in the pursuit of Revenge don’t answer me now just promise you will think about it I promised him I

Would think about it while I thought about it though I decided to get to work repairing the gym the monkeys had caused a lot of damage and we needed to get things back in case they attacked again once the repairs were complete I went around the outside of the gym putting up

A fence a little extra security could make a big difference in the future as I was finishing up the fence Perry came over to talk to me hey I’ve got some information you might find useful I know where you can find that monkey oh do you because I wouldn’t mind having a little

Chat with him there’s a club nearby that he likes to hang out at I’ll tell you the way Perry explained how to find the club and I set off if I decided not to fight buff bear at the very least I was going to take out his monkey on day 71

To 74 I arrived outside the club Perry had told me about there were some bouncers standing outside out of the way boys or I’ll move you myself the bouncers weren’t interested in my threats and we started to fight how bold of them to think they were going to stop

Me I was was able to knock both of them out pretty quickly as I stepped into the club there was a shout and a bunch of monkeys started to swarm me bring it on you tree rats where’s your leader I smacked the monkeys left and right sending them crashing into the tables

And chairs I wasn’t in the mood for their sad attempts to take me out I only had one thing on my mind Revenge come on where is he I know he’s hiding around here more and more waves of monkeys came running out but it didn’t matter I tossed them around like stuffed animals

And took them out quickly if they weren’t going to show me where the henchmen was hiding I was just going to have to start destroying their clubes I ran around the room busting up the tables and chairs I ran around breaking everything I could if he was going to

Come to my house and break my stuff I had no problem going to his and doing the same surely this would draw the monkey henchman out on day 75 to 78 a nearby door opened and the henchman Finally Revealed himself hey what’s the big idea I thought we told you where you

Can stick your little kangaroo paws did you really think you could come to our gym and not have anything happen in return you said you wanted to fight Master bear not me turned out I had some room in my schedule you and me alone now

Let’s go sure I can Crush you myself the henchman left forward getting an early hit in Catching me off guard he was stronger than I was expecting what’s wrong happy spending too much time hugging trees and drinking tea with your total Grandpa how is he by the way he

He’s not doing too good you’re about to pay what you did to him I landed a really hard hit which I could tell really shook him up n no not like this you won’t beat me suddenly a bunch of monkey guards came running into the room you coward always hiding behind others

You talk tough but you’re weak if buff bear wasn’t around to protect you you’d have disappeared a long time ago I managed to knock out the crowd of monkeys the monkey henchman looked around then took off running up the flight of stairs to the roof of the club

I chased him to the top what are you so afraid of I thought you were going to crush me what are you doing at that Turtle gym how did you become so strong it’s called training maybe you should have tried it instead of running your mouth the monkey henchmen was cornered

At the edge of the roof hey come on now I just wanted to rough that old Turtle up a bit you know it’s not a big deal We’re Not So Different you know we’re both strong willed so what do you say let’s call it a draw and I’ll get buffed

Better to call the fight off no I punched him so hard he flew over the edge disappearing into the night I had no more time for slimy monkeys as I ran down the stairs I noticed there was a note on the monkey’s desk I picked it up

And took a look do not worry about Zozo even if it comes to a fight between me and him I have a man on the inside we will poison zoza before the fight and ensure my victory this must be from buff bear but a man on the inside I’ll have

To keep an eye out on day 79 to 84 I arrived back at the base as I got closer Perry came running out Zozo come quick master baloa has been asking for you I think this is the end I hurried inside and saw master baloa was looking even

Worse than before he looked like he didn’t have much time left Zozo my end is near but I needed to speak with you I’m sorry Master baloa I’ve been rash I know I need to call off the fight if that is your final wish I will honor it

And finally you understand what do you mean Zozo I know you and while I know you mean that when you say it your desire for Revenge will grow stronger with every attack buff bear launches even the strongest Warrior can’t run in two directions at once wait do you mean

To say you want me to fight him I do I’ve known this from the moment Ernie stepped into the ring with that bear it was always your destiny to avenge Ernie and save this gym but I needed you to understand that you cannot defeat the bear with a heart of Rage you’ve been

Preparing me this whole time and I didn’t even realize it thank you I’m afraid someone here is trying to sabotage me though I found a note from buff bear saying so if a friend is going to cross you they may have their own reasons why be patient and have

Compassion so you may learn why goodbye Soo I will be with you master Baba turned to his side and vanished I couldn’t believe he was gone suddenly there were some blinking lights as experience poured in on me leveling me up into an even bigger kangaroo with more Hearts Master Balboa’s final gift I

Won’t let him down as a show of my gratitude I head it outside to do some work on the Statue there was something new I felt I should add now that Master bboa was gone it might not look like much but soon enough it will be something something great on days 85 to

89 I walked around the gym visiting with each of the new friends I had made each of them had a piece of advice for me Tim spoke of speed in the fight using fast movements to evade the enemy’s attack in order to land my own Harry showed me

What he had learned about his tail and shared with me a secret he had discovered that allowed him to hit twice as hard with it Wilbur spoke to me about the power of perseverance sometimes things get hard in the fight but by keeping your head down and continuing to

Fight you will always make it through as Wilbur was explaining Perry came over he had a note from buff bear greetings Zozo I accept your challenge and I will meet you in the arena in a few days best to get ready soon as I read the note I

Noticed Wilbur was acting a little funny I’d have to keep an eye on him over the next few days on days 90 to 94 I woke up and decided it was time to make my final preparations I felt more powered up than ever but there was still more that

Needed to be done there was no way I could let buff bear take me out first things first I’ve got to upgrade my armor the strongest armor comes from netherite so I needed to head into the nether I set out to find obsidian I had ventured deep into a cave where there

Was lava and was able to collect all the obsidian I needed using my newly collected obsidian I then set up a portal outside and lit it going to the nether always makes me nervous but here we go I stepped into the portal and the Purple Haze took me away safely in the

Nether I got Right to Work looking for ancient debris unfortunately this wasn’t going to be an easy trip and I was soon fighting my way through out of the way I fought his hard as I could and managed to clear a path I had to hurry though there was always something hiding around

The corner after plenty of searching I managed to get all of the ancient debris that I needed I also grab some gold this will help me make netherite ingots but I can also use it to finish the statue once I had collected everything I headed

Back to the portal on days 95 to 97 I arrived back in the Overworld and made my way back to the gym using the ancient debris I was able to smelt it down into netherite scraps then using the netherite scraps and gold I made some netherite ingots now I can get truly

Powered up I took all of the diamond armor and gear I had collected and upgraded everything to netherite I had no idea what buff bear was going to show up with so I had to have the best after that I headed outside to finish the statue using all of the supplies i’ had

Collected I was finally able to give it the final touches as I’m sure you figured out by now it was a trophy of my two friends Ern and master baloa as I finished the statue and admired my work I suddenly had a vision Zozo it’s me Ernie Ernie I can’t believe it you’re

Back well no I’m just here in your head but I wanted to say thank you for working so hard to avenge me yes zoo we won’t see you there but we will be supporting you we know you can win thanks guys I was starting to feel a bit

Lonely but I feel much better now especially since someone is going to try and poison me Zozo remember they may have their reasons so meet them with compassion not anger I no as the two of them vanished away I’ll do whatever it takes to win on day 98 I woke up to the

Sound of a knock at my door it was Wilbur uh hello Zozo I uh thought you could use a pickme up before your fight I made this for you Wilbur seemed really nervous as he passed the drink over to me as I took a closer look at the drink

I could very clearly see that it had poison in it it was labeled before I could say anything though Wilbur piped up Zoo wait don’t drink that it’s poisoned yeah I saw that Wilbur what’s going on I’m sorry for trying to poison you buff bear is blackmailing me he

Knows something about me and threatened to tell everyone if I didn’t help him what do you mean what could be so bad that you would poison your friend the truth is that I I love clean water bathing in mud is so gross but if anyone found out especially the other pigs I

Would be ridiculed until the day I become a pork chop please don’t tell anyone and please forgive me the advice of Master baloa repeated in my head it’s okay Wilbur I forgive you and don’t worry if anyone ever gives you a problem about liking clean water you just let me

Know I’ve got got two fists that will have a word with them thanks Zozo you’re a good friend I decided that I would even do him one better and got to work building him his own special hot tub I wanted him to know that he would never

Get made fun of here once the work was completed I gathered everyone together for one final chat they were all so excited for me and began to give me words of encouragement I didn’t know what I had done to have so many great friends as their encouragement grew I

Suddenly started to as well out of nowhere I became a big buff kangaroo let’s go kick some buff bear butt and don’t forget to hit subscribe I can’t do this without your help on 99 we made our way to the arena the day of the fight

Had come as I entered I could see not much a changed from before buff bear and I stepped into the ring for our introductions ladies and gentlemen boys and girls welcome to the latest Rumble in the Rotunda in the Red Corner we have the Mighty the Majestic the powerful the one

The only buff bear the monkeys in the crowd went wild in admiration and in the blue Corner a kangaroo bu bear and I were facing each other he had a Sly grin hope you’re not feeling a little under the weather today you mean like poisoned I feel great

Actually turns out your friend is actually my friend what that useless Pig after I beat you he’s dead keep dreaming we got ready for the Bell buff bear was going down as the bell rang we both left into action I had been preparing for this moment for so long I just had to

Win even then he was still an incredibly strong silly kangaroo you’ve wasted your time with that old decrepit gy you should be putting your talents use as my servant I’ll never be your servant and you’re going to pay for what you’ve done to Ernie and to master baloa we continue

To exchange blows as the monkeys around us were going crazy I had to be careful one slip up and he was going to be able to knock me out I felt like I was winning and was getting some good hits in looks like your time is coming to an

End guess I’ll stop playing around then oh no it was his fight with Ernie all over again I was in trouble he started to really hit me and my health was really starting to drop just then I heard a voice in my head Master Balboa

Fus Zoo and use the eye of the tiger of course the best offense was a good defense I lowered my guard letting myself take the full impact of buff Bear’s hit as I did so the eye of the tiger let me absorb the blow sending

Buff bear out of the ring and into the Afterlife I did it the monkeys were stunned they couldn’t believe it but I could Justice had been served on day 100 I was back at the gym right where I belonged with buff bear defeated we could train and grow in peace the world

Had become just a little bit safer but we had to be ready always on day one I spawned in as a zebra wow I’m so little and I only have three hearts I need to be extra careful I looked around and saw some analou then I heard someone calling

Me Zozo you’re here we love you so much I turned and saw two zebras running over to me these must be my parents they nuzzled me with their noses oh I love you guys too then out of nowhere a savannah Jeep sped by a human dressed like a hunter jumped out and started

Capturing the animals run Zozo my parents leaped in front of me so I could have a chance to escape I ran away and hid behind some rocks I watched helplessly as the hunter caught my parents and put them in the back of his Jeep I was too little to do anything and

I felt really sad I barely had any time with my parents and now they’re gone I couldn’t just wait around though it was getting dark and I needed a safe place to stay for the night I dug a little hole for myself behind the rocks and

Went to sleep on day two I woke up confused I was in a hole all alone then I remembered my parents and I felt sad again I climbed out of the hole only to be attacked by some snakes oh no I didn’t have any weapons so I had to

Dodge and run away they chased after me but I started across a river and they stopped phew that was close the water was really strong but I finally managed to get to the other side I really need to make some weapons for myself otherwise I’ll be snake food I went to

Work Gathering some materials to make myself tools once I had collected plenty of stone I put up a crafting table and used it to make a full set of stone tools it wasn’t much but it made me feel a little bit better this will just have

To do for now I figured I shouldn’t cross the river again so I found a spot near a tree and made myself a little shelter for the night it’s okay Mom and Dad I’ll find you I promise and with that I fell asleep on day three I woke

Up feeling hopeful I knew I could find my parents I just needed a little bit of help I’m sure someone knew where the hunter kept the animals he captured I set out across the Savannah when I noticed a baboon getting attacked by a boar someone help me the baboon screamed

And tried to run away but the boar was too much for him I’ll help you I jumped into action distracting the boar while the baboon attacked we managed to defeat him and we jumped for Joy not bad for the little guys hey I’m Zozo what’s your

Name I’m Barry thanks for saving my life I owe you one no problem hey do you know where I can find the hunter that keeps trapping animals he got my parents and I could use some help getting them out I can try the hunter caught my family too

I followed him to his base but it’s basically impossible possible to get inside maybe we can do it together sounds like a plan but first we should rest up you can come live in my Hut with me if you want it’ll be safe there that sounds great Barry and I headed back to

My house and I made him a little Hut right next to mine it was small but it was better than living in a hole good night Barry good night Zozo on days four to 5 Barry and I made some adjustments we set up a perimeter to our base and

Made our Huts a little bit bigger we also found some seeds so we could plant some food it was actually starting to feel a little bit more like a home let’s go hunt a hunter bar tried to look scary as he said it but it sounded a little

Silly too much yeah too much he Shrugged and we headed out we pass through the desert and made our way further into the jungle we crouched down as we approached the Hunter’s Fort it was huge but I didn’t see any guards just then a bunch of baboons came running toward us at

First we thought they were going to be friendly but then they started to attack us oh no Barry we need to run we ran as fast as we could and eventually the baboons stopped chasing us why were those baboons attacking us we’re not the bad guys I think the hunter can control

The animals somehow he wants us to be his servants that’s terrible were any of those baboons your family no I didn’t recognize my family must be inside somewhere we started to head home so we could reassess our situation when we saw a human up ahead oh no it’s another

Human he’s probably working with the hunter we started to run away but he called out to us Hello friends no need to run all I want is to take your picture he held up his camera he seemed harmless enough and he approached us slowly my name is Patrick could I

Perhaps stay with you so I can get some good shots sure you’ll be safer with us than out by yourself maybe you can help us get our families back from the hunter Patrick took our picture I would be happy to help you the more animals the

More pictures then he showed us one of his pictures we went home and helped Patrick to build a little house for himself he seemed to really love it and took pictures of everything eventually we all got tired and went to sleep on day 6 to8 I woke up to Patrick taking

Pictures of me beautiful even when you are drooling you look great he printed out the picture on his Polaroid yeah take a look I looked at the picture it had me drooling along with some weird symbols underneath huh maybe it’s a weird human thing Patrick left to go

Take pictures of the Rocks when Barry walked in I don’t know if we can do this Barry we are just a small zebra a baboon and a very odd human we are going to need a lot more help in order to free our families I think I know someone who

Could help it’ll take a little while to get there but he’s our best shot all right let’s go we headed out leaving Patrick to keep watch of the base we made our way across the Savannah it was really hot but we finally made it to an oasis with a watering hole in trees

There were elephants everywhere he’s over there he doesn’t like strangers let me talk to him first bar turned toward a large tree where an elephant was sitting on a rug Barry walked over and chatted with him for a minute before waving me over welcome my young friend what is it

You seek we want to rescue our families from the Hunter he has captured a lot of innocent animals and he needs to be stopped the elephant nodded yes I know the perfect artifact that will help you it is a necklace with the tooth of a

Lion it has been lost but rumor has it that it is buried at the base of a secret underground waterfall find the waterfall and you’ll find your necklace how is a necklace going to help us oh yes it has the power to give you the strength of 10 men or in your case

Zebras oh wow thanks so much Barry and I were much happier as we went home we could finally defeat the hunter on days 9 to 10 we arrived back at the base Patrick was taking pictures of some hippos he had befriended wow what magnificent creatures we talked to the

Hippos and found out that the hunter had taken some of their family too we offered to make them a little enclosure in our base after finishing up they were very happy and thanked us for taking them in I went out to go gather some materials and maybe locate the waterfall

I went back to the river because maybe the waterfall was close by I crossed the river and saw the snakes that I had met before get back you noodles I smacked them and was able to defeat all of them I really have gotten stronger maybe it

Won’t be so hard to beat the hunter after all all on days 11 to 12 I kept exploring I found a rock formation and inside of it was a cavern I found some more materials and decided to go a little bit deeper as I went down further

I was suddenly attacked by some nasty spiders oh gross none of that they got a few hits in but I defeated them all pretty quickly it was then that I felt a surge of power and I transformed into a bigger zebra wo I feel amazing I feel

Like I can take on anything I continued down the cavern hoping to find the waterfall but there was nothing I felt sad about that but at least I’m stronger now I made my way out of the cavern and headed back to the base on days 13 to 15

I was making my way back to the base when the hunter drove by in his Jeep I’ll be back for you Zozo right after I collect your little friends I was so confused how did he know my name what did he mean about my friends he drove

Away really fast and I tried to catch up but it was Hopeless by the time I got back to the base I realized what the hunter meant all of my friends were gone he must have captured all of them but how did he get in I looked around and

Found Patrick’s camera on the ground the last picture he took was of the hunter shaking hands with Barry traitor Barry sold us out I was so tired from my journey that I barely made it to my bed before I fell asleep on day 16 to 19 I

Woke up discouraged I figured I needed to move my base so I went about collecting some stuff I was looking around the hippo enclosure when I noticed Patrick hiding behind a rock Patrick you’re okay yes yes I’m fine I’m just so grateful that I was able to hide

Before that awful Hunter took everyone away I can’t believe Barry made a deal with him I know it’s crazy but hey I found your camera I thought you might want it back Patrick was so happy he took a bunch of pictures of me then we

Went to scout out a new spot for our base we worked on clearing out an area near some trees and started to build from the ground up I built everything I thought we could need and even a little bit of extra just to keep us safe I sure

Hoped no one would attack us because it was a lot of hard work soon everything was complete Patrick we need to do all that we can to protect the animals on the Savannah I think we should build some sort of statue that will help them know that they can come here for Refuge

I think that’s a great idea Zozo we started to gather some supplies and built the base of the statue can you tell what it might be on days 20 to 22 Patrick and I went looking for the underground waterfall that the elephant had told us about we followed the river

Up a little ways before running into a pack of Lions we didn’t know if they were friendly or not so we approached slowly hello have you seen any underground waterfalls anywhere the Lions seemed nice enough but they were looking confused waterfall why are you looking for a waterfall we were told by

A wise elephant that we could find a special necklace buried at the base of the underground waterfall it’s actually a lion’s tooth the Lions looked even more confused there is no such thing if anyone would know it would be us now it was my turn to be confused then I

Realized it was the elephant that told me about the necklace an elephant that Barry knew it must have been all made up come on Patrick we need to go find that elephant and see what he actually knows Patrick finished taking pictures of the lions and we headed to the Oasis once we

Arrived we noticed that all of the elephants were gone oh no what are we going to do I think I actually hear something over there Patrick pointed to a large rock formation and sure enough an elephant was hiding it was the elephant we had talked to before hey you

We need some answers the elephant trembled he actually looked pretty scared please don’t hurt me my family was captured by that awful Hunter Barry told me if I lied to you the elephants would be safe he’s a traitor the elephant looked really shaken up I felt

Bad for him I understand how you feel Barry betrayed us too and now the hunter has our friends and my parents but if you come with us you can have a safe home at our base the elephant perked up oh thank you I would love to come with

You of course I don’t think I know your name though I’m Zozo I’m Neville nice to meet you Neville we’ll take care of you we headed back to the base and made it home just in time for the sun to set on days 23 to 26 I went to make some

Improvements to our base I added some new fencing a large garden and fixed up a place for the elephant to stay he seemed pretty happy about it but I was feeling a little discouraged what’s wrong Zozo you’ve done a great job with the base no way anyone is going to get

Inside it’s not that I’m just upset that the Lion’s tooth necklace isn’t real it was my only hope to get my parents and friends back I’m sorry you feel that way Zozo but guess what the necklace is real what then you didn’t lie to us we still

Have a chance to save my family well it is real it’s just not a lion’s tooth necklace it’s a special totem it has the ability to turn you invisible but it only works on those with pure intentions that’s perfect it’s it’s going to be easy now I guess I should also mention

The totem is guarded by a crocodile nobody can get past him between the three of us I’m sure we can get the totem using the materials I had on hand I made some weapons and armor for the whole team then I went ahead and passed them out to everyone we were ready to

Fight we locked the base up and headed out towards the river on days 27 to 31 Patrick Neville and I went looking for the crocodile we passed a group of hogs on the way and they tried to attack Patrick hey I only wanted a picture he

Tried to run away but they kept getting hits on him Neville and I charged at them and after a minute defeated all of them great job Neville no way is the crocodile going to get us we started to head out when we noticed Patrick wasn’t following he was looking down at his

Feet hey are you okay Patrick I just feel pretty sad all I’ve done is hide or run away I couldn’t even save any of our friends earlier and it just makes me feel useless you’re not useless Patrick you’re a friend and you’ve helped more than you know we all have different

Strengths just use your strengths Patrick seemed cheered up by this and nodded his head thanks Zoo you really are a good friend Patrick hugged me and then Neville hugged us it was a little squished but it was a nice little moment Neville even managed to take a selfie

With Patrick’s camera nice we kept trekking through the Savannah all feeling a little bit better about ourselves on days 32 to 35 we finally reached a watering hole this is the watering hole but I don’t see the crocodile I looked around and sure enough it looked empty maybe he went to

Go hunt somewhere else when all of a sudden there was a commotion I felt something tried to grab me and I ran out as fast as I could wo that was close it was the Crocodile all right he was just super stealthy how dare you disturb me

Can’t you see I’m resting we didn’t mean to disturb you we just want the totem you were guarding and why would I give it to you there is a hunter driving through the Savannah capturing innocent animals he’s captured our family and friends we only want the totem so we can

Defeat him how do I know you deserve it you could just be lying to me well if I didn’t deserve it then it wouldn’t work anyway right the crocodile paused I suppose that is true but I can’t just let you take it you have to earn it

Bring me the golden apples off of the tree on that hill then you can have the totem the crocodile pointed toward the the hill on top with a small tree all right we’ll do it for you not all of you only you little zebra prove to me that

You are worthy I wasn’t sure I could do it myself but I had to try a lot of animals were counting on me okay I’ll go I headed up the hill to retrieve the golden apples on days 36 to 39 I made my way up the hill but it wasn’t just a

Hill it was a mountain wow this is a lot taller than I thought I finally made it to the top and saw the apple tree wo that tree is bigger than I thought too how was I going to reach all those apples just then a monkey with a fancy

Robe appeared right in front of me hello traveler come to retrieve some apples yes yes the crocodile down the mountain needs them ah yes it’s been a while since he has sent someone up here to retrieve some the last wasn’t so lucky what the heck does that mean I shall

Present a scenario to you and then you must answer a question answer correctly and the apples are yours answer incorrectly and you’ll die wait die are you serious here’s the scenario two monkeys are traveling together down the bank of the river when they see a banana

Lying on the ground it seems to be a normal banana they look across the river and see a tree in the tree is a third monkey he seems to be gathering bananas one of the traveling monkeys says to his friend that they should take the banana

On the ground since the monkey in the tree is already harvesting bananas how should the friend respond I thought about it for a moment they shouldn’t take the banana it’s not theirs to take the monkey nodded and smiled you are correct young zebra in fact if they had

Taken the banana they would have taken the only good banana since the ones being gathered were indeed rotten they would have taken the only banana that the third monkey could have found for days he would have starved if he didn’t have that banana these are yours for the

Taking wow thank you stay true to yourself and remember what is most important I thanked him again and he disappeared along with the tree wa where did they go I didn’t know but I didn’t want the apples to disappear too I hurried to collect them before heading

Down the mountain on days 40 to 43 I arrived at the base of the mountain my friends had set up a little Camp next to the watering hole I went over to the water Watering Hole where the crocodile was barely visible I retrieved the golden apples just like you asked you’ve

Done well the crocodile submerged for a moment before returning with a rock in his mouth use it well young zebra you have earned it on the outside of the rock were those strange symbols just like the ones in the picture Patrick took of me maybe it wasn’t just a human

Thing after all I twisted open the Rock and saw the totem there it is I better hurry back to the camp as I arrived back to the camp Patrick tried to take a picture of me but I immediately activated the totem and turned invisible wao Zozo where did you go took a picture

Of nothing because I was gone I walked behind him and then deactivated the totem I’m right here Patrick wow that’s amazing that Hunter doesn’t stand a chance on days 44 to 49 we traveled back to the base Patrick and Neville went to the river while I went to look for some

Food we had been walking a long time and needed a rest we even found some nearby plants we could eat all of a sudden a hord of bores came out from behind the plants oh sorry are these your plants without a moment’s hesitation they started to attack me hey I just wanted

Some food you don’t need to hurt me I managed to dodge and defeat all of them by my myself just then I felt a surge of power and I leveled up into an adult zebra wow I’m a lot bigger now I noticed that I had more Hearts too I felt like I

Was the strongest zebra in the world taking down that Hunter was going to be super easy I went back to my friends and we talked about our plans I think we should continue to build our statue once we get back and then gather some supplies for better weapons that’s a

Great idea Zozo you can teach me to fight better so I can help you yeah we’d love to help with the Statue we need as many animals as possible to know that they have a safe place to stay I agreed and we headed the rest of the way back

To the base on days 50 to 53 we arrived at the base using more of our supplies Patrick Neville and I got to work on the next part of the statue it was really starting to come along can you guess what it is now it was looking really

Good so we took a break and tried to work on our base we set up some new enclosures just in case we had more animals come by we felt really good about our progress when we heard a knock at the door I looked outside and there

Were a bunch of lions hey you’re the Lions we met earlier yes hello we saw your statue and wanted to know if we could stay here some of our friends were taking by the Hunter and we have nowhere else to go could we stay here with you

Of course we opened the door and the Lions sauntered in we showed them one of the enclosures we built and they loved it they immediately made themselves at home thank you so much we would love to give you a gift as a token of our appreciation one of the Lions gave me

Some diamonds and gold as a present wow this is incredible thank you so much I immediately began working with the diamonds at my crafting table and made myself some better armor wow this is amazing that night we all gathered around the campfire and had a fun time

Patrick even tried to juggle for us it was a good way to end the night on days 54 to 7 I woke up to someone screaming I raced out of my house to find animals running around like crazy I noticed that the base’s front door was open and there

Were hyenas running around oh no we’ve got to get them out of here the Lions and I were able to defeat some of them and drive the rest of them away phew that was close but how did they get in one of the Lions stepped forward his

Head hung low I am so sorry zoo I went out during the night to do some hunting and I must have forgotten to close the door all the way when I came back in you can kick me out if you want to I deserve

It he looked so upset but I knew it was an accident it’s okay nobody got got hurt and nothing was taken so we are okay he seemed relieved and we all headed back to our houses when I walked inside it looked like one of my chests

Had been opened I ran over and I realized my totem of invisibility was gone oh no Neville heard me from outside and peaked in is everything okay Zozo no my totem is gone those hyenas must have taken it oh no we need to get it back and fast we told Patrick what had

Happened and he agreed to come with us to find the hyenas I think I might even know where they live I saw them once near a cavern and I tried to take a picture but they tried to eat me so I ran away that’s awesome Patrick not the

Almost getting eaten part the knowing where to go part he nodded and smiled I know I talked to the Lions before we left and told them to let in any other animals that needed help they agreed and we headed toward the cavern to retrieve my totem on days 58 to 62 we traveled

Toward the cavern that Patrick told us about we ran into some Deus on the way and told them to go to our base if they wanted a safe place to stay they happily agreed we also ran into some ostriches and some frogs we extended the same

Invite to them as the other animals and they accepted wow I hope we have enough space for everybody the whole Savannah wouldn’t be able to fit in our base but we could sure try we kept traveling and gathered some food and seeds as we went

We were going to have a lot more mouths to feed when we got back we finally arrived at the cavern but it looked empty are you sure this is the right place Patrick yes see look he picked up something off the ground in the middle

Of some Tall Grass this is the lens that I dropped before I was too scared to come back for it so I just left it he continued into the cavern which eventually turned into a large underground cave we peered over a rock and saw the hyenas down below there were

A ton of them some of them were just lounging around but some were fighting over something I took a closer look and real realized it was my totem hey they have my totem I whispered to my friends and motioned toward the group of hyenas there are so many of them how are we

Ever going to get your totem back I thought for a minute and then came up with a plan I whispered it to my friends and we got into our positions 1 2 3 now Patrick started flashing his camera from the opening of the tunnel the hyenas all

Saw the lights and went running towards Patrick he hurried and hid behind a rock by the opening as all the hyenas came rushing out Neville came out from behind his Rock and tried to roll a large Stone in front of the entryway I ran out from

Behind my rock and went down to grab the totem that the hyena had dropped in the chaos got it I ran up to see Neville struggling with the rock theas were trying to push it back open Zozo can you turn us invisible then we can sneak out

There’s too many of them even if we’re invisible they’ll bump into us and find us go and defeat the hunter Zozo make sure all the animals are safe Neville what are you saying don’t do it Neville then pushed the rock out of the way and ran outside no Neville Neville ran

Outside as the henus chased him getting hitson there was no way he was going to survive I heard and had Patrick climb on my back and then I activated the totem we both disappeared and we ran we watched as Neville Was Defeated we had

To get out of there we had no choice but to leave on day 63 to 66 we arrived back at the base Patrick and I were very sad that Neville was gone but we were going to make sure his sacrifice wasn’t in vain I had my totem and there was no way

I was going to let anyone steal it again I made an even better safe and hid that in a secret spot in my room nobody would ever find it here we helped all the animals in their new homes and planted some more food in the garden we went to

Work on the Statue but noticed it was already finished who finished the statue we did the Lions came up to me and all bowed at my feet we allowe you our lives young zebra we hope you accept our work on your statue as a way to show our

Gratitude wow it’s not every day that the king of the Savannah bows to you thank you but I’m not the true hero Neville sacrificed himself so that I could get the totem back you should be honoring him then we shall honor our fallen friend and build a statue of him

As well we all worked together and made a statue of Neville standing on the landing of our other Statue he was raising his trunk in Triumph it was perfect and I knew Neville would have liked it on day 67 to 70 I woke up to Patrick taking pictures of me again

Wonderful Patrick not now I’m trying to sleep sorry but I had a thought Zoo what if the totem gets stolen again or even lost while we were inside the base we definitely need a backup plan we should scout out the base just in case that’s a really good idea Patrick perfect I’ll

Meet you outside don’t forget your totem just in case he left and I looked toward my safe I actually felt safer with it here so I didn’t bring it I would tell them later we gathered the animals to let them know we were leaving we told

Them that if any animals came by they were more than welcome to to stay unless they were hyenas and don’t forget to shut the door all the way one of the Lions looked away in embarrassment but he understood all right we will be back in time to make some final preparations

Then we’ll get our friends and families back everyone cheered to that and we took off on the way there Patrick took some pictures while I gathered some seeds we also ran into some small monkeys we told them where our base was and they started to head that way it

Felt good to know that we were helping on day 71 to 74 Patrick and I snuck around to the same spot where Barry and I had been earlier we looked around the base and it seemed bigger than the last time I can’t believe it I looked where

Patrick was looking and I saw Barry it looked like he had gotten bigger there were other baboons there and Barry seemed to be bossing them around he sold us out so he could be the boss of the baboons I guess so I still couldn’t believe it Barry had been my friend and

He seemed genuinely interested in helping me hey Zozo I’m glad you are my friend thanks Patrick where did that come from I was just thinking and you’ve been really awesome to me just wanted to thank you for everything you’ve done then Patrick hugged me thanks Patrick all a sudden we were surrounded by

Baboons how did I not even notice huh right on time I looked and I saw Barry looking looking down at us we don’t want to fight you Barry well that’s funny because I do want to fight you Barry swung his arm and smacked Patrick no

Stop it as soon as you give me the totem what the Lion’s tooth necklace it doesn’t exist you know that no Zozo the totem of invisibility that you got what how did you find out about that I have friends on the inside all of a sudden

Patrick got up and walked over to Barry no Patrick you’re working for him why I had to Zozo after our base was attacked the first time Barry told me to keep my eye on you he threatened to hurt you if I didn’t help him the hunter wanted more

Animals and they told me to gather them all in a safe place so they could collect them later how have you even been talking I’ve been sneaking out at night I told them about the totem a few days ago the Lions thought they had left

The door open but it was me it’s all my fault Neville is gone Patrick hung his head down low he looks so sad Barry hit Patrick again enough you now Zozo give me what I want and maybe I won’t hurt Patrick again I don’t have the totem

With me what why didn’t you bring it I thought it’d be safer at the base why do you need it anyway Barry why do you think the hunter will will be able to turn invisible and drop any animal he pleases it all be his right-hand man or

Baboon King of the monkeys it won’t even work for you Barry it only works for the pure of heart I had to earn it so you say I think you just think you’re better than me he hit Patrick again stop it I’ll take you to our base that’s just

What I wanted to hear move it on day 75 to 78 we slowly traveled back to the base Patrick and I were bound and dragged behind the other baboons I wondered why they even agreed to help Barry I tried to talk to one of them hey

We can get you out of here and you can live with us you’ll be safe there the monkey looked at me sadly we’ll never be safe not with the Hunter and Barry around it isn’t the worst actually the hunter gives us food and a place to sleep but we are basically his servants

We can’t leave because they’ll just find us again it felt really bad for the monkey but we couldn’t give up now we can defeat them if you help us Escape we can all work together the monkey thought about it for a second but then Barry started yelling hey no talking to the

Prisoners he hit the sad monkey who immediately ran up ahead pulling me along well at least I tried we soon stopped at a water Pond to rest I walked over to Patrick he wouldn’t even even look at me Patrick I know why you did all of this and I don’t hate you he

Looked at me really yeah you were just trying to protect me but I’m not giving up we will defeat Barry and the hunter if it’s the last thing I do Patrick looked back down at his feet and sigh I don’t know Zozo we all kind of in a

Sticky situation I think maybe we can get the baboons on our side all of a sudden Barry hit me no talking prisoner keep moving I tried to formulate a plan the rest of the way at this point we just had to hope for a miracle on day 79

To 84 we were getting closer to the base suddenly Barry stopped bring Zozo forward the sad baboon brought me closer to Barry still keeping me bound Zozo you will go in and retrieve the totem you will then tell all the animals to gather outside for a meeting you won’t tell

Them about us or I will destroy Patrick I’ll do it just don’t hurt him again I made my way to the base and went inside a few animals greeted me and I quickly said hello then walked away I went to my house and opened the safe the totem was

Still inside I grabbed it and went back to the middle of the base everyone I need your attention Patrick and I have an important announcement to make but we need you to come outside to see the animals all gathered together and we started to go outside I felt so bad but

I hoped that maybe we could defeat the baboons and bury together as we walked out I didn’t see anyone where did they go then the baboons and Berry jumped down from the trees they ambushed us and my friend started to panic Zozo it’s okay I’ll handle this I was just about

To attack one of the baboons when all of a sudden they surrounded Barry wait what what are you doing you fools capture them stay down it was the baboon that I had talked to I guess he had gotten the other baboons to agree to fight hey you’re helping us we want our freedom

Back and you seem like a capable guy we’ll help you perfect wait where’s Patrick I heard Barry laugh it’s too late for your friend Zozo he’s gone no I ran further into the trees I looked around and I finally found Patrick he was sitting up against a rock he didn’t

Look good at all hey buddy did we win this one yeah but we still need you for another fight Patrick laughed weakly I’ll try my hottest but I’ll need some help of course I helped him up and let him ride on my back as we slowly made

Our way back to the base we got back to the clearing but we didn’t see Barry anywhere where’s Barry the animals all looked at each other I thought you were watching him me I don’t even know who that guy is the animals all grumbled and

Pointed at each other I shook my head it doesn’t matter he’s gone now wait look ar had gone into our base on days 85 to 89 I chased after Barry he had some flint and steel and was going to light our base on fire Barry stop this is

Crazy you can’t stop me Zozo I’m going to be king of the monkeys if it’s the last thing I do strange that’s what I was thinking earlier but about my friends Barry stop it isn’t too late for you to change why would you want to be

King of the monkeys when you can be a friend to all animals you sound like a hippie what’s a hippie never mind I’m done talking Barry set the side of the ostrich enclosure on fire when all of a sudden a big splash of water rained down on him extinguishing the fire I looked

Up and saw the water had come from the trunk of the Neville statue we had the water feature while you were gone one of the Lions was pressing a button on the side of the wall what absolutely perfect timing I walked towards Barry this is your last chance Barry come join us or

I’ll have to defeat you he looks so angry no I will be king of the monkeys I will I all of a sudden he slumped J down and started to cry I stood there shocked I don’t want to be king of the monkeys honestly I just wanted some friends well

To be fair you have a weird way of showing it I still didn’t trust him completely but I helped him up it’s okay Barry you have a home here on days 90 to 94 Barry moved back in some of the animals weren’t too happy about it but

He tried his hardest to make it up to them he made some cool improvements to people’s houses the base and even helped Patrick he seemed to really feel bad about what he had done but he was making it better later he came up to me Zozo I

Need to tell you something about the Hunter’s base okay what is it I know a secret way I can sneak into his base around the side oh awesome so you can open the door it’s not that simple the controls for the gate are in his private

Room ah I see I thought for a moment you need to go back and pretend to still work with him you need to betray him now what if he catches me while I’m trying to do this he won’t I’ll be sure to protect you okay I trust you Zozo on

Days 95 to 97 we all made our preparations we forged armor and swords for everyone just in case no Zoo I’m too weak still I need to stay here but Patrick I need you we’ve come this far together and I need you there with me he

Can ride on my back one of the Lions bowed to Patrick I shall carry you and I will promise your safety good friend Patrick agreed I’m proud of all of you today we are going to rescue our families and our friends the Savannah will be free again everyone cheered and

We headed out to the Hunter’s base on day 98 we arrived at the Hunter’s base it looked the same as usual which was good Barry came up to me all right Barry this is your queue he looked nervous it’ll be fine you remember the signal right he nodded thanks Zozo you’re a

Good friend he headed toward the side of the base and disappeared around the corner we waited a few minutes and then we heard a loud monkey call that was our signal to go then we saw the front gate start to open good job Barry we charged through the front gate and into the

Courtyard as we started looking around I even saw my parents Zozo Mom Dad we’re here to rescue you my friend started working on getting the cages open while I headed upstairs on day 99 I found the lair of the Hunter he had all sorts of animal pelts all over the place and even

More guns sheesh this place gave me the creeps I knew we would meet again young zebra I turned around ready to attack the Hunter was there but he was holding Barry hostage give me my friend back Hunter Oh you mean this traitor I don’t think so I think instead I’ll just add

Him to my collection he waved his gun around the room full of pelts no I activated the totem and disappeared I knocked the hunter away from Barry and told him to run then I charged the Hunter he blindly shot around the room but he had no idea where I was Barry

Wasn’t so lucky though and got hit as he made his Escape that’s a cheap move zebra disappearing so I can’t see you says the guy who captures animals and then enslaves them he got a few lucky shots but I was able to deliver the final blow I unequipped the totem and

Ran over to Barry he had been hit and he looked pretty bad oh no Barry I’m so sorry I promised I would keep you safe it’s okay Zozo I did what I needed to do thanks for being my friend Barry put his head down and was gone he had made many

Mistakes but in the end chose to do the right thing on day 100 I felt a surge of power and I leveled up into a large adult zebra I was stronger than ever and knew that from now on I could protect all of the animals in the savannah my

Friends had figured out how to open the cage doors freeing all of the animals from the Hunter’s base I was finally able to talk to my parents it was a beautiful reunion we were all free at last if you want to see what I’ll do next don’t forget to subscribe and like

This video thanks for watching on day one I spawned in as a fire spider oh cool I got eight legs and four Hearts but wao I’m not a regular Spider I’m a fire spider that means I have to avoid water no matter what I should probably

Look around I started testing on my new abilities I can jump high run super fast and climb up walls woohoo just as I was jumping from tree to tree a swarm of tarantula Hawks started to attack ah where did you come from quickly I jumped off of the tree and started running away

But these guys were fast they even took out some of my hearts ouch I need those realizing that I couldn’t outrun these guys forever I decided I needed to fight I wonder if I have something that could help me fight these tarantula hawks just then I looked into my inventory and saw

I had an item web shot throw at your enemies to attack or stun them this should work quickly I put this ability into effect and started throwing webs at the tarantula Hawks wa this is awesome I managed to bring down several of the tarantula Hawks with my web shot until

There was only one left he quickly fled before I could take him down H and stay out you flying Fiend I proceeded to look around a little more before I decided to call it a night on day two I woke up hungry and decided to make my first web

I placed it in the tree and waited soon I caught a fly M tasty then I went and took a look around I stumbled upon a hole in the ground and decided to check it out maybe I can find some more fire spiders here well I couldn’t find any

More fire spiders I managed to find some Stone but I couldn’t mine it because it required tools I better go get some resources just as I was about to leave a bunch of badgers started to attack ah hey what’s the big deal these guys were tough but I managed to fling web shots

At them and managed to defeat them they dropped some loot in the process I picked up a stone pickaxe and sword oh these will come in handy with the pickaxe I mined the stone and even found some iron that I could use for later wow this hole is great after checking to

Make sure there were no more Badgers I decided to set up camp in the hole after clearing out some space I set up up a little place for myself and even started to build other houses just in case some more spiders were to come on day three I

Climbed out of the hole and started Gathering wood from the surrounding trees just as I was about to bring down one of the trees I heard a noise hey stop that down there suddenly a pigeon flew down from the top what do you think you are doing oh sorry I didn’t know

Anyone was living in this tree well there is you can’t just go around destroying everything you see like some kind of Barbarian I didn’t mean any harm I promise he sighed just be careful next time just as the pigeon was talking a falcon came out of nowhere and started

To attack oh no not this guy you better run little fire spider instead I used my web to attack the Falcon and knock him out of the sky oh thank you so much that Falcon has been attacking me and my friends for a long time you’re most

Welcome I’m always looking for ways I can help why was he attacking you he is a servant of the Lizard King the evil ruler who enslaves animals with fear oh no that’s terrible this Lizard King sounds like he’s a real handful to deal with my name is Percy and I would be

Happy to help you with anything you need thank you I could use help you know I have a place that you and your friends can stay to keep away from Falcons it’s underground and I’m still building it would you like to come most of the time pigeons don’t like living underground

But that sounds like the safe idea on days four and five I helped Percy put together some houses for him and his friends this place is going to look great Zozo a safe haven away from the Lizard King you’re right I’m going to have to see if I can get more Critters

Out of danger I also don’t know where any fire spiders are well in the meantime I will stay here and continue working before you go I wanted to give you this Percy gave me some iron armor and a sword made from the iron I had found earlier I thought it best for your

Journey take care my fiery spider friend thanks Percy I will return soon I was off to find the Lizard King when all of a sudden the tarantula hawk I fought on the first day returned with even more of his friends we shall have our revenge on you they all started swarming me with

Their Stingers ouch leave me alone with the new sword I managed to defeat most of the tarantula Hawks the main tarantula hawk was heading right for me I will defeat you and take you to the Lizard King myself he was tougher to beat than the other tarantula Hawks I

Even took some damage from him you may be strong but I won’t be defeated dodging his blows with my speed and jumping ability I kept on striking him until at last he was defeated as he disappeared he dropped some bronze armor as well as a beaker of poison if I’m

Going to come in contact with any more of the lizard King’s minions I’m going to need this on day 6 through 8 I continued my journey to find the Lizard King along the way I managed to find a village hello anyone here I went through all the buildings Gathering supplies

Where I could find them but could not find anyone How could an entire Village just vanish like this I started hearing what sounded like voices from one of the Center buildings maybe there are some villagers still here after following the voices I discovered who was in the

Building it was the Lizard King he had on a huge crown and had big red eyes yikes those are going to haunt my nightmares Gathering up what courage I had I charged towards the Lizard King hey why are you being so cruel to all the creatures of this land they jump

Just want to live peaceful lives free from bullies like you the Lizard King looked at me with those red eyes the tiny fire spider who defeated my tarantula Hawks you will pay for your actions attack then all of a sudden the floor started shaking and from out of

The ground spawned a giant desert centipede uh-oh this could be bad the centipede was strong it had over 20 hearts and it was quick it’s a good thing I can jump and climb or this thing would surely take me out then I remembered I had the beaker of poison

And prepared to use it on the centipede just as I was about to use it the centipede attacked and knocked the beaker out of my hand shattering on the floor oh no the centipede grabbed onto me shaking me around with his mandibles and shaking the hearts out of me this is

Not good just as I was about to lose my last heart the Lizard King commanded he let me go that’s enough I still need subjects to rule you really thought you could defeat me H come back again when you are worthy that fight did a lot of damage to

Me and all of a sudden I blacked out on days 9 and 10 I awoke to a different location it looked like one of the houses in the village only it was really damaged and there were webs on the walls ah spiders oh wait I’m a spider too I climbed

Around the damaged house to see if any more spiders were around hello any other spiders around here regular or fire type any will do or anyone preferably ones who don’t want to squish me I looked around a little more and eventually I spotted what appeared to be a small

Normal spider hey where am I oh good you’re awake it’s good to see you up where’s the Lizard King where’s the centipede you f the Lizard King in his centipede it’s a miracle you’re still alive when I found you they were both gone I was really worried you weren’t

Going to wake up but couldn’t not help a spider in need we brought you here to look after you we who’s we well me and my brothers and sisters brothers and sisters there’s more of you oh yes at least 700 we live in dark shadowy areas near here under the protection of daddy

Longlegs would you like to meet him sure oh and what’s your name Marcy I’m a jumping spider indeed lead the way Marcy on days 11 to 12 Marcy led me to a secret passageway where we climbed down into a dark Hall through the hall We Came Upon the cave of daddy longlegs it

Was surrounded by several different spiders of all different types and sizes daddy long legs here is the fire spider who fought the centipede he is healed and wishes to meet with you proceed good spider I am zoo and I come to help fight against the evil of the Lizard King you

Are indeed Brave Zoo but I am afraid the Lizard King cannot be defeated what do you mean how can he not be defeated he controls the predators of the animal kingdom forcing us spiders to live underground any attempt we have tried to fight against him he takes out numbers

Of us I’m afraid it’s too risky for our survival I understand your concern daddy long legs but we cannot keep living in fear someone has to do something if nobody else will then I will but I know together we can do better be stronger some of us might be squashed in a moment

But surely he can’t stop all of us then I could hear Mercy cheering from the back huzzah huzzah her cheering led to all the other spiders starting to cheer as well huzzah Daddy Long Legs looked convinced and agreed to help me all right Zozo you have made your point I

Will send some spiders to help you on your journey perhaps we truly can defeat the Lizard King three spiders volunteered to help me on my quest first was Taylor a massive tarantula yeah dude then there was Bruno an orb weaving spider do you need a web

I got a web it’s a nice web did I tell you about my web this guy really likes his web yeah man finally there was Scarlet she was a black widow I can turn anyone’s life into a tragedy well I hope that will come in handy for us nice to

Meet all of you together let’s take this guy down on days 13 to 15 we arrived back at my whole base I didn’t know how Percy and his friends were going to take there being more spiders so I proceeded with caution hello Zozo Hey Percy wow

You got a lot of work done this base is looking even better than I thought it could thanks I managed to convince some other birds and animals to come make this the new home you’ve done great hey I wanted to tell you something sure what is oh more spiders what the what are

These animals doing here they look tasty to me yeah dude before this tension was to become a battle I had to calm down both sides listen in order for us to defeat the Lizard King we must stay strong together no matter what species we are also no eating the birds yeah all

Right sorry after that was over I managed to get everyone working together to create a giant statue of our hero I hoped it could be seen as a symbol of justice and goodness for all walks of life can you tell what we’re building on

Days 16 to 19 I got a chance to meet all the new members of the base hey how are you good to see you welcome I even ran into some unexpected guests oh no the Badgers again wait we’re sorry for attacking you earlier we just didn’t

Have any other place to go we saw how you built this place and your friend Percy said it was okay for us to stay so wait we’re all on the same team yep we’re also really sorry for attacking you earlier it’s all right I guess I can understand you being scared of someone

Trying to harm you welcome to the base I have said that no matter our differences we’ve got to work together to defeat the Lizard King thank you just as I was going around meeting new people I saw Marcy run in looking for me I am delivering gifts for you for your

Journey these are from daddy longlegs Marcy presented me with a new silver armor and sword with a special ability poisonous attack what would I do without you and daddy longlegs this would be great for my Journey thanks Marcy you’re welcome say this place is pretty nice do

You think I can tell the other spiders about it sure it’s not quite finished though but maybe when I’m done you guys can come see it there’s a lot of you so I’ve got to make sure everyone is really impressed deal on days 20 to 22 Taylor

Bruno scarlet and I were off to catch the Lizard King on the road Scarlet spotted some signs up ahead we should be careful it looks like we are entering into the realm of the ants ants are they dangerous they attack in numbers and can overwhelm any creature bigger than they

Are even someone like Taylor yeah dude well then we will definitely be cautious I can’t imagine anything worse than being dog piled by a bunch of creepy crawlers we scoured around for a bit when all of a sudden a giant zombie pray mantis arose from under the ground gosh

He must have been attacked by the ants those guys are vicious yeah now we got to put him out of his misery Bruno started making a web net to trap the bra mantis in and Taylor threw it over to the Mantis trapping him I think we got

Him just then the Mantis started tearing his way through the web net don’t worry guys I got this I jumped toward the praying mantis and started using my new sword say your prayers now mantis within a few strikes he was finally defeated and I felt something inside me start to

Change I increased in size and even had more Hearts my attacks felt stronger too infused with even more fiery goodness on days 23 to 26 we finally got to the ant hill we need to be cautious the ants could attack if we are spotted and I

Don’t know about you guys but I’m not interested in becoming a zombie fire spider today just then a fireball flew overhead it was the ant guards and they were shooting at us with trebuchets ah talk about fire ants all of a sudden Bruno started working on what appeared

To be a giant slingshot ohow great idea Scarlet had some TNT as well as some flint and steel we decided that would work perfectly for turning fire bombs away we took out the trebuchet and sent the ants running into their Hill way to go team on days 27 to 31 we decided to

Go inside the hill wow these guys have been busy inside we found a lot of cool items that I could use for for the compound and the statue glow stones I can use these as we journeyed deeper into the caves we saw a hidden message on the wall subscribe huh that’s not a

Bad idea honestly yeah dude a little further and we began to see what appeared to be a story by the ants apparently the queen ant was tricked by the Lizard King and now he has a puppet Queen acting for him that’s terrible these ants should not be under the

Control of a puppet ruler we need to do something all of a sudden something occurred ants began to crawl out from the walls get back I mean it no matter how hard we fought the ants were too numerous and they captured us on days 32

To 35 the ants led us to the deeper parts of the antill where are you taking us I kept trying to talk to them but they would not respond it was as if something was wrong with them completely hello can you hear me eventually we came

To what I suppose is their Throne Room the queen ant sat there looking Sinister spiders how disgusting you will make a fine specimen for the Lizard King though my children and I are getting hungry I’m getting pretty tired of creatures telling me they want to eat me how about

I give you something to eat instead I looked up and I could see what looked like a chandelier made of glow stones I fired a web shot at it and the whole thing started to come crashing down no not the chandelier I fell hard onto the

Queen ant squishing her wo what a way to go on days 36 to 39 we began leaving the hill the hill was even bigger than I remembered as we wo through many different hallways we got lost more than once man how could one place look the

Same same at every turn when we finally decided on a place to go more ants came toward us if we couldn’t get out we’d be in real trouble stay back we’re armed well technically legged no please don’t hurt us and we don’t want to hurt you

Okay well then what is it you do want we are Servants of the true queen ant when you defeated the other Queen we finally freed her and she wanted to thank you well that’s very nice of her I’m glad she’s back on her throne feel free to

Come back anytime if you have any questions please please let me know I did have one question how do we get out all right you go up make a left and climb out of the big hole in the top okay that seems simple enough thanks no

Problem you can climb right uh Spider oh right on days 40 to 43 we thought it would be best to get back to the compound and put these glow stones to good use Percy was doing a great job building places for the new creatures finding out about this place if there is

One thing we Birds know it is how to make a nest to come home to you’re doing great Percy how I also thought these could come in handy glow stones excellent it was starting to look a little dark here right away we got to work using the glow stones to create

Light fixtures around the compound I also made sure that these were built strong enough so that no one could get hurt if they were damaged the last thing we’d want is for there to be another queen ant situation no one likes to get smooshed when a spider builds something

It is made to last also in Birds Badges and other Wildlife chip in on the building it definitely helps in the long run on days 44 to 50 I continued working on the statue I’m really excited about this one and feel like it’s coming along really well can you tell what the statue

Is yet all of a sudden I can see a little jumping creature appearing in the Horizon Marcy it’s good to see you oh Zozo I’m glad I found you I have terrible news oh no what’s the problem the Lizard King attacked the spider base with an army of scorpions scorpions

Really yes they are one of our biggest enemies that’s terrible I’m so sorry I really didn’t think he’d be bold enough to take on the entire entire spider nest at one time I’m sorry I couldn’t have stopped him from doing this so am I I

Wanted to tell you so you won’t have to have the same fate now we have nowhere safe wait a minute why don’t you all come live at my base wait really are you sure you won’t mind all of us living with you of course not besides us

Spiders need to stick together plus I’ve got plenty of room here there’s no limit to the amount of houses we can make for everyone huh I see what you did there I better go tell the other spiders right now quickly I got started Gathering more materials and supplies to start building

For my new neighbors I took a good long while to gather the stuff and start building but it was all worth it on days 51 to 53 all of the spiders arrived wa there sure are a lot of you welcome among the spiders appeared daddy

Longlegs and I went over to greet him hi daddy longlegs I’m glad to see you all right you’re all welcome here thank you Zozo for doing this you have given the spiders and many others hope it was my pleasure the spiders sure are honored and lucky to have a protector like you

Oh no Zozo I may may have been their protector before but you are their protector now however if you need advice I will always be around I will definitely appreciate that I know you’ve seen a lot of spiders in your day I’d never be able to lead anyone as well as

You have afterwards I introduced daddy long legs and the other spiders to the rest of the compound they got along pretty well I love seeing everyone so happy to make new friends on days 54 to 57 the whole compound got together to start building walls so no Intruders

Could come in when most of the building was completed we decided we should celebrate the new compound Community daddy longlegs prepared to give a speech I am truly thankful that we can all live in harmony thanks to our magnificent friend Zozo oh guys I appreciate that well Daddy longleg kept speaking no one

Noticed a group of scorpions sneaking up behind him daddy long legs look out but he didn’t hear me and one of the Scorpions stabbed him in the back with a stinger oh no daddy longlegs the spiders began attacking the Scorpions while I tried to lead Daddy longle to safety

Just stay here you’re going to be fine no Zozo it’s time for me to go what you can’t go it’s not over yet it’s okay Zozo take care of them all for me I will I stayed with daddy longlegs until the end when I checked back the spiders won

The battle sadly it was up to me to share the sad news on days 58 to 62 the whole compound worked together to build a memorial for Daddy Long Legs rest in peace daddy longlegs you will be missed by us all I promise I will do what needs

To be done while we were sad at the loss of our friend we all realized we needed better fortifications we spent a good portion of the days building up the walls and putting up watchtowers I was so embarrassed that we were attacked when we thought we were safe this should

Protect us but I just wish I could have done more I don’t go blaming yourself Zozo nobody could have guessed what was going to happen to take my mind off of all of this I went back to finish the statue maybe this could give us some

More hope now can you tell who our spider hero is it’s the most famous web Slinger of all time Spider-Man of course just as as I completed it Scarlet showed up and told me a messenger came to see me we ran to the gate to see it was the

Ant from the Ant Hill hello what are you doing here we heard about your attack we are sorry for your loss thank you it has been hard for a lot of us our Queen wanted to give you something for your loss as well as your fight against the

Lizard King the aunt handed over a wrapped gift and told me to use it wisely I couldn’t wait to see what it was I will definitely treasure this thank you and thank your queen for me I shall and you are most welcome days 63 to 66 I opened the package to reveal a

Bunch of potions inside there was a health upgrade potion I took it right away and I gained eight more Hearts I took a look at the other potions Stinger shock can cause your enemy to be paralyzed and allow you to either heal or attack boy if I ever run into that

Centipede again I am going to use this I met with my friends and told them that this would be my final mission be careful Zozo I will I promise to return we have lost too many friends for me to fail good luck Zozo go end this monster

Once and for all yeah dude I said goodbye to my friends and then I was off all I could do was hope that I would see them again soon on day 67 through 70 I journeyed off to find the Palace of the Lizard King I first traveled toward the

Abandoned village where I first fought the centipede I don’t see him anywhere here while I continued to look around I spotted what appeared to be an ancient door huh I wonder how long this has been here for there was an inscription on the door that looked a little faded I will

With water when it rains when sunlight comes the water drains in climb me is to achieve great gains I quickly realized that it was a riddle and began putting it together uh I got it a water spout the answer is a water spout with this proclamation of the answer the door

Cracked open to reveal a chest inside I opened the box to show a full set of diamond armor and sword I quickly put them to good use yeah dude I think I’ve been hanging out with Taylor a bit too much on day 71 through 74 I traveled

Into the rainforest just as I was scurrying along the ground a group of Hower monkeys started throwing bananas at me oh wao uh at least it’s just bananas one of the monkeys was huge he must have been their leader I started throwing web shots at him trying to

Knock him out of the tree you are not defeating me today I managed to knock several monkeys out of the trees forcing them to run away the big monkey was the only one left you might be strong but you won’t get me with one last web shot

I knocked the monkey out of the tree and cornered him where is the Lizard King where is his Palace the big monkey gestured over in a direction afterwards I went off that way you know that monkey looks kind of familiar yeah that was probably nothing on day 75 to 78 I

Journeyed along until I came to a river uh-oh it’s my old Nemesis water the river was way too wide to try and jump and I didn’t want to risk falling in so I decided to build a bridge I was halfway finished went out of nowhere who

Was to turn up but the Scorpions again you guys I’ll make you pay for what you have done I readied my sword and prepared to attack this is for daddy long legs I charged at the Scorpions and they leaped forward to attack me they were strong and I could tell they were

Trying to push me back into the water but with my new armor I can hold them off I’ll take you all on if I need to then I remembered I had the potion and quickly used it against the Scorpions take this the Scorpions began to move slower and I could see their attacks

Before they could make them block stab slice gone one by one I took out each of the Scorpions I gathered a new item scorpion T used to attack or intimidate enemies also can be used as a disguise when all that was over I continued making my bridge to get across the river

On day 79 to 85 I finally finished my bridge to cross the river when I got to the other side I found that the only way ahead was through a narrow Ravine but the entrance was guarded by two scorpions man these guys are everywhere while I could have attacked them I

Remembered that I still had that scorpion tail in my belongings I quickly put it on and approached them la la la la la just a disgusting scorpion out for a stroll the guards didn’t seem to mind and proceeded to let me through well that was easy well journeying I wandered

Into an open field that looked pretty desert-like well this is a weird place to put a desert all all of a sudden I heard rumbling and could feel the ground shake I knew right then what it was suddenly the centipede bursted out of the ground just like last time and

Lunged toward me it was time to take my revenge Bring It On Ley that centipede was still fast and dangerous but I was much more confident this time around oh no you don’t I even used the Scorpion tail to make a couple of hits but it

Broke in the middle of the fight so much for disguising myself again in the future take that and that finally I took out the potion again and used it for the finishing blows I’m worthy enough this time prepare to be defeated the potion worked but the centipede was still quick

Furiously I used everything I could to finally defeat it just then I started feeling tingly ooh I like this I changed into a bigger and more powerful fire spider with even more Hearts all right now Lizard King prepare to meet your match on days 86 to 90 I continued on my

Journey I was feeling really confident until I realized I had just walked straight into quicksand oh come on who thinks of quicksand suddenly I started thinking of ways to get out all of a sudden I can see Percy flying overhead Percy I’m glad you’re here I can see

That how can I help maybe you can pull me out catch this chain and start flying good idea hit me I threw the line towards Percy and began flying pulling me out of the quicksand oh that was close thanks Percy what are you doing here I wanted to see how you were you

Saved my life so many times before and I guess I just wanted to repair you in some way well you definitely did that if it wasn’t for you I would be in a really sticky situation we can get risky at times wandering around out here on my

Own you are definitely welcome my friend I will let the others know of your progress just before he left Percy warned me about something he saw while flying overhead be careful I saw what appeared to be a gang of bullfrogs coming in your direction they must be

Heading to the Palace of the Lizard King bullfrogs you say those things will gobble spiders up in one bite I’ll be sure to look out for them thanks again Percy take care on days 91 to ’94 I finally ran into the bullfrogs wow those guys are big

I didn’t know bullfrogs could get that big for the most part they didn’t seem to notice me that’s until one of them apparently spotted me and started shooting his tongue at me yck I don’t need you tasting me he was strong though he even took out a couple of my hearts

If I didn’t make a move I was going to be one toasted bug I can’t just keep fighting this guy forever I knew I had to outmaneuver him so I jumped into a tree and waited for him to get bored luckily he didn’t seem to be the

Smartest of creatures even though he was so tough serves you right I didn’t come this far to become a spider snack on days 95 to 97 I followed the bullfrogs to the lizard King’s Palace they might have been strong but they weren’t very smart they led me right to where I

Needed to go wow this is going to be a lot as I got closer to the gate I spotted a message written on the palace roof subscribe oh yeah that reminds me be sure to subscribe and like this video for more content I go on a lot of

Adventures and would love to have you follow me on them I tried to get through the front gate when a horde of gecko soldiers started to attack out of my way I got a king to fight I smacked the heck out of them until finally they were all

Defeated this guy really loved his amphibians on day 98 I ran inside through the palace corridors to find the Lizard King wow this place is pretty ornate for a lizard hey that armor looks kind of familiar oh yeah I almost forgot that I had an adventure as a knight that

Was a journey you guys should definitely go check it out when you are done with this one through different rooms I would occasionally have to battle some of the gecko soldiers don’t you guys have anything better to do despite looking all throughout the palace I couldn’t

Seem to find the Lizard King anywhere I was getting disappointed and even losing a little bit of hope I turned around and I could see what appeared to be the ghost of a long-legged spider daddy long legs is that you yes Zoo it is I I told

You that I would always be there to help you don’t give up you are so close to the end you’re right daddy longlegs I must continue I’m scared though I’m just a fire spider and I don’t know if I’ll defeat the Lizard King you may be small

But you have the spirit of a giant spider inside of you and it’s time to let that that Spirit out I’m going to Grant you the power that made me so big something started to happen magic energy filled the room and I felt myself changing once again I transformed into a

Gigantic fire spider I had so many hearts now thanks Daddy Long Legs on day 99 I finally landed in the throne room the Lizard King sat on his throne with his big red eyes staring at me well well if it isn’t the itsy bitsy fire spider who defeated my minions looks like you

Aren’t so small now but I bet you’re still weak come to face me at last I will do what I must then you will croak just then he flipped a lever and the bullfrogs I had seen earlier came in oh no not these guys again then I

Remembered I stalled the potion and was about to use it when one of the frogs grabbed it with its tongue guess I’m going to have to do this the oldfashioned way using my wall crawling abilities and spider jumps I dodged attacks from the frogs and gave them

Some damage it looked like my attacks were superpowered with fire strength now soon all the frogs were defeated though I could swear I missed one now it’s just you and me Lizard King so be it he charged toward me with lightning fast speed giving me strong blows that did

Cause some damage you should not have fought against me spider I am the Lizard King oh yeah and how do you taste what just then the last frog I thought I missed shot his tongue out grabbed the Lizard King by the tail and sucked him into his mouth no I became hesitant

Because I didn’t know how the Frog was going to respond hey you’re that frog I fought with earlier I’m sorry for hurting you truce the Frog just looked at me then suddenly spat up the lizard king’s crown he croaked then proceeded to hop away well I guess that means

Truce on day 100 I returned to the base to see everyone there waiting for me I told them all about what happened with the Lizard King wow I didn’t even know frogs could eat lizards neither did I guess he learned something new every day Zozo I’m glad you’ve returned yeah dude

The Lizard King is defeated now we’re free this would not have been possible Without You Zozo thank you from all of us now we can go back to living our lives in peace and now we have a new home for spiders of all walks of life

Then there came a commotion at the gate what’s going on over there suddenly a loud croak could be heard frog no wait I think I know him turns out it was the frog from earlier come by to say hello I’m glad you could come by just one rule

No eating anybody the Frog agreed and I proceeded to introduce him to everyone this had been quite the adventure on day one I spawned in as black panther I only have four heart s that doesn’t seem like a lot for a superhero but I can move quickly thanks to my catlike reflexes

And it looks like I have vibranium claws too neat hey look there’s a waterfall right behind me and there’s some kind of skeleton with a giant battle axe what is he doing here uh-oh are we about to fight bring it on the skeleton ran at me

And swung his weapon but with my catlike reflexes I dodged him easily I ran up behind him and hit him with my claws these claws were really powerful wo he fell right over the waterfall I won too bad I can’t get any loot from that skeleton because he fell down so far I

Really wanted that cool battle a I decided to go to the bottom of the waterfall and look to see if I could find it when I got there I saw that the skeleton was still standing he ran at me again but this time I faced him head on

He was no match and look at that he dropped the battle axe it’s not vibranium but it’s still pretty cool I wonder where that skeleton got it I decided to take shelter in a cave under the waterfall and relaxed for the rest of the day on day two I was woken up by

The sounds of an angry gorilla it had come out from the back of the cave and was trying to attack me I looked at it a little closer and realized that it wasn’t an ordinary gorilla it was a zombie a ah get away from me zombie

Don’t make me use my new weapon I ran away from the zombie AP and out into the sunlight where it didn’t want to follow me I guess that it was one of those mobs that take damage in the daytime it was an undead just like the skeleton I

Fought yesterday maybe they were common in this area I decided to leave the waterfall behind and follow the river towards the grasslands wo there are so many animals here I could see a rhino and a giraffe and it looked like they weren’t zombies thank goodness I guess

I’ll let them eat grass in peace especially because I was starting to get hungry too I saw some berry bushes so I started punching them to gather food once I got enough I refilled my canteen in the river surviving with be a lot easier now and if I got into a fight I

Already had some pretty good weapons still I thought it might be good to build a shelter in case the zombies came out at night I used the battle axe I got from the skeleton to chop down trees I soon had enough wood to make a small Hut

And bed it was almost night time so I went inside and went to sleep when I woke up on day three I noticed that there was a tree outside that wasn’t there yesterday it was really big and looked ancient and magical there was a glowing Panther Spirit sitting in the

Branches I made my way over to the Magic Tree and the panther Spirit started talking to me zoo this land needs your protection ooh it looked like I was going to get a superhero Quest I stood there and I listened closely we are under attack by an undead warlord to the

West of the grasslands he is turning everything into zombies and skeletons you must stop him an undead warlord that sounded scary and he was probably really strong I’d need a lot more than four Hearts to take him on but I couldn’t just ignore a Quest from the panther

Spirit the people and animals needed my help too and maybe there was a way to turn the animals that are to become zombies back to normal jny Westward and you will find his evil there I spent the rest of the day Gathering supplies for my journey and practicing with my

Weapons on any mobs I could find on days four to five I traveled from my Hut in the grasslands all the way to the heart of the desert according to the panther spirit I was heading in the right direction to reach the overlord’s lair before long I saw a zombie boar

Wandering around in the sand oh no looks like the overlord has already turned the animals in the desert into zombies the zombie boore charged me and I lost a bit of Health I had to protect myself so I drew my battle axe and took a couple

Swings I’m sorry Mr boar the fight was over in no time I spotted an oasis nearby I had been traveling for a long time and night would be here soon I didn’t want to be caught outside if more zombies showed up so I gathered some

Wood from the palm trees and set up camp I had just finished my little Oasis Hut when a genie appeared out of thin air I thought I was going to get three wishes at first but then he spoke and I knew he wasn’t the nice kind of Genie Who Dares

Come to my Oasis without an invitation I said I was sorry and that I just needed somewhere to spend the night but the genie created a sandstorm and suddenly The Oasis was gone he may not have granted me any wishes but he had left an

Item behind in the sand I went to pick it up and it turned out to be a brand new pair of Road rder boots awesome now my movement over the sand will be twice as fast on day 6 to 8 I was still in the desert when I saw a gigantic Archway

Made of Bones there was a skeleton Warrior underneath it and he was carrying an Obsidian Shield and spear it didn’t look like he was going to let me pass without a fight I put my battle axe away and got my vibranium claws ready you cannot go any further I am the skull

Guardian and you can’t beat me he seemed serious but I had to try if I couldn’t win here there was no way I could beat the overlord I attacked him but even my vibranium claws couldn’t get through his shield it was too tough even for obsidian and his spear kept damaging me

I was almost out of Health the only thing I could do to survive was run away good thing I had those Road Runner boots I turned around and got out of there the school Guardian stayed at the archway and shouted after me you are too weak

Come back when you are stronger maybe I still needed some more training while I was running away though I was spotted by a group of hoglands I could have easily run away from them but I was tired of running I stopped and decided to face them I took out my claws and defeated

Each and every one of them when I defeated the last hoglin I suddenly felt something inside of me I grew into an even bigger black panther with more Hearts I also saw that the hogins had dropped a ton of leather I could use them this when I got back to my base on

Days 9 to 10 I went back to the grasslands to expand my Hut into a base I used some Sandstone from the desert to make it into a small Tower and crafted myself a full set of leather armor too I then crafted a shovel I felt a pole to

This area for some reason like it was calling to me so I dug down until I hit some Stone there I had an entrance to a mine beneath the tower now I’d have to check it out further later I built more furniture inside the base using wood I

Was able to gather from a bunch of trees in the grasslands the one tree that I didn’t use for wood was the ancient Spirit tree the panther Spirit wasn’t there but I was hoping that maybe it would show up to help again I definitely needed some advice on how to defeat this

SK Guardian if I couldn’t beat him I would never be able to defeat the overlord and save this land from zombification on days 11 to 12 I was walking along the river when I saw the zombie Ape from the cave splashing around in the water had it followed me

All the way to the grasslands it really might have because it noticed me and ran up to attack I was a lot stronger now though this ape didn’t know what he was getting himself into sure enough I was able to win against the zombie ape that

I ran away from on day two I looked at the river to see a water Elemental emerging from below the surface thank you that zombie had taken over my home home behind the waterfall and last night it chased me all the way here to the grasslands who are you I am the spirit

Of the river and I can see that you are great hero this land needs a protector and I’m glad you were here to save me I’m not that great of a hero yet I need to beat the skull guardian or I’ll never save the animals have faith in yourself

I am friends with the panther spirit and he believes you can do this but last time I fought against him I didn’t even damage him and he almost took all of my health the only reason you lost to the skull Guardian was because he had an enchantment cast on him that Shields him

From the attacks of the living the spirit of the ever handed me a potion drink this potion and your claws will be able to strike through that should make it a fair fight I said Thank you to the spirit if so many beings were counting

On me I couldn’t give up on days 13 to 15 I decided to check out my mind again but first I needed to grab my pickaxe I still felt something drawing me to dig deeper so I started digging down wo what’s that it was a strange material

Vibranium turns out there was a lot of it just below the surface this land must be rich in it or something either that or I just discovered the only vibranium mine around I gathered a bunch of it and went to my base to see what I could

Craft it turned out I could make a full set of vibranium armor and tools super I have some serious armor now my base is also looking way cooler it’s tricked out with vibranium walls and mine cart rails I kept the ancient tree protected in its own little Courtyard and made sure to

Give it plenty of water I also remembered to plant trees around the grasslands so that I get more wood in the future on day 16 to 19 I was making my way back through the desert when I ran into a group of husks and it looked like they wanted to meet the Black

Panther up close and personal the husks attacked me but I fought back clawing away at them take that you dried out no good zombie and here’s one for you you want to be mummy before I knew it I had beaten the whole group but then I heard something and turned around there was

One more husk and this one was way bigger than the others that’s a huge husk I wasn’t scared though and I rushed right in to face him the huge husk hit a lot harder than his little brother’s but his skin was just as soft as theirs and

Before long he was down for the count too you know I was glad those husks attacked me though it was good practice for my claws since I knew I’d be facing the skull Guardian soon on days 20 to 22 I reached the archway where the skull Guardian was waiting and challenged him

To a fight so you think you can beat me this time sure I can watch this I drank the potion that the water Elemental gave me and now my attacks could actually damage him I still had to keep my guard up and Dodge a spear attack but even his

Shield couldn’t stop my vibranium claws this time after several hits he finally went down and dropped a skeleton key a skeleton key was this thing made from the skull of the guy I just defeated gross this would probably come in handy later though so I made sure to take it

With me my journey continued on and soon I made it out of the desert to a wasteland I’d have time to explore it soon but for now I decided to get back to my base but not in the way you might be thinking on days 23 to 26 I decided I

Didn’t want to have to cross through the desert again in case I ever wanted to come back here so I decided to build a massive tunnel back to my base I dug down a little ways and then started tunneling in the direction of my base

Placing torches as I went it took a long time but eventually I got to where I thought my base should be and tunneled up out of the ground I popped up right in front of my base how’s that for good luck when I got to the door of my base

Though I saw there was a package waiting for me with a note attached to it this must be from the water Elemental I could tell because it was all wet the note read dear Zozo you’re doing great I knew you could defeat the skull Guardian included are some potions that should

Make your journey easier P.S if you’re liking the video make sure you search for other Zozo videos at zo zo to see more Adventures he’s been on yep definitely weird but when I opened the package I saw it was full of experience potions nice I drank the potions and

Felt myself starting to change I grew bigger and had more Hearts too on days 27 to 31 I upgraded my base to look a little nicer since black panther is a king after all I started a statue outside too something that I knew would inspire me every time I came back to my

Base I know it’s the very start but can you tell what it is yet next I laid down some track in the tunnel so I could quickly get back to the Wasteland using a mine cart when my mine cart ride was over I exited the tunnel and took a look

Around the Wasteland to see if I could find any sign of the overlord’s lair that’s when I noticed a small village hidden among the rocky hills of the Wasteland the villagers there said they’d been attacked by zombies and some of them had even gotten turned into zombies our Iron Golem is supposed to

Protect the village but it’s been broken for a long time don’t worry I have an idea for how to fix it you’re the best on days 32 to 35 I gathered more vibranium from the at my base so I could use it to upgrade The Village’s Iron

Golem it would be four times as strong as an iron golem would be so the villagers would have nothing to worry about from invading monsters I was really starting to get creative at using vibranium in my creations and I soon realized that the material had another special ability I could use to improve

My base’s defenses vibranium can generate force fields and with a little bit of tinkering I was able to make a force field Dome around the whole base let’s see those zombie animals try to get inside now on days 36 to 39 I returned to the Wasteland Village and

Used the vibranium to upgrade their iron golem now they have their own vibranium Golem hooray you saved our village it sure does feel good to be the good guy now I could ask them to help me in my quest I’m looking for the evil Overlord who has been making zombies do you know

Where I can find him no one here knows you should go speak to the shaman of the mountains thanks on days 40 to 43 I tracked up the snowy mountains and found the lair of the shaman it was guarded by a friendly Snow Golem they didn’t bother

Me probably because they knew what a hero I was inside of a long wooden house was the shaman they had so many magical potions on their shelves including ones I had never seen so you must be the one I’ve been hearing about I’ve got an idea

For something that might be able to help you in your quest I’m all ears I’m working on a potion that can turn zombies back into normal animals and people but I need magic flowers from the jungle in order to complete the recipe You Can Count On Me shaman on days 44 to

49 I headed deep into the jungle in search of the flowers the shaman needed eventually I saw it the hill shaped like a skull where the flowers were supposed to be I fought my way up the hill eventually I got to the top phew that was a tough climb even without a bunch

Of mutants no wonder the shaman needed someone to get these for him and then I saw them at the very top of the hill and inside the skull were the flowers I ran up to the flowers and tried to pick them up but they were stuck I couldn’t pick

Them that’s when I realized they weren’t stuck to the ground they were actually part of a giant plant monster the giant plant monster rose out of the ground the flower still on top of his head I don’t suppose you’d let me have some of your flowers but the plant monster didn’t

Want to talk it wanted to fight it was a tough enemy I had to avoid its poisonous plant breath attack and be careful not to get punched by it it hits super hard but eventually I took it down and it left one of its flowers as loot awesome

Now I can leave this crazy place on days 50 to 53 I returned to the shaman I invited them to come stay at my base while they finished the potion when we got there I built an area for the shaman to stay and work complete with a nice

Big cauldron for Magical potions just a bit more fine tuning and my anti-zombie potion will be complete thanks again for getting those flowers you’re welcome you could have mentioned the giant poisonous plant monster but really I’m just glad to have helped oh yeah sorry about that

Here take this as an apology the shaman toss something at me when I picked it up I realized it gave me a new recipe it was an upgrade ability for my suit that allowed me to build in some of the vibranium for field tech now when the

Enemies tried to hit me I could blast them away now that’s what I call a powerful ability on days 54 to 57 the shaman and I went into the grasslands and tested the potion on some of the zombie animals wow it actually works we started turning animals back one by one

Until we got almost all the animals in the grasslands we’ve got plenty of more where that came from back at the base I didn’t know what I’d do without the shaman watch out suddenly the shaman pushed me aside I was about to ask why when a giant beam of Pure Evil power

Shot down from above and in seconds the shaman was gone oh no that that must have been the overlord he must have been aiming for me I started to run zigging and zagging as beam shot down from above I kept running until I saw a cave and

Jumped in just before a bean could hit me on days 58 to 62 I waited in the cave until I didn’t hear any more powerful beams outside but what I did hear was something deeper in the cave I turned around to see a spider leaping at me

Time to try out my new force field ability I blasted in looks like it works just fine I practiced with my new force field ability some more and when I was sure I had the hang of it I finally defeated the spider with the spider defeated I remember the shaman and how

Quickly the overlord’s tack had appeared how was I ever going to defeat him it didn’t matter I had to figure out a way since that’s what superheroes do I knew there was still a lot of anti-zombie potion left so at least the shaman sacrifice was not in vain soon this land

Would be safe from zombies I would make sure of it on day 63 to 66 I snuck out of the cave and went back to my base where I gathered up all the anti-zombie potions the shaman had made before I left I wanted to do some work on my

Statue I needed something to cheer me up after all that had happened and I knew a great statue like this would encourage me every time I saw it so what about now can you tell what I’m making yet I took anti-zombie potions back to the Wasteland and every time I encountered a

Group of zombies I used the potions on them to turn them back into villagers then I sent them to go live at the Village protected by the vibranium Golem the villagers were happy to see so many people get changed back and sent me a letter to say thank you keep it up we’ve

Got more villagers now than ever before our little village keeps growing just like your number of subscribers and we hope everyone watching joins your village of subscribers too oh thanks guys on day 67 to 70 while exploring the Wasteland and saving more villagers from their zombified fate I finally saw

Something far off in the distance it was the evil air that the panther Spirit and the River Spirit had told me about I was sure that the overlord was in there I could feel it but it wasn’t going to be easy getting to it since I could see

That between me and the base was an enormous Chasm it looks like it went all the way around the base with no clear way to get across I didn’t have much time to think about it though because suddenly I was attacked by a group of zombie apes you guys again haven’t you

Had enough of being zombies I went to throw an anti-zombie potion at them when I realized I was all out oh no I didn’t want to fight them but I was surrounded it didn’t look like I’d have much of a a choice with no way to turn them back to

Normal Apes I had to deal with them the oldfashioned way with my claws there were a lot of Undead Apes but I was able to put all my skills and abilities to use dodging their attacks and rushing in to land my own finally the last of them

Had been taken care of phew sorry about that guys I promis to make sure I have a full stack of anti-zombie potions next time I could still see the overlord’s base far off in the distance it was far enough away that it would probably take

Me a while to reach it and then I’d have to deal with that huge Chasm I had a plan for that though but first I need to return to my base on day 71 to 74 I built my coolest VI I branium invention yet an aircraft with vibranium powered

Levitation devices built into the wings the only thing scarier than a black panther is a flying black panther with my new aircraft I’d be able to fly right over that giant chasm and drop in right on top of the overlord before taking it out to the Wasteland though I decided I

Should practice around my own base all right here we go the first test flight of the wakandan aircraft it worked the aircraft lifted into the sky the overlord would never know what hit him I practiced flying around doing circles around my base gradually getting further and further away as I got more

Comfortable w W I was still getting used to the controls though and almost crashed into a river luckily I was able to pull up at the last moment and before long I had the controls down and the aircraft was soaring like a bird on day 75 to 78 I flew the vibranium aircraft

To the overlord’s lair passing right over the Giant Chasm wow from up here it looks like it doesn’t even have a bottom good thing I didn’t try to cross it on foot before I left my base I had made sure to fill the cargo hold with plenty

Of anti-zombie potions time to save this land from tyranny from high in the air I could see a group of zombie apes in the lair’s courtyard I decided to drop a bunch of potions down at them from the airship turning them back into normal gorillas I kept runting down potions

Wherever I saw Undead and soon everything was back to normal there was only one thing left to do I landed the aircraft on the roof which I thought should give me direct access to the overlord’s throne room I stepped inside the throne room and saw that I was right

There was the overlord waiting for me you dare interfere with my plans I will make you a zombie next and then everyone and everything you know will become my zombies he swung his weapon at me but my suit’s armor was strong enough to keep the damage low I blasted him back with

My force field and then used my VI branium claws to land a couple good hits you cannot defeat me I am the overlord watch me swung my hardest and knocked him down with my claws strangely though he just started laughing he started to glow and Rise into the air you fool all

You’ve accomplished is releasing me from my zombie body and soon I will be the mightiest being in the world uh-oh I may have really messed up here the overlord now a super powerful evil spirit vanished it looks like I had just released an even greater bad guy on days

79 to 84 I used my aircraft to return to the River Spirit I wanted to see if I could get any answers on how to defeat the overlord’s new spirit form well the good news is he can’t go back into his body now that he’s a spirit what’s the

Bad news the bad news is only full Spirits can fight other spirits and I’m not strong enough alone perhaps I could no no it’s impossible what what’s your idea well there is one thing that might work I’m able to impart some of my River Powers on others but it’s far too

Dangerous you’re not nearly strong enough to survive it but if I was able to handle you giving me some of your River Powers could that turn the tide maybe but you’ll need to become much stronger both in body and mind if you want to withstand my Powers I had to

Stop the overlord and this seemed like the only way so there was only one thing for me to do get stronger it was time to start training on days 85 to 89 I returned to my base and built some new areas where I could start training my

Body and mind for physical strength I built a dojo near the panther Spirits tree complete with dummies that I could practice my attacks on I had an even better idea for how to make my mind stronger but to make it a reality first I had to finish my statue I completed my

Statue and stood back to look at it I thought it looked great and felt mentally stronger just from gazing at the powerful Panther emerging from the mountain but it still needed one more thing I decided to build a meditation spot right under its mouth somewhere that I could focus and strengthen my

Mind after training both in body and mind I returned to the River Spirit but he quickly sent me away telling me I wasn’t nearly strong enough yet I return to my base again to train and this time the panther Spirit himself appeared in my Dojo he told me that he trained with

Me so I could get better at fighting even quicker I had an idea for how to improve my meditation training too I went back to the Statue and made it so that the water would pour out of its mouth creating a waterfall I then built an area right where the water hit the

Ground where I could sit in the Rushing Water and meditate learning how to focus even with powerful forces raging all around me as I sat in the Rushing Water thinking about my fighting training I suddenly felt myself start to change I grew in size and gained more Hearts

Surely now I must be strong enough to handle the river spirit’s power I returned to the river and met with the spirit again this time there was no doubt you’re ready now I will give you my Powers the River Spirit combined with mine and I felt his power within me I

Felt stronger like my attacks would do more damage since they were infused with water power and I now had the ability to create water anywhere too look out evil spirit a hero is on his way to take you down on days 90 to 994 I returned to my

Base to get my aircraft when a wasteland villager suddenly appeared he told me that the evil spirit had sent an army of zombie piglins to invade their Village and they needed help I hopped into my aircraft and flew to the Village as fast as I could when I got there I saw that

The Villager was right there were zombie piglins everywhere The Village was on fire and villagers were trying to escape the vibranium Golem was fighting off as many piglins as he could but there were simply too many for him to handle alone I fought what seemed like a hundred

Little oinkers using my new water ability to blast them eventually we beat the last one but the village had been almost completely destroyed villagers who had escaped were badly shaken and Afraid my base was big enough now that I was able to invite all the surviving villagers to stay there permanently all

Of the villagers agreed to come even the vibranium Golem on days 95 to 97 I took the villagers down to my train tunnel and built even more mine carts for them to start going to my base I flew my aircraft back to the base so I could get

It ready for them I built enough houses for everyone in the same style as their Village and even built Farms that looked exactly like their old home the vibranium Golem seemed happy too he agreed to keep patrolling the new area and defend the villagers if any threats

Appeared just as I was finishing up the last house I heard the voice of the panther Spirit calling to me I went back to his ancient tree once again the evil spirit is waiting for you at the end of the river it knows you teamed up with

The river and thinks if it can destroy the river it can destroy you too don’t worry I’ve got this together the river and I are invincible go to the River delta where the river meets the sea and there you shall find the evil spirit but

Before I left he told me that there is one more thing he could do to help me the panther Spirit leapt towards me and absorbed into my body I felt myself start to change and I suddenly grew into a huge superpowered black panther I had a ton of hearts and felt more powerful

Than ever now filled with the power of both the river and the panther I embarked on what I hoped would be the quest that saved this land for good on day 98 I was making my way down river towards the ocean when I saw the shaman

Appear in front of me in ghostly form hello there Shaman you’re a spirit now too yes before that Ray of evil could kill me I used my magic to become a spirit I’ve been watching your progress and you’ve been doing an amazing job think you could use some help though

I’ll take any help I can get what I could really use now is some moral support I can definitely give you that but it would be even more powerful if everyone watching the video did too by giving a like and subscribing the more likes and sub you have the stronger

You’ll be when you face the evil spirit wow thanks Shaman I hope everyone likes and subscribes so that I’ll be really powerful and if you like the video make sure to type Zozo zo zoo in the search bar to see my other Adventures there’s a

Whole bunch of them I will do that well I didn’t think you had YouTube but okay cool on day 99 I made it to the River delta of vast ocean stretched out into the Horizon before me come out evil spirit it’s me and I’ve got the River

Spirit to help me I used my spirit powers to walk on the water and soon I was standing in the middle of this great sea a dark shadow RADS Up From Below breaking through the surface of the water it was the evil spirit you’re too late I will soon eat

The river and become even stronger then I turn anything that drinks from the river into one of my Undead servants we will never let this happen I used my water powers to hit the evil spirit then I ran in and started clawing him oh oh that does it the evil spirit called down

His beam of Destruction the same one he used on the shaman but I was ready this time there was no way he could win not after everything I went through not after I came this far as we battled I suddenly saw other beams of energy I

Looked to my sides and saw the panther the river and the Shaman Spirits standing next to me adding their energy into mine my combined Spirit beam grew bigger and stronger and in moments the evil spirit’s power had run out and he was blasted by the bean impossible no I

Rushed in and with one final Blow from my spirit claw I put an end to his reign of evil for good on day 100 I returned to the base and built myself a royal chamber suitable for a wakandan king the land may have been saved this time but

Somebody would need to remain and be its protector and from now on that would be me on day one I spawned in as a cute and not so ugly little duckling I’m so tiny I’ve only got two hearts I guess that checks out I’m not strong I’m just a

Square fluff at least I can fly nope I can’t fly yet but I can swim and check out my duck family I’ve got a mom duck and a bunch of duckling siblings they were all swimming in a pond hey guys wait up for me wow this sure is peaceful

Just paddling along my siblings and I had a great time splashing around together and following mother duck around we didn’t even run into any trouble as the sun set that night we made a little shelter and all huddled together to go to sleep maybe this will

Be an easy 100 days of survival hey a duck can dream on day two we were all awoken by the sound of loud barking I looked around and saw we were surrounded by some mean looking dogs our little duck shelter was super weak the dogs got

Right in and started attacking us oh no I would have to be brave feel the wrath of my mighty beak I tried to fight back but I instantly realized that a little duck stands no chance against big mean dogs we would have to make a run for it

My duck family and I fled away waddling as fast as our little Webb feet could take us but it was no use the dogs ended up surrounding us again I have to do something wao next thing I knew I was tumbling fast down a steep hill ouch o

You could definitely say I was on a roll I fell with a splash into some water at the end of the hill I was nowhere near my family anymore they were all still far above me my family was being kidnapped I did what I could to find my

Way back in time to save them but by the time I arrived everyone was gone this is not good what’ll I do without them I made my way back to where I first saw my family I wish I was playing with the other ducklings right now I don’t want

To be all alone if I wanted to survive long enough to find out what happened to them I’d have to find someplace to hide I noticed a little hole along the edge of the pond and ducked into it no pun intended I waited out the night there

And decided to track down my duck family in the morning on day three I woke up without any issues from the other Predators I hopped out of the hole in hopes of seeing that my family had returned but to my great disappointment there were no signs of other Ducks

Around with nothing else to do I went around and started collecting and Mining materials to build a better shelter I didn’t want to be out in the open if the dogs returned I’ll have to be smarter than the average bird brain when I build this shelter I need to keep the big bad

Dogs out eventually I had a good amount of supplies and started crafting my craft table wood tools and then began the beginnings of my little house by the shore of the pond location location location this house had a great view it was the perfect spot for a duck like me

On days four to 5 I still needed lots more materials for my base I had to Waddle off a little farther away from the pond to get more materials suddenly I saw a peacock in the distance I came closer and asked the peacock if I could get some wood I explained my situation

To him the bird gasped my family was kidnapped by a group of dogs too no way what are the chances of that happening do you know where our families were taken the bird wasn’t sure but explained that they were being kept somewhere so their feathers could be harvested over

And over that’s awful ruining lives just for some measly feathers we heard a rustling and Out jumped an ocelot the peacock was instantly spooked and ran away I wish I could get away but that wasn’t an option for me I would have to be tough I was only a tiny duck but I

Wanted to find my family I couldn’t let this cat ruin my chances to do that I was able to dodge a lot of the attacks the cat threw at me then without too much trouble I defeated that rascally cat you were a bad PTY tat once the cat

Was gone I could feel myself changing I was leveling up I wasn’t a little duckling anymore I was a little bit bigger duckling I had extra hearts and let’s test Out These Wings hm I can fly a little bit I’m a flying talking ducky now I could only fly a short distance

But it would give me some much needed advantages cuz this was neat on day 6 to 8 I returned back to my base and started crafting some stone tools as I worked I started hearing something outside I carefully went and looked around I was hoping to see my duck family but instead

I saw one of those awful dogs sniffing around my house I wasn’t going to let him get away with his evil Deeds he would be sorry for stealing my family hey you dog who are you and what have you done with my family the dog refused to give any information instead it

Lurched at me the dog probably thought that this would be an easy fight but this time I had my stone tools I was ready to take him down and that’s just what I did once the dog was gone I saw that it dropped a note I picked it up

And read it the note was in order for the dog to find the duck that got away and to bring me back to the farm located in the Badlands aha I will quack this case soon enough now I knew they were somewhere in the Badlands having that dog come after me

Proved to be a very helpful thing after all on days 9 to 10 I did not want to waste any time I could travel towards the Badlands having my new ability to briefly fly came in handy whenever I’d come across Ravines or other obstacles I could flop my way right across Them Up

Up and Away by and by I made it to the bad lands with no harm done I spotted the farm but it didn’t look so much like a farm it looked more like a prison there were so many sad animals fenced in and caged up so many birds in cages

That’s so mean birds need to be free to Flap and fly they shouldn’t be cooped up I noticed all the depressed animals but I didn’t notice the big wolf guard staring me down until I was close to her I assumed she would yell at me but instead she lowered her voice you

Shouldn’t be here I would run far away from here if I were you wait you’re not going to try and capture me not if I don’t have to I’m not exactly happy with what is happening here I’d leave myself but things are complicated who is in charge here I shouldn’t be telling you

Any of this but if you must know he is a powerful monster a big big big dog fearsome and Powerful no one dares go against him or you’ll be destroyed just then another guard came out of nowhere and attacked me you need to go to obedience school didn’t anyone tell you

Not to bite I tried to fight back but the guard was too strong there’s only one way out of this I would have to run I didn’t like the idea of running away from my family but I knew if I wanted to help them I’d have to live to fight

Another day I took my chance flapping my wings I dashed away from the farm on days 11 to 12 I ran away I decided to take a rest in a tree my wings and legs were getting so tired I was new to this flying thing I was getting ready to rest

My eyes when I heard hooting I first I wasn’t sure where the voice was coming from but then I noticed an old owl on a branch who who are you young duck oh I didn’t see you there pardon me I’m Zozo what’s your name I am wayar the wise who

Are you running away from I’m running from these dogs that are rounding up a lot of birds and other animals they are throwing them in cages they took my whole family you should be very careful you don’t want to end up in a cage who I

Know of who you speak for this happened when I was a young owl not much bigger than yourself animals were being taken from their homes and forced to do the bidding of their captur we fought together and eventually defeated our foe I’m much too old to fight again but I

Can see the world is in need of a hero perhaps that hero is you Zozo who me I don’t know about that I wasn’t so sure that I could save the day I couldn’t even defeat one of the guards but I knew I would do whatever I could to help my

Family Escape I bid the old owl goodbye and thanked him for his wisdom I headed back to my base I needed to regroup and figure out a plan on days 13 to 15 I woke and realized what time it was upgrade time I wasn’t strong enough yet

To go up against these dogs in the Badlands but I could make my base more secure after all they could be sending more dogs out to grab me at any minute so I started improving my little Lakeside home man I can’t believe big dog is capturing all these animals it’s

So messed up if I didn’t figure out something quick more animals would be in trouble I finished my upgrades and really wished my duck family could see the home I was building for them I think they would get a quack out of it thinking of them made me get an idea I

Could totally have them with me just in a different way a statue way you know what time it is right statue making time I began building and thought about how the Ducks taught me a lot life should be spent with the ones you love and being

Free as a bird I like the way it was coming along the statue family would keep me company until I rescued my real family I was really getting into building the statue when I heard a bird chirping excitedly it was the peacock that had run away from the wild ocelot

Well bless my soul it’s you good to see you’re still alive after that run in with the cat yeah me too my name is Zozo by the way I’m Taffy I noticed your nice Lake housee did you build that all on your own yep now I’m working on a statue

Of my duck family that got taken away it’s hard living on your own isn’t it I miss my family too say you could live here with me if you want we can keep each other safe I am working on a plan to rescue our families Taffy thought

That sounded great as long as I won’t be too much of a burden I went inside and I made sure that she had everything a bird could need on day 16 to 19 I decided it was past time I got around to making some iron weapons I wandered around the

Area and after a bit of flying around I spotted something interesting it was a m shaft bingo I entered the mine and followed the maze tracks to some iron of course it wasn’t a walk in the park down in the mines it was a walk in the dark I

Met some zombies and skeletons down there that were interested in ending my life back off I’ve got a sword and I know how to use it I started swinging my sword at them and had a couple close calls but I knocked them out pretty quickly it was good to see I was

Learning how to hold my own still I didn’t care to run into any more creatures so after I had enough iron I booked it out of the mine as fast as I could back at the house I Reed my supplies and got to work crafting my stronger weapons and armor with my

Crafting table these will give me the edge I need to go up against those tough guards on days 20 to 22 it was time to release the quacken I told Taffy to keep a bird’s eye on the base while I returned back to the Badlands this time

I would be ready those guards won’t see me coming because this time I wasn’t going through the door I was flying overhead I know what you’re thinking I wasn’t the most accomplished flyer but I could fly better than those dogs could it was worth a try as I approached the

Walls of the farm I took a running start and launched into the air I’m like a flying ninja yay there’s a duck flying over our walls into the farm now that’s what you call a bird brain well I guess I wasn’t as stealthy as I hoped I was I

Landed near the guards wait a second it’s that troubl some duck that keeps getting away from us get him I jumped into the air dodging attacks Tuan play at this game on guard I got out my weapons and started handing out damage I couldn’t lie it was a bit daunting they

Would get a hit or a bite but with my armor protecting me they were toast after a few hits what a rough day for you dogs getting your Tails handed to you by a little duck like me finally I had finished the guards off I didn’t

Waste any time searching for my family I started running all around the ground searching for my family I wanted to save all the other animals I saw and I promised myself I would help them but first I had to locate my family but they weren’t in any of the cages or fences

Where are they what is all this sarking and hollering a chill ran down my spine a giant creature stomped loudly out of the for boing base it was enormous a big dog I was terrified GS why are you letting some pip squeak cost such a rocket say looks like somebody will

Teach this quacker a lesson big dog let out of out came a tiger he charged at me I tried to fly away but it was no use this big cat could jump hi I used my weapons and his attacks broke my armor quickly I was exposed and I was losing

Hearts fast ah a a big wolf came bounding into the fight it was the nice guard she told the tiger to back off let’s get out of here we ran for it who knew how many more guards would come running after us or Worse big dog shockingly the tiger didn’t chase after

Us after a while we felt safe enough to stop running you saved my life I couldn’t stand by any longer and you’re really Brave you might have what it takes to take down the farm I failed to save my family for a second time I think

It’s pretty obvious I can’t do that the wolf assured me that she believed in me it was nice but I still felt awful that I hadn’t saved them yet where are you going to go now honestly I didn’t think that far ahead I just couldn’t let you

Become catnip I have a base I’m building with another bird friend why don’t you come live there until you figure things out I’d be very grateful to stay with you both I led the way back to the lake house by the way I’m Zozo what do I call

You aoo is the name seems fitting on days 23 to 26 we got back to the base Taffy greeted us and I introduced AO to Taffy I’ll need to do some upgrades and add a room for you AO it shouldn’t take too long I made sure to make the room

Nice and spacious for AO it was the best room in the house I noticed I hadn’t added to my statue in a while so I got to work on that too you know I think I’ll add my friends to this piece I’d like to honor all my good friends and

Family just then a woo came trotting up wow this is looking great everyone watching should subscribe so they can see all the other cool stuff you’ll make huh what do you mean everyone who is watching it’s just us here uh they know who they are on days 27 to 31 I went out

Exploring to find new resources I was pecking around when I heard someone who sounded very upset I followed the voice and Came Upon a raccoon hello is everyone okay no everything is not okay I’ve been kicked out of my house by a big old monster he thinks he can just

Push me out of my home cuz he’s mean and can destroy me super fast huh nobody ain’t got no respect these days I tried to calm the raccoon down and asked him to show me to his house he walked away and showed me to his home I approached

The door and sure enough there was a monster cooped up inside the monster growled and told me to get lost before I became its next meal listen this isn’t your home you really shouldn’t take things that aren’t are you still talking be gone be gone or be eaten silly food

Talking back to a predator such as I if I weren’t so cozy in here and already eaten three meals today why I’d gobble you up in one bite scram pests it was clear this rude guy wasn’t going to listen to anything I had to say I’d have

To teach this guy some manners and I had an idea on days 32 to 35 I started digging near the raccoon’s house what we had here was a reverse Three Little Pigs situation in this scenario the big bad wolf is inside the house and I need to

Blow the house down and to do that I started to dig a tunnel deep down under the house until I found some lava pools this was one pool I did not want to get my feathers wet in now that I knew where the lava was I headed back out of the

Tunnel the next part of my plan was to find some creepers as I came out of the hole I quickly found some I’m just here for your gunpowder don’t mind me now that I had gunpowder I just needed one more more thing sand I headed to the

Riverbed and gathered a bunch up with the gunpowder and sand I crafted some TNT I think you might know where I’m going with this I returned to the tunnel that I dug under the raccoon’s house and ran down to the lava pools I carefully set the TNT next to the lava and began

Setting a fuse up and out of the tunnel match set light everything was going according to plan on days 36 to 39 I waddled up to the front door and called out to the monster the door opened to reveal The Grouchy foe hello again I

Thought I’d let you know that you have a lied time offer to leave this house before I huff and puff and blow this house down and how do you supposed to do such a thing easy I have a brick of TNT nearby and a fuse that’s ready for me to

Light TNT it’s dynamite and I’ll win this fight I would Slither on out of here if I were you this house isn’t worth your life you talk too much duck I yield to No One be gone okay but don’t say I didn’t warn you I activated the

Fuse and down the signal went into the tunnel I took cover there was a giant explosion and the floor of the house gave way sending the monster to his fiery grave yes my plan worked the raccoon was nearby and watched the whole thing was your plan to destroy my entire

House the raccoon was not exactly happy despite the fact that the monster was gone I felt bad maybe I had been a little intense with my plan now how am I going to afford to rebuild my house put it on my bill that was a joke I don’t

Actually have any money but what I do have is a really big lake house that would totally fit you I have other friends staying there too why don’t you come stay there with us the raccoon grumbled but agreed he was still a little sore about his house being blown

To Smither I showed him the way to the lake house and we made our way there on days 40 to 43 we arrived back to the Lakehouse the raccoon sure was a grouchy fellow but something about him was endearing too like an angry little elf they’re just adorable when they get mad

You can’t help but smile when they yell at you I showed the raccoon around and created him a raccoon tastic space for his home I went over to my statue Creations we had my duck family and Taffy I loved how it was looking it was only right to build a statue of the

Raccoon too I started building the raccoon statue looking at all these family and friends in the statues made me think about another creature that had been so nice to me wayar the wise owl I didn’t want anything to happen to him maybe I’ll go visit him and see if he

Would like to stay at the house we are safer in numbers I don’t want him getting captured on days 44 to 49 I returned to the tree where the owl lived I found him sitting under the tree but he didn’t look so good Mr wayar are you

Okay who Who ah Zoo my dear boy I was worried you might might have been one of the henchmen I’m fine I’m just feeling a little under the weather it’s hard to get food in such these days I can’t fly you see I’m kind of stuck in this tree

That was not good I couldn’t stand by and let wear suffer I told wear that I wanted him to come live at the house with us and we would help take care of him he was so grateful but didn’t know how he would get there I’ll figure out

Something I’ll find a way to carry you there I immediately thought of the mine carts in the mines oh those would work great I just needed a way to push it along I headed back to the mine and started collecting the tracks for the cart I would make a track from the owl’s

Tree to the base that should be enough I took everything back to the owl and laid some tracks down and rebuilt the cart climb aboard once he was in I pushed wear along in the cart picking up the tracks as I went along and setting them

Ahead until I made it all the way back to the lake house I was excited to build him a room in the house my little Misfit family was growing so much wear was super grateful for the help he couldn’t believe he had us to care for him now

Ain’t no thing but a chicken wing I’m an owl on days 50 to 53 I decided to go deeper in the mine to find some diamonds I hadn’t seen diamonds yet but I was certain I’d run into some if I went a little F farther in as I went deeper I

Ran into a big stinky toad I smell something most foul and it’s not me aha care for a slice of My Sword I swung my sword while the toad tried hitting me with his tongue he was no match for me though and I quickly took him out I went

A little farther and ran into some tarantulas too oh these guys creep me out I made quick work of them swinging my sword as hard as I could they too were soon gone that’s when it long lasts I had found the diamonds I mined them up

As quickly as I could and then headed back home to make them into things I made a strong pair of armor and some super strong weapons as they say diamond weapons hurt forever I definitely felt I had a better chance of kicking bad guy booty with these upgrades I just needed

To figure out where my family was being held as I was crafting one of my friends told me wayar needed to see me so I went to his room hey wayar the wise you wanted to see me o oh Zozo I have loved being here I feel so much happier I hate

To seem ungrateful for asking you anything so you know what never mind it was silly anyways no please I want to help I’m happy to do anything anything at all well okay if you insist I have the most overwhelming craving for a tropical fish I loved eating it when I

Was younger my siblings and I would devour them when we were in the nest together oh how I miss those days sure that’s no trouble at all I’ll go right away wayar was so excited to hear I would help him I started on my quest immediately on days 54 to 57 I finally

Reached the water there was a perfect spot for catching tropical fish now if I was a gorilla or hogland I might have trouble getting this fish but I was a duck so I was in luck I paddled out into the water and Dove after the fish okay

This is a little trickier than I thought I spotted a school fish and started swinging my sword eventually I got one I kept swinging until I had gotten a few more well now to Simply Swim back to the shore with no problem somebody bit my

Tail feathers it was a shark I was under attack actually I was more over attack as the shark was below me oh you like picking on smaller fish do you wait a second don’t you eat smaller fish too well yeah but that one was supposed to

Be mine now scram I fought the shark it was tough but eventually I won thanks to my upgrades oh check me out I’m growing I’m a much bigger duck now I had leveled up finally hey maybe I can fly now I thought a happy thought took off running

And started flapping my wings I zoomed into the air this was amazing I can fly I can fly I can fly on days 58 to 62 I arrived back in the base with the fish as I climbed into the base I saw that wear was even worse off oh no wear you

Don’t look so good here I brought you your favorite fish this should help thank you Soo I don’t have the energy to eat it just yet let me just put it here I remember when mother would return home with the fish back in 19 32 just as you just

Did she liked them lightly pan fried and put a dollop of cranberry sauce on on on the side wear wear wear suddenly passed away with a smile on his face I wondered if I had gotten him the fish sooner if I would have saved him but I was also glad

He took his final breath knowing he was cared for and not alone he was going to be very missed on day 63 to 66 I was moping around the base I felt so sad and that was okay I just needed to let out my feelings and be upset I went over to

The statues and had a good SOB while I added another one to the bunch I wanted to honor wear’s memory by adding him to the group The Statue made me feel better and I could smile again there was my wise friend wear staring back at me this

Place was becoming a whole museum full of statues it was beautiful on day 67 to 70 AO came up to tell me that they had found something it’s a note from wayar you’re going to want to read this I took the note and read it Zozo check out the

Old Fort east of here your family might be there and remember things aren’t always what they seem just because you can’t hear or see something doesn’t mean it isn’t working believe in yourself and your plans what was that supposed to mean it was a nice sentiment but I feel

Like it was some kind of coded message I try to remember that well AO looks like I need to follow these Clues can you help keep watch over the lake house while I’m gone AO was up for the task in the morning I would take my leave on day

71 to 74 I went in search of the Hidden prison in the tundra as I traveled across the snowy Forest I spied a fort hiding in the mountains is that it I saw that the fort was active and that there were guards that looked just like the

Ones from the farm they were carrying large shipments of feathers out of the fort this place must be a prison where the other ducks and birds are being held captive they are harvesting their feathers my blood boiled I didn’t waste another moment I drew my diamond weapons

And with my diamond armor I charged in I started swinging my sword with all my Mighty Duck strength those guards didn’t stand a chance I couldn’t believe how easily I blew through them all feel the wrath of my revenge I made my way into the prison cutting down anyone who stood

In my way I was feeling like I could take on anything at this point on day 75 to 78 I reached a room that looked important I barged in unafraid and saw the tiger that had almost destroyed me back at the farm I felt the tinge of

Fear creep back into me did I have what it took to go up against him regardless what choice did I have now my family could be in this very room I shook off my fear and went head to-head with the cat or cla a sword rather this tiger was

Still tough I got lots of good hits in but he was so strong it wasn’t doing that much damage he was good at blocking too he even scratched me a few times and I saw tons of birds in cages maybe my family wasn’t here as we fought I

Noticed a big lever it looked important I took a chance and hit it hard all of a sudden the cage door swung open the birds were free the tiger was in shock at his sudden Misfortune what’s the matter cat got your tongue some of the birds started to attack him well he was

Distracted by all of the bir birds flying out of their cages I was able to attack his weak spot he was done for the tiger was no more I looked around the room and saw my baby duck siblings they were so excited to see me and couldn’t

Believe how much I had grown I was so relieved to see them and where’s Mama duck the Ducks looks sad mama got taken by the big bad dog to his Mansion the other birds say that it’s on some sort of volcano that seems like a bad place

To build a mansion this dog isn’t as smart as I thought don’t worry little ducklings I will rescue Mama on on day 79 to 84 I spent some time searching the room where I had originally found the tiger you never know what kind of information you can find and this tiger

Was clearly a leader of this operation he had all sorts of confidential information laying around and if nothing else I could take his valuables he didn’t have any use for them now that he was toast I looked all around and found a treasure chest bingo I opened it up

And found a map I looked closer well what will you know a map right to the volcano mansion and what else do we have here I saw that there was a whistle in there too I blew it but nothing happened why he kept a broken whistle I’ll never

Know but uh I’ll just keep it just in case with the room fully inspected I went back to the ducklings all right you guys let’s get the quack out of here I built you a home that’s super secure let’s go I saw some of the birds that

Had helped in the fight against the tiger they looked unsure of where to go and what to do I invited them back to the lake house with us they were very grateful and agreed to come with us we waddled as fast as we could back to the

Base on days 85 to 89 I returned safely home with all my ducklings in a row I immediately started expanding the house and made more rooms for all of the birds they loved their new living quarters sure beats a small cage AO and Taffy had something exciting to show me while I

Was away we built something very enchanting they had found items to make an enchanting table and had what we needed to enchant my armor WoW thank you this is incredible if I wanted to rescue mama duck I needed to be as ready as possible for going up against big dog

This would give me a Fighting Chance on days 90 to 94 I walked over to my field statues they were almost all done I just needed to finish building the rest of wayar statue I was so excited to reveal all of my statues to my friends as I

Looked at wayar statue I thought about the strange note he had given me just because you can’t hear or see something doesn’t mean it isn’t working huh you know that gives me an idea about something I put the finishing touches on the statues and was finally finished a

Field of all my favorite friends what a sight on days 95 to ’97 I knew it was time to go rescue my mom I followed the map to the mansion on the volcano this place was spooky I can see the appeal of building a mansion on the volcano now

That is if you’re an evil villain it’s perfect for that Vibe I had to admit I felt a bit scared and that was okay that didn’t mean I was going to run away no I was saving my mother come dogs or lava I brandished my weapons and started

Fighting my way through the guard dogs along the path to the door on day 98 I was exploring the Mansion when I went into a room with a strange looking bunny man inside of it what the who are you who Am I who are you oh wait I’m you

You’re me yeah you’re me for my bunny video oh yeah that was an awesome adventure when everyone is done watching this video they should go check that one out amazing well I’ve got a family to save see you on day 99 I made it into Big Dog’s Lair inside of the spooky

Mansion after defeating tons of guards I felt something funny happening I was leveling up this is just what I needed I needed to be a Mighty Duck to defeat a massive dog I’m as strong as I can get now I was super buff I was going to give big

Dog some trouble with my new Strength he’s going to have to answer to this fire quacker it was time for the ultimate Smackdown I looked around the room and saw mother duck in a cage mom Zozo what are you doing here I’d like to ask you the same question Troublesome

Cracker huh looks like you haven’t learned your lesson and you’ve been hitting the gym I see like that’s going to help you I’m here to take my mother home can’t you say me and your mom are madly in love with each other trying to

Split us up are you I’m not in love with you you freak you will be if I keep you locked up long enough it’s called Stockholm syndrome love look it up works in the fairy tales all the time dude you’ve got some serious issues this is

No way to treat someone you like or love that’s no way to treat anyone what a weirdo this dog needed to be put out of his misery I drew my weapon and attacked big dog I gave him everything I had every bit of strength I could muster

Went into every hit but he was still too strong I was barely making a d compared to him I was like a yappy Chihuahua my blows were just not dealing enough damage maybe he was right maybe I couldn’t defeat him had I come all this way just to fail then I remembered the

Broken whistle in the chest just because you can’t hear or see something doesn’t mean it isn’t working I pulled out the whistle and blew it nothing but that’s how it was supposed to work it was a dog whistle only dogs can hear it big dog stopped attacking and sat politely good

Boy now play dead Big Dog’s armor came flying off of him him go look big dog was completely hairless big dog explained that he wanted all the feathers to cover his naked self there is nothing wrong with being hairless and I’m sure many of us would have donated

Feathers to you but you chose to ruin people’s lives over this I have had enough with your silly excuses you aren’t going to caj up anyone ever again with that a gladiator kicked him out of his window and down into the river of

Lava on day 100 I let my mom out of the cage and we went back to the Lakehouse the ducklings were so excited to see their mother we all had a wonderful re Union I introduced everyone to my new family everyone couldn’t stop raving about all the crazy Adventures we’ had

And how great the lake housee was we were going to live happily ever after no more living in cages just freedom and family on day one I spawned into the Ancient Forest as a super cool Elemental wolf a wolf spirit tuned into the power of the elements this is

Aome and I’ve got 10 Hearts too that’s so exciting I wonder what I can do I concentrated hard and blasted a powerful ball of energy this would be an excellent weapon if anybody tried to attack me and that was exactly what happened a ghast floated out between the

Trees before me what why are you here aren gas supposed to stay in the nether you know nothing Little Wolf the world is changing and The Wheel of Time turns on the command of our Master fungi the mushroom Lord will you swear Your Allegiance to him what fungi the

Mushroom Lord I’m not going to swear allegiance to anyone if I don’t know what they stand for if you are not the servant of the mushroom Lord then you are his enemy and it is my duty to destroy his enemies all glory to the mushroom Lord the gas started firing

Deadly Fireballs at me I was lucky that with my elemental powers I took less Elemental damage from the fire than a normal wolf did I turned and ran as fast as I could losing the gas somewhere behind me I wasn’t expecting to get attacked so early and who is this fungi

The mushroom Lord before I could take the time to process any of this zombies came shambling towards me out of the trees in a moment of panic I hit them with an energy blast destroying them using my powers like this is exhausting I need to find somewhere to sleep and

Figure all of this mess out I found some shade beneath the tree and laid down to get some sleep on day two I woke up from under the tree and went exploring the Ancient Forest it seemed that this experience wouldn’t be as awesome as I thought I need to find out everything I

Can about this mushroom Lord and why nightmarish nether creatures like the Gast are serving him but first seeing is how my Powers exhaust me I need some tools and some food I started on the tools first in the Ancient Forest I was completely surrounded by trees that’s

Why it was so easy to break one of them down and collect enough wood to make myself a trusty wood pickaxe well not that trusty but it’s a decent means to an end I used the pickaxe to mine up some of the stone blocks between the

Stone and some spare sticks I soon had stone pickaxe and a stone sword not quite as defenseless now that brings me some small Comfort at least I continued exploring the forest with my new tools until I happened upon an evoker standing in a clearing I approached to ask him a

Few questions greetings proud evoker I’m Zozo the elemental wolf I have an important question to ask you but first an even more important question do you have any food of course Zoo here have some of this meat it’s what a growing wolf needs evoker gave me some meat

Which I ate seeing my hunger bar replenish thank you for this great kindness and as for the other question do you know anything about fungi the mushroom Lord I ran into his guest he seems like some kind of threat to this land you speak the truth Zoo fungi is a

Great evil some say he rose up from the deep dark others say he was grown in some kind of fungal patch of Pure Evil all we know for sure is that he controls mutants monsters and Abominations across the world and if he isn’t stopped the entire Overworld will descend into

Corruption and filth that sounds like a job for a certain Elemental wolf rest assur vokker over the next 100 days fungi the mushroom Lord will be defeated on day three I knew that I needed to seek shelter I couldn’t hope to defeat the mushroom monster if I didn’t have a

Place to rest and H my abilities as an elemental wolf I have deep knowledge of the ancestral home of the elemental wolves in the Ancient Forest perhaps I could seek shelter there but when I arrived at the ancestral home I was devastated to find that it was already

In ruins it looked like nobody had really lived there in centuries this must mean I’m the last and only Elemental wolf no matter I have a duty and I still need to see it through I’ll rebuild the ancestral home myself I crafted a stone Axe and chopped down

Trees to gather raw materials then set about painstakingly repairing the broken ancestral home until it was a brand new base of mine for a brief period I took a break to admire how the work was coming along when a huge VIs ious giant came charging Out of the Woods he must have

Been another one of the mushroom Lord’s monsters well the giant was big and I was small I didn’t back down I held my ground and fought back against the huge creature until he was no more and this act of heroism gave me the power I needed to become bigger and stronger I

Also rose up to 20 hearts and gained the elemental ability to breathe fire yes this is more like it I spent the rest of the day finishing up work on the base proud of myself for how well well it was all developing from day four to day five

I ventured out further into the forest wanting to find more wood and stone that would help me rebuild the ancestral home to its former glory when I have a fortress that’s truly fit for an elemental wolf it’ll give me the confidence I need to Vanquish the

Mushroom Lord and save the world but I must have been talking about saving the mushroom Lord a little too loudly because suddenly the same ghast I’d run away from earlier had popped out of the trees you insulin brat you have no idea the power you’re messing with the

Mushroom Lord is a God and you are a mere ant why are you so devoted to serving that nasty toad stool you have no idea of the power He commands they say he cannot be destroyed and all who face him are doomed to fall ill and wither away such is his Supreme toxic

Power the only thing that’s toxic to your devotion is this evil wannabe ruler so how about we cut the talk and fight this one out that’s the first intelligent thing you’ve said all day the ghast was a formidable foe with his deadly exploding Fireballs but in the

End it was my Elemental energy blast that won the day the Gast Was Defeated and I gathered up the materials I’d come to collect before making my way back to my base from day six to day eight I ventured into a deep dark mind Network that contained many Treasures secrets

And deadly enemies I crept through carefully trying not to attract any unwanted attention I was here for one thing and one thing only some valuable iron ore perfect for upgrading my weapons we’ll see who wins gross squishy mushrooms or reliable cold iron I looked up after the mining was done hearing

Footsteps it was a ghost Miner walking towards me out of the darkness but once again I wasn’t going to fold I Unleashed my Elemental flame breath on the ghost Miner easily defeating it then I proceeded further into the dusty old cave where I found an abandoned furnace

There I forged an iron sword and an iron pickaxe the mushroom Lord is going to love these I’m sure from day 9 to day 10 I decided to leave the cave and the Ancient Forest and explore the atomo valley it’s been an intense few days I

Think I need to go to a nice calm place and clear my head so I can make a plan of action but because the universe has a cruel sense of humor during this mission of relaxation I found fungi the mushroom Lord himself waiting for me a huge

Terrifying fungus man ah so you’re the Little Cub they call Zoo your far less impressive than I was led to believe such a shame I thought having an interesting Challenger might liven up this whole process this process being the great change I will alter and rebuild this Sad

Little World in my own image so far none have offered up a meaningful Challenge and I don’t expect that you will change this allow me to prove you wrong fungi I Unleashed my strongest attacks on him energy blast fire breath and even the strikes of my new iron sword but it had

No effect that’s when he struck me with an energy blast of his own that almost destroyed me all I could do was run away in Terror I ran as fast as my Elemental wolf legs could carry me even when I could no longer see fungi the mushroom

Lord I still felt terrified of him I don’t think I’d ever been so close to total Destruction in my darkest moment yet an air Elemental appeared be calm child fear will not save you here how could I be calm I couldn’t even slightly hurt him and hurting me was

Nothing to him I’m outclassed here but Zoo you’re the only one who can defeat him do you not know if the prophecy about the elemental wolf prophecy look I don’t want to talk here he could pop up at any time come back to my base with me the ancestral home of the elemental

Wolves we’ll talk more there from day 11 to day 12 I return to my base to find the air Elemental already there waiting for me how did you do that I’m an air Elemental young Zozo I can move as Swift and silently as the wind then I guess I

Better build you a new room right now there’s only one for me that would be much appreciated Zozo I spent the rest of the afternoon building the air Elemental a new room in the ancestral home when it was done he fited in there nicely you have done well Zozo allow me

To give you your first mission you must s armor but wolves can’t wear armor air Elemental what use would armor give me you’re not going to wear it Zozo you’re going to keep it in the chest of the ancestral home having it in there will harden the strength of your spirit it’s

An ancient tradition you see very well master I shall do this good take this potion of strength should you encounter trouble on your way I returned to the cave where I M for more iron ore however my little Adventure was interrupted by a huge terrifying Dead Worm burrowing

Through the ground towards me I tried to shoot it with an energy blast but it resisted the attack I needed to quickly drink the potion of strength the air Elemental had given me that gave me the Boost I needed to pull out my sword and finally defeat the Beast then I took the

Iron ore down to the underground furnace and smelted it into a full set of iron armor and finished my tool set after that I went back to my base and the air Elemental created a chest in my room I put all my new iron armor inside and

Just hoped that the air Elemental was right I’ll take anything that could help me right now from day 13 to day 15 I convened with the air Elemental in his room he told me that he wanted to tell me about the prophecy he had mentioned earlier you said something about an

Elemental wolf prophecy yes yes that I did it’s an ancient one that I studied back when I was a mere monk before ascending to the level of air Elemental the prophecy says that a Darkness would rise up from the ground and spread evil and tyranny across the Overworld many

Would fall but in the end a Great Hero the final Elemental wolf would rise up discover his true power and turn back to the dark I believe that prophesied one is you Zozo but but that’s impossible the last time I F fungi the mushroom Lord I didn’t leave a scratch on him and

He almost destroyed me I can’t be the one from the prophecy you can be and I truly believe you are Zozo but you must train hard and fight with all you have only then can you stand a chance against the terror that faces you are you up for the

Challenge I I’ll have to think about it from day 16 to day 19 I woke up to find that the base was eerily quiet I searched around but I couldn’t find the air Elemental anywhere this isn’t good I sense that something terrible has happened I need to follow my Elemental

Intuition and find him before it gets any worse I followed my senses out to the cold swamplands there I couldn’t help but feel paranoid it was like I was being watched every step I I took and those senses paid off because suddenly an Ender Creeper teleported in front of

Me the mushroom Lord was right you fell right into our trap little silly wolfy and you think you’re going to be the one who defeats him embarrassing what did you do with the air Elemental if you H him I’ll you what there’s nothing you can do nothing except be destroyed the Ender Creeper

Ran at me preparing to explode he probably would have blown up half the swamplands if I hadn’t hit him with a quick energy blast destroying him before he had a chance to destroy me man the people that the mushroom Lord are sending after me really are dangerous

Suddenly the air Elemental popped out of nowhere he must have been bound by some kind of dark magic until I defeated that awful Ender Creeper Zozo you saved me you’re a true hero thank you so much for this master air Elemental I’m so happy you’re alive this is amazing news I’m

Going to return to the base to regain my strength stay safe out here Zozo fun guy the mushroom Lord has agents everywhere the air Elemental left and I continued exploring the Eerie cold swamplands during my search I found a few zombies and was able to defeat him with my

Deadly iron sword that gave me enough XP to level up again becoming bigger stronger going as high as 30 hearts and gaining a new ability claw attacks that feels appropriate for a wolf I decided to leave the swamp but on the way out I ran into a wise looking gold Pig you

Seem like you’re in a hurry son of course I am I’m going to defeat fungi the mushroom Lord no you’re not what yes I am no you’re not fungi the mushroom Lord is a monster of Pure Evil he’s literally Invincible unless you have the Halo which is almost impossible to get

There’s no way you can beat him oh from day 20 to day 2 too I returned to my base only to see a couple more zombies Milling around the grounds the corruption of fungi the mushroom Lord seems to spread everywhere I used my claw attacks to destroy the two zombies

Then slinked off to my room feeling defeated maybe there really was no way for me to defeat the mushroom Lord maybe the prophecy was all nonsense as if sensing my self-doubt the air Elemental wafted towards me Zozo I’ve been working on something for you I wanted to wait

Until it was done but I think you need to see it now it’s a statue a kind of Monument meant to inspire you and remind you of your inner strength perhaps you can help me finish it I went out behind my base and saw the beginnings of a

Statue already it was amazing even a inspiring I felt so grateful to the air Elemental for everything he’d done can you guess what it is yet if you can tell me down in the comments and while you’re down there remember to subscribe to zoo and hit the Bell to make sure you never

Miss one of our adventures from day 23 to Day 26 a swarm of gas floated towards my base launching explosive Fireballs trying to damage the statue we’d been working on oh no more of the mushroom Lord’s minions don’t worry I’ll handle them be careful Zozo I leaped into

Action I had already taking on one gas so I was feeling pretty confident about this fight but they outnumbered me I had to be careful not to take any hits since they’d come from the nether the gas managed to resist my fire breath but luckily my energy blast seemed to do the

Trick one of them even dropped an item I’d never seen before a fire aspect enchantment for my sword wow this is so cool i’ better try it out I ventured off to the automo Valley to practice my new fire aspect sword on a horde of Meandering zombies each hit of my new

Weapon made them burst into flames once the zombies were dispatched a mysterious stranger approached me wow that’s a mighty impressive blade you got there thanks who are you well I’m a weapon Smith see I specialize in quality crafted swords bows you name it I’ve been trying to get to safety since the

Mushroom Lord’s forces started swarming all over the place I don’t suppose you know anywhere I can stay sure come back to my base in the Ancient Forest we returned to my base and the weaponsmith saw some of the damage the gas had left so they suggested some ways we can

Improve the defenses making my ancestral home better protected against attacks I built a perim wall to keep the mushroom Lord’s minions at Bay and in return for giving me the idea I surprised the weapon Smith with a new room that he could stay in this looks fantastic Zozo

Thank you from day 27 to day 31 I decided to ask the weapon Smith if they knew anything about the Halo the mystical item that could supposedly be used to defeat fungi the mushroom Lord once and for all oh yes sir I’ve heard many Legends of such a thing supposedly

An ancient and Powerful being fell from the sky many centuries ago it was the first being to wield a Halo and it used the power to create the Overworld and fill with life then it created balance between all the elements between light and dark good and evil but then the dark

And evil it had created to balance out all the good tried to overthrow the mighty creature and steal the halo for their own dastardly means in the end the ancient Thing cast its Halo out into space some folks like to think it’s what formed the heart of the Sun and keeps it

Burning huh that’s quite the story you think you could Forge a Halo of our own well that’s no small feat Zozo it would just be a knockoff if I made it besides a Halo requires a powerful being one able to bring balance to all the elements in order to wield it but the

Real thing could be out there somewhere there’s some stories about it being lost at the heart of the swamp lands so maybe start there my search for the Halo took me into the swamplands again but I wasn’t able to get very far a witch ambushed me sent by the mushroom Lord to

Stop my progress the witch was wielding dangerous spells and although I fired a few energy blasts back I couldn’t get close enough to use my claw attacks so I had to retreat from day 32 to day 35 I was still determined to track down the ancient Halo maybe the prophecy of the

Elemental wolf meant I could wield it and use its power to stop the mushroom Lord I ventured back to the cold swamplands and luckily that pesky witch had gone but the place wasn’t empty completely by chance I stumbled across a weird creature that looked like a mix

Between a chicken and some kind of lizard hey what the heck are you why I’m a catus but my friends all call me Clarence are you with the mushroom Lord I heard he controls all sorts of monsters and mutants that’s rude I’m actually trying to get away from the

Mushroom Lord sorry I didn’t mean to offend you say why don’t you come back to the Ancient Forest my base is there sounds like plan Zozo I’ll see you there Clarence ran out of sight adding another person to my forces in the war against evil but then all of a sudden the

Mushroom Lord emerged Clarence Clarence there’s no use in hiding you will be mine oh no I need to make myself scarce before the mushroom Lord could see me I quickly dug a small pit into the ground and hid in it until he passed through

Phew that was a close one from Day 36 to day 39 I made my way back to my base where Clarence was waiting for me I immediately started working on a comfy new room for him and when the room was done Clarence and I sat inside discussing our common enemy so what made

You want to leave them Lord’s armies he’s just so cruel all he cares about is controlling the Overworld and making everyone do his bidding some of us just want to live our lives do our own thing without him telling us what to do all the time say Clarence I’ve been

Searching for a Halo so I can use its power to stop the mushroom Lord once and for all do you think you could help me find it Well what do you know I heard about something like that they say that the Halo glows bright with the heat of

The heavens so why don’t you head someplace hot to find your Halo that’s a pretty good good idea I’ll head to the desert things are pretty hot out there listen Zozo I wanted to repay you for let M stay I noticed you had an unfinished statue outside so I thought

I’d give you a hand with it what do you think I went to take a look at the statue’s progress wa I’m really impressed thanks Clarence you didn’t need to do that I’m happy to help but I still appreciate the gesture the statue is looking better than ever a large

Recreation of an elemental wolf like me that perfectly told everyone around not to mess with us and that this forest was protect Ed even if the statue was unfinished seeing it closer to completion made me feel inspired from day 40 to day 43 the weapon Smith informed me that I’d need some much

Stronger gear if I was going to explore the desert in search of a magic Halo listen here Zozo you don’t want to get stuck in the desert without the right equipment luckily I can make you what you need I just need you to head into a cave near here to grab the right

Materials no problem just be careful there could be all sorts of Critters down there I set off to the cave that the weapon Smith had pointed out and it didn’t take long for me to meet some Critters just like they’d warn me I had to fight my way through the nasty

Insects but lucky for me my fire aspect sword was burning through them pretty easily it was only as I got deeper into the cave that I discovered a nest of the bugs with a merx queen in the center I used an energy blast to clear the path

Too much fire and I’d run the risk of getting burned myself with the nest cleared out I found what I needed diamonds bringing them back to the weaponsmith they were able to turn the diamonds into a matching Diamond pickax and Diamond Sword for me now I was ready

To head off to the desert from day 44 to day 49 I was certainly glad to have a diamond sword handy when I first made my long journey to the desert I encountered a troll a huge ugly beast that tried to smash me to Pieces luckily I was able to

Dodge out of the path of his attacks he was much bigger and slower so my wolf speed made it easier to duck and weave between his clumsy cumbersome swings before I could land the final blow with my sword with the troll defeated and out of my way I continued towards the desert

But when I arrived it was clear just how dangerous this place was someone was already in trouble help somebody help it was a cyclops who was being crowded by vicious husks they were using the fact he had only one eye to take swipes at him from all sides I jumped right in to

Help hacking all the husks down wow thanks so much for your help no problem I don’t suppose you know where I can find the ancient Halo the Halo I’m pretty sure there’s an old Temple around here somewhere that might have which you seek come on I’ll lead you there just

Keep an eye out from more husks will you from day 50 to day 53 we made our journey to the Ancient Temple and looked around the place was pretty much deserted all just ruins like when I had found what was left of my ancestral home back in the forest the Cyclops and I

Went into separate directions to search leaving each of us alone suddenly I was confronted by the witch I’d found in the swamp you again I’ll deal with this metalsome pup once and for all then I’ll find that Halo and destroy it to win favor with the mushroom Lord our battle

Began and I had to move out of the path of the witch of spells I’d faced off against that powerful magic before and it had almost taken me out but I had more experience now I’d learned from my past defeats and I’d come with new weapons so I leapt into action and

Swiped my diamond sword at the witch it worked I landed some strong hits then used the rubble of the temple as cover jumping back out at the right time I was finally able to beat the witch for good the Cyclops had been hiding but reappeared to show me around the temple

There was a hidden area underneath the floor go down there alone Zozo I’m way too scared I went into the underground area alone and there we found something I never expected to see it wasn’t the Halo it was a Lightning Dragon ah you must have come seeking the Halo sorry to

Disappoint but don’t worry you’re on the right path you cannot merely find the Halo it must find you how can I make it find me you must master balance Zozo become the balance of all elements then and only then will you find what you

Seek from day 54 to day 57 I made the long journey back to my base when I arrived D I was so happy to see how much it had improved I took a look at all the upgrades that my friends had made well i’ had been gone there were more

Defensive walls around the perimeter we even had a watchtower where I could keep a lookout for the mushroom Lord’s forces it was all coming together really nicely I spoke with my mentor the air Elemental about the advice the Lightning Dragon had given me achieving balance between the elements is your destiny Zozo but

It’s no easy task you need to seek out the root of evil and start tipping the scales and as you do you’ll learn more with every Victory here there is one of the mushroom Lords cronies scouring the Ancient Forest for you go and tilt the scales back towards balance I set off to

Find the mushroom Lord’s mob and sure enough discovered a dread L this thing was scary I’d never fought anything like it before but my focus was on my goal I had to master the elements and bring back balance and I used that to guide me through the fight with my goal in mind

Battling The Dread LGE seemed Easy by comparison and it fell at my flame breath and Diamond blade I moved as Swift as the air with the ferocity of fire and held my ground with the strength of Earth I was starting to learn what it really meant to be an

Elemental wolf when I returned back to my base the weaponsmith had a new Diamond Helmet forged for me so I added it to my armor chest feeling happy I was making so much progress from day 58 to day 62 I was woken up by the weapon Smith who seemed super excited to show

Me something come take a look Zozo we’ve been working hard on getting this place looking M of fine come see the best part it was the statue it had been almost finished and it looked amazing it towered over the main area of the Fortress proud and a inspiring I was so

Happy to see it almost finished it looks awesome thanks so much suddenly an explosive Fireball rocked one of our walls I ran outside to see the air Elemental panicking Zozo Gs are attacking we need to fend them off remember what you’ve learned about balance Yes master you and all the

Others should hide in the buildings I’ll take them all on with everyone else in safety it was time for me to take on the ghast attackers I hopped Into The Fray this time I tried to imagine water how fluidly it moved but also how strong and dangerous it could be my elements had

All the strength and speed of a flash flood and it meant I was able to take down all of the gas in no time but I wasn’t fast enough to save one of my friends a ghast had launched a fireball as it ran away retreating to the

Mushroom Lord and and the fireball had struck my trusty weaponsmith from day 63 to day 66 I was still feeling sad at the loss of my friend the weapon Smith I had decided to venture back to the desert to seek more information from the Lightning Dragon

Although I was sad I wanted to use the Halo to stop the Evil Mushroom Lord I remembered my goal balance not just balancing the elements but also finding the right balance of my emotions too I allowed myself to be sad for my friend but also had to make sure I didn’t let

Anger or hatred get the better of me when I returned to the temple in the desert the Lightning Dragon was nowhere to be found that was strange I thought but then again he had been cooped up underground for who knows how many centuries maybe he just needed to get

Out and do some sightseeing but in his place was an old book he must have left it behind I opened it up to read and it told the story of the Halo in much more detail and even better there was a clue about where to look for it I couldn’t

Allow myself to get impatient learn how to master balance and the Halo would find me that’s what the dragon told me suddenly I was attacked by the gas the one who had escaped this was my chance to defeat it but while I could have done so out of Revenge for my Fallen Friend

The weaponsmith instead I remembered my lessons about balance and dealt with the last Gast from day 67 to Day 70 I headed into the heart of the Ancient Forest like the book had suggested there was a Sinister Fortress waiting for me it was the mushroom Lord’s Hideout it was no

Wonder his forces had been able to find my base so easily and so many times his base wasn’t far from mine it had been under my nose the whole time I tried to get closer to the Fortress but it was guarded on all sides by mutant zombies

Halt by order of the mushroom Lord I’m not halting for him his time is up I need to end his reign of terror once and for all I attacked the mutant zombie and easily chopped it down but in the commotion more of them started swarming to my location there was a huge horde

Too many for me to take down alone just as I was was about to be defeated I heard the voice of the air Elemental in my head Zozo don’t give up hope things are tough right now but you can’t take on the mushroom Lord until you’re ready

Get to safety with that I ran back to a safe distance where the air Elemental was waiting for me from day 71 to day 74 once we had made our way to safety the air Elemental noticed my discomfort I know you’re frustrated Zozo but you can’t give into that frustration if you

Hope to succeed I understand we all do but you just want to do right by others but don’t worry Victory will come in its own time as we headed back to our base we came across a note that some of the mushroom Lord’s forces had left on a

Tree we thought it was to send a message to all of his various mutants and monsters but it was entirely possible he wanted to brag to me specifically good news my minions I have in my possession the ancient Halo it was not lost I have had it all along but we cannot be

Complacent the last thing we want is Zozo getting his hands on it so be alert and if you spot that Elemental wolf you know what to do the air Elemental offered me some food to replenish my hunger and we continue towards the base from day 75 to day 78 we returned to my

Base in the Ancient Forest although my spirits were pretty low seeing how much my home had been improved was enough to make me smile again the Place had gotten much bigger not quite the size of the mushroom Lord’s fungal Fortress but still with more rooms and better storage

And crafting areas it reminded me of the weaponsmith and how he’d be proud to see how far we’d come suddenly there was an attacker at the perimeter wall it was one of the Mutant Zombies it must have followed our Trail back from the mushroom Lord’s base immediately I went

In to attack it but not out of anger I had to make sure to follow the air Elementals teachings and not let myself be too frustrated I thought with all the ferocity of fire but also the calmness of Still Water I stood my ground like Stone and finally moved with the Swift

Speed of the air I was in tune with all the elements and it allowed me to beat the mutant zombie to my surprise I leveled up my victory had made me even stronger I now had 50 hearts and a new understanding of my Elemental abilities this gave me a special power the dragon

Fireball attack even better the mutant zombie dropped a clue fungi the mushroom Lord was going to be in the automo Valley soon from day 79 to day 84 I headed off to the automo Valley where I had first encountered the mushroom Lord back then I had learned that he was

Planning to unleash the great change and turn everything in the Overworld into an awful fungus filled realm but how is he going to do it was that what he needed the halo for and why come to this place specifically my thoughts were interrupted by another cockatrice

Popping out in front of me hey who are you I’m Carl the cockatrice and you must be Zo the elemental wolf so are you friendly like Clarence I know not all cockatrices agree with the mushroom Lord oh you want to find the mushroom lord well he’s

Planning to use the winds here to carry his fungus spores across the Overworld here I can take you to him I trusted the cockatrice like Clarence but to my surprise he turned on me he was still loyal to fungi we battled and I used my dragon Fireball attack to finish off

Carl from day 85 to day 889 I decided to find anyone else that could help me put a stop to fungi the mushroom Lord’s plans I thought the most knowledgeable person to ask after my mentor the air Elemental would be the Lightning Dragon so I headed back to the temple where he

Had been before but sadly he still hadn’t returned that’s when the Cyclops popped back up oh hey there Zozo hi you’re the Cyclops from before right yes sir Simon’s the name didn’t get a chance to thank you for dealing with that witch and those zombies before for no problem

I don’t suppose you know where the dragon went no idea I haven’t seen him since he left the temple that’s a shame I really needed his advice anything I can help with it’s the least I could do after you helped me out I don’t suppose

You know how I can get the Halo and defeat fungi the mushroom Lord fungi well the Halo would help you for sure but you mean you haven’t tried netherite yet netherite yeah fungi’s weak to netherite and lucky for you I know a BL you can get yourself some from day 90 to

Day 94 I headed off to the place that Simon the Cyclops had pointed out for me it was a cave where apparently someone had stashed some netherite ingots and forgotten about them I kept my guard up after being betrayed by Carl I couldn’t be 100% sure that this wasn’t a trap and

At any rate the last time I was in a cave I had a whole nest of nasty meraxes to clear out but much to my pleasant surprise I found the chest without any trouble and sure enough it was filled with netherite ingot but I couldn’t just

Hurl them at fungi and call it a day no I needed to craft them into something that could help me win the day I thought back to my old friend the weaponsmith and it gave me the perfect idea I’d make a netherite sword luckily there was something that looked like a Smithy

Right next to me by combining the ingots with my trusty diamond sword I was able to turn it into a brand new netherite sword one that would weaken the mushroom Lord when we next battled from day 95 to day 97 I made my way back to my basee in

The Ancient Forest it had been a long journey and the ancestral home of my fellow Elemental wolves was almost restored to its former glory there was just one final touch here Zoo we’ve been working on it to keep your spirits up but you should be the one to put the

Final piece in place with that I added the final piece to the elemental wolf statue with the Statue done the air Elemental approached me it’s time Zozo you’ve learned much about harnessing the elements and restoring balance to the Overworld before you face the mushroom Lord once more you deserve to give

Yourself a moment to remember just how far you’ve come and just how much progress you’ve made taking a moment I realized that I’d grown and gone stronger as the statue had gotten bigger it was there as a reminder of how much I’d gone through and how big I felt on

The inside now it had been one heck of a journey and not always an easy one but I wasn’t the same wolf cub that I’d been when I started on day 98 I got ready to set off to take on fungi the mushroom Lord one more time first I spoke to Clarence the

Cockatrice Well Clarence this might be goodbye for good Zozo wait I want to come with you are you sure I thought you were scared of the mushroom Lord I am or at least I was but I should have stood up to him instead of running away if

You’re going to take him down then now’s as good of a time as any for me to do what I should have done from the start glad to have you with me Clarence as we went to leave my air Elemental Mentor had one final bit of wisdom to impart

Zozo you must remember all you’ve learned you can restore balance as an elemental wolf with the Halo in your possession you’ll be able to bring all the elements of the Overworld into harmony once again but there is one final thing you must do if you’ve been

Enjoying this video be sure to hit the like button leave a comment and subscribe to the channel on day 99 Clarence and I marched up to the huge fungal Fortress of the mushroom Lord our plan was to get inside weaken fungi and get get that Halo back from him we were

Met by a hord of zombies ahead of us but I remembered all I had learned so far and relied on my elemental powers to fight back my dragon Fireball attack took out a bunch of them as I used Fire and Air at the same time I swung my

Netherite sword at the zombies taking them out in one hit the air was guiding My Sword and the netherite hiding within the Earth was strengthening my blows the zombies had once been a challenge with their numbers but now I was better attuned with the balance of the elements

Staying calm and and cutting through them one by one as more and more zombies flooded out Clarence hung back to distract them and I ran right into the base ready to take down the mushroom Lord himself on day 100 I searched the fungus Fortress for the mushroom Lord

But instead I found what I’d been looking for the Halo but it was guarded by a mighty pigas I used all of the elements to defeat him and sure enough just like the Lightning Dragon had promised I obtained the Halo I leveled up getting 80 hearts and even one more

Extra ability a lightning blast I hurled crackling bolts of lightning at the pigas before long they had been defeated which only left their Master Zozo you won’t stop the great change even with that blasted Halo you’ll never stop my plans soon the Overworld will be mine a

Filthy fungus ridden Paradise for me to rule over over no fungi you’ll never win I have mastered all the elements but most importantly I know why you’ll never win because there must be balance the Overworld can’t just be one thing foolish wolf you have been a thorn in my

Side for too long right before my eyes fungi the mushroom Lord grew into a huge version of himself although I was surprised I didn’t let my fear rule me after all two could play that game I channeled the balance of all the elements and called on the power of the

Halo to transform into my ultimate form AO the battle was on I swiped at fungi with my netherite sword and it worked Simon was right netherite made him weaker I fought with all the attacks at my disposal energy blast Then followed up with a claw attack and some extra

Dragon Fireball and lightning strikes for good measure the netherite made my attacks do some real lasting damage the mushroom Lord was almost beaten I summoned up all the elements Earth Wind Fire the water lightning and energy of the Overworld and channeled them into one last swing of my sword boom it

Worked fungi the mushroom Lord Was Defeated he exploded into tiny little spores but this wasn’t a chance for me to be cruel so I called up the wind to carry his spores across the Overworld just enough so that fungus and mushrooms would grow after all everything had to

Be balanced that was my job as the elemental wolf on day one I spawned into the bobab Savannah as the mighty electric tiger well at least a baby version of an electric tiger but if I work hard and train I can live fully up to my electric tiger potential oh no you

Won’t I looked in front of me and saw a massive hulking Squall Golem thundering towards me he was so much bigger than me the size difference was terrifying listen Mister I don’t want any trouble I’m Zozo what’s your name my name’s Mike and I’m here to fight but why that

Doesn’t even rhyme yes it does if I say it Rhymes it Rhymes I’m the strongest creature in the world nothing challenges me anymore and the only way to relieve the bordedom is getting into fights with anyone I can but no butts weakland or I’ll kick yours here’s the deal I’m

Going to give you a 100 days you better use them well kid and get as strong as possible strong enough to have an interesting fight with me cuz if you don’t I’m going to find you and pound you until you’re nothing more than a little electric tiger stain in the floor

Now run Mike the Squall Golem didn’t have to tell me twice I turned and ran away as quickly as possible while Mike just laughed at me he seemed like my most formidable opponent yet 100 days I need to get real strong in that time or Mike really is going to dest destroy me

On day two I continued running through the bobab Savannah not stopping until I was confident that Mike the Squall Golem was nowhere to be seen phew that was a close one if he’ attacked me in that state I would have been a goner I only

Have 10 Hearts I wonder if I have any special abilities without even realizing I could I released a blast of electrical energy from my paw the electricity is eliminated from me and charges up the air around me that must have been one of my basic electric tiger abilities wa

Maybe I’m not as helpless as I thought wait do I see a pear tree there I should grab one I grabbed a few pears and ate them even if my Hunger was full I just couldn’t resist it things were looking up already at least I wasn’t going to be

Hungry but my contentment didn’t last for long a scary plant-like Whisperer rustled its way towards me it wasn’t as big as Mike but it was definitely freaky oh no I have a feeling I know who you work for you feel correctly Zozo you really think you can beat my he’s the

Goat goat he’s a Squall Golem no goat is an acronym he is the greatest of all time g o a t and that’s why you’ve got no hope against him then why even bother coming after me I didn’t even want to fight I’m going to destroy you myself to

Save Mike’s time as the Whisperer approached me I fired my energy blast but it didn’t even slow him down all I could do was run away knowing that even with my energy blast I had no hope of fighting him I was hiding behind a small clutch of trees when suddenly a windall

Caller teleported in front of me come with me if you want to live sure let’s go I’ll follow you wow people normally have questions huh let’s go the wind Coller ran off and I followed him without question happy to finally have someone on my side on day three I

Continued following the wind CER deeper into the bobab Savannah he seemed to have confidence and power it definitely made me feel safer around him I’ve been waiting for you to arrive Zozo you have no idea how many people have anticipated this special day special this doesn’t feel that special aside from you saving

My life from all the weird creeps who have been trying to attack me those weird creeps as you AB put it have been bothering people for quite some time but if you stick with me and my allies we might be able to change that together

The wind collar led me to a small shack leaving me to talk to its inhabitant a mysterious figure called the illusioner so you are the one the wind color selected hm you don’t appear all that strong but perhaps that will change I still don’t understand what’s happening

Here who are all of you people and what does any of this have to do with me or that nasty squaggle a Mike winds color and I are just two members of a secret group called the order of the shield for years we have made it our purpose to

Find and train a champion capable of destroying Mike and ending his reign of terror if you accept this responsibility we will do all we can to help you realize ize your destiny well saying as Mike is going to come after me anyway I agree to working with you good go with

Wind color there is no time to waste you must get strong enough to defeat Mike once and for all from day four to day five the winder and I went deeper into the bobab Savannah we didn’t stop until we found an area that was big and flat enough to start constructing a base

First I knocked down a tree and used its resources to construct a wooden pickaxe I then mined into the ground and collected enough Stone to create my first set of real tools a stone pickaxe and a stone sword from there I gathered more stone and granite and made a basic

Base with a bed for myself and another one for the wind colllar to stay in with me you’ve done great work here Zozo you shall promise with time you will become a great warrior capable of taking on Mike and showing him what we are all capable of I want to get stronger wind

Callar but I’m not sure where to start how can I become more powerful I can help you with that Zozo I’ll give you a portion of my power and that will give you a foundation to build on stay still please the wind collar fired and energy

Blasted me the second it hit me I started growing becoming bigger and had the ability to summon lightning strikes I tried it out on some grass and it was fantastic wow I’m really starting to live up to my electric tiger name now from day six to day eight I decided to

Explore a new part of the Savannah and test out my new powers for real energy blasts and lightning strikes I’m a force to be reckoned with and those powers would soon come in handy because I saw an innocent fungus thrower being attacked by that nasty Whisperer who had

Attacked me earlier I’m not going to let this stand as I ran in the whisperer’s attention was turned to me and the fungus thrower was able to escape it was just me and my old enemy now hey you ugly plant you again I didn’t expect to

See you after you ran off like a coward last time I’m no coward Whisperer and I’m about to prove it talk is cheap tiger boy let’s go I Unleashed a powerful lightning strike on the Whisperer and this time it was completely destroyed my electric tiger Powers were coming in clutch already yo

Fungus thrower it’s safe to come out now I’m friendly I promise when I found him on the beach the poor lad was shivering from Fear dud that was scary but also amazing I thought I was a goner and then you came in like a superhero like bam Z

Kapow it was awesome well I don’t like to brag but I guess it was pretty awesome you’re real good at this whole fighting bad guys thing Dude tell you what I know there’s a real nasty bad guy not far from here follow me let’s see if

You can beat him sure it couldn’t hurt to try let’s go from day 9 to day 10 I followed the fungus thrower into the bamboo jungle until we reached a clearing there a freaky frozen zombie was waiting yikes that thing seems unpleasant But A promise is a promise I

Ran in and Unleashed a lightning strike against the frozen zombie but it didn’t seem to do anything other than annoy this particularly Frosty member of the Living Dead the frozen zombie chased me and all I could do was run away as fast as I could when I’d managed to lose the

Frozen zombie I rued with the fungus thrower again I’m really sorry for letting you down on this one man but I just don’t think I’m strong enough to take down that frozen zombie yet it’s chill dude you did your best and that’s what matters tell you what why don’t you

Come and stay at my base while I get stronger you seem like a cool guy I’d love to hang out with you some more oh you’re too sweet man let’s do it from day 11 to day 12 I returned to my base with the fungus thrower it was exciting

To have another friend added to my team fungus thrower left to relax while I built a new room for him along with the rooms for me and the wind callar what do you think Buddy this looks awesome Zozo I can’t wait to hang out here and hey I

Got a little Restless while you were building the bedroom so I built a couple of upgrades of my own go take a look the upgrades that the fungus thrower had created were truly awesome he’ made a beautiful path connecting all the buildings and a storage room for the

Base with a furnace that I could use to smelt and Forge metal say that gives me an idea I searched until I found a cave that might contain some valuable materials and sure enough right at the entrance I found a rich vein of iron ore I mined and collected a bunch of it

Before going back to my base once I was there I used my furnace to smelt the ore and ingots then I made a full set of iron tools I still had a little left over so I used that to make an iron helmet and a chest plate this looks

Awesome so I’ve got shelter and weaponry covered now I need to make sure my food sources are sustainable too I built a small chicken farm on my base and hted a few chickens inside so I’d never run out of eggs or yummy chicken from day 13 to

Day 15 I spoke to my mentor the wind caller and asked him if he knew any other ways I could train and get stronger a very good question Zozo to become a a better fighter you need to fight and hone your Battle Tactics I’ve heard reports of another one of those

Sinister Whisperers wandering around the bamboo jungle go out there and defeat it to grow your strength because everything wind cller had said so far hadn’t led me astray I followed his advice and went out to the bamboo jungle again I searched until I found the Whisperer

That windar had told me about I will destroy you in the name of Mike not if I destroy you first Whisperer with my new iron sword it wasn’t hard to battle the Whisperer to submission when the Whisperer was destroyed it dropped a potion of strength onto the ground

Perfect timing I was starting to feel super thirsty I picked up the potion of strength and drank it and I felt the change immediately I started to get bigger stronger and my hearts grew to 30 the wind colar was right fighting that whisperer did make me stronger from day

16 to day 19 I continued exploring the Overworld until I came upon the Cypress swamplands it was a strange mystical place and the more I wandered around the more I got the sense that something important was waiting for me here and that feeling proved to be right when I

Came Upon an ancient Book of Secrets laying around I decided that it might be worth reading so I flipped through until I found a section called how to defeat Squall Golems wow that’s appropriate a section read the Stony flesh of a squal Golem may seem impenetrable even diamond

Swords and the strongest of arrows just seem to bounce off but if one could obtain a sword of netherite then the playing field would be evened another right sword I need to get my hands on one of those then my moment of victory was interrupted by a pair of Whisperers

Suddenly appearing and wandering towards me they must have come here to stop me from reading this book of secrets you overgrown weeds can’t scare me with my lightning strikes and energy blasts the three Whispers were destroyed for good from day 20 to day 22 knowing that I

Needed a netherite sword to truly defeat Mike the squa Golem I went back to the mining cave looking for more material sadly I couldn’t find any diamonds or netherite down down there just more iron ore I mined a bunch of it and went back to my base where I smelted it into

Ingots and made myself the rest of my iron armor if you can’t invest in your attacks you might as well invest in your defense my recent increase in strength reminded me of an old unsettled score I needed to defeat the frozen zombie for my friend the fungus thrower time to

Send that zombie to its Eternal resting place I returned to the bamboo jungle and hunted down the frozen zombie that had given me trouble all those days ago with my iron sword I was able to defeat the nasty Undead once and for all it probably won’t be long before I’m strong

Enough to take on Mike and win I wouldn’t be so sure weakling I turned and saw Mike himself was standing right behind me I wanted to run but this time I stood my ground I’m not scared of you anymore Mike I know the secret I just

Need to get my hands on a netherite sword I’m a champion of the order of the shield what’s so funny you think you’re the first Champion you think think you’re the only one who knows about netherite swords I’ve destroyed a 100 foolish Champions like you and you’ll

Make it 100 And1 Mike punched me taking off a frightening number of Hearts all I could do was run for my life I was clearly still not strong enough to face him yet from day 23 to Day 26 I went back to my base and informed the fungus

Thrower that I defeated the frozen zombie of the bamboo forest way to go Zoo you’ve no doubt achieved a whole new level of strength from that battle and I planed to get even stronger now that I was able to fulfill my promise to you oh

Yeah buddy I know you can I knew that I needed stronger materials in my inventory if I really wanted to work my way up to that netherite sword so I went digging for more iron in my mining cave well there were still no diamonds to be found the iron Ora was plentiful I

Helped myself to as much of the iron as I could carry and smelted a bunch of it down into some more ingots I made a temporary smelting location to smelt the iron while I Min I already had a set of iron tools and armor so out of all the

Iron I made an anvil so we can repair our gear when it loses durability my pickaxe can be the first candidate to get repaired once I was done mining I went above ground to my base where wind colar was waiting for me Zozo I’ve given the base a new addition that will be

Sure to keep you safe while you build up your strength that sure is nice of you consider it my thanks for all the hard work you’ve put in so far I went to see what the wind colar had added to the base and found a well constructed

Security bunker to hide in in case of invasion this looks like it will come in handy from day 27 to day 31 I was far away from the base exploring the Cypress swamplands when I had first learned about the existence of netherite Swords if I remember my last visit correctly I

Also defeated a couple of Whisperers while I was here the whole area looked totally peaceful now without any of Mike’s minions to be seen as I was taking in the pleasant Vibes I was approached by a kindly Fletcher who seemed rather happy that the swamp lands

Were free of baddies wow we zo we you must be Zozo the electric tiger I heard you took down found those Whisperers some days ago that’s me I’m the toughest and only electric tiger around that’s wicked awesome it’s good to know that there are people out there looking for

Strength who are also nice and willing to stand up for the week I will do my best to help those in need I heard there were some other Whisperers skullking around and looking to challenge you they must really want to stand up for that mik guy I can take them do you know

Where they are not right now but they’d probably hunt me down and try to beat me up if they knew I told you that then they’d be right here in the swamp again I know what if you stayed at my base for a while at least until I have my match

With Mike that way I can protect you the Fletcher agreed and together we went back to my base where I added a base extension I made a small Outdoors library with a few couches to have a nice cozy place to relax the books that I put on the shelves would teach me

Strategies and techniques for winning battles because knowledge is power later I was approached by wind caller who had some bad news Zozo we have to come with you again Mike’s minions have discovered the order of the shield and are attacking its members we need to Chuck on the illusioner before he could be

Next oh no that sounds serious let’s go from day 32 to day 35 Winder and I crossed the bab Savannah to reach the illusioner shack when we found the place it was too late the shack was under attack by a Whisperer and the illusioner was desperately fighting for his life

You order of the shield fools can’t win Mike makes right the saying is might makes right what you said is just silly you’re calling us silly just for that you’re going to die the Whisperer destroyed the illusioner right before our eyes you monsters talk about pathetic is this all the order of the

Shield is made of you’re dead wrong I’m Zozo the electric tiger I am the champion and I’ll show you how strong I am I called down a lightning strike getting the whisperer’s attention and dealing a bunch of damage in the process with a few swings of my iron sword I

Made that whisperer pay for what it did to the illusioner more Whisperers emerged from the edges I was so angry I didn’t even need to use my energy blasts to bring the pain and take them all down when the battle was over Windcaller and I planned what our next move would be we

Need to be on the lookout for any other mobs that are working for Mike curse him we were too late to save the illusioner from his Rampage we’ll keep an eye out for the other surviving members of the order of the shield and once we’re together we’ll help you become the

Strongest Champion you can be from Day 36 to day 39 I returned to the bamboo jungle so I could practice all my most powerful fighting moves in a safe place where none of my friends would get hurt I was tossing around energy blast when I blasted away some bamboo and found an

Iron golem hiding nearby who easy with those blasts you could knock somebody out with those my apologies I didn’t know you were here sometimes I Don’t Know My Own Strength oh no it’s okay I actually have been searching for for someone strong enough to defeat the ruthless roaming ravager if it’s a

Worthy opponent that gives me a chance to test my skills then I’m 100% game where is this ravager anyway I’ll show the way oh mighty electric tiger I was brought to another part of the bamboo forest where the ruthless roaming ravager was running around it was my

Time to bring that bad boy down I fired some energy blast from my Paws and the ravager responded by jumping over to me and making a few attacks I countered with my iron sword the battle red on for a while but I knew from the start I

Would come out on top and I was right I returned to the Iron Golem to tell him that I had successfully defeated that rascally ravager huh you really are one tough tiger that’s for sure from day 40 to day 43 I was in the base and decided

To see how the fungus thrower was doing it looked like he had been hard at work decorating the base with all sorts of tiger patterned banners and paintings this base looks absolutely awesome now good job fungus I’m glad you like it I was just sprucing the place up in

Preparation for the pigs I invited over you invited pigs yep I invited some pigs because I thought they might ojoy themselves here that’s a bad pun but not a bad idea I say yes fastic I mean fantastic the pigs that fungus thrower invited arrived soon after and were the

Life of the party I even got to train my defenses against their classic Pig pile technique after entertaining our fine piggy guests for a while I went for a walk out in the base and ran into flusher everything all right flusher I’m worried about my home back in the

Cypress swamplands do you think you could go check on it just to be safe sure buddy it’s the least I can do for a friend from day 44 to day 49 I went back to the Cypress swamplands like Fletcher wanted me to I was expecting there might

Be a few Whisperers Milling about but I never imagined that I’d see Mike himself what up tiger ready to take another shot at the big man Mike this should be between you and me what you did to the order of the shield was unforgivable nah no way I’ve been beefing with those

Bozos since long before you showed up and if you’re the chosen Champion they kept talking about then I had to take him down before you become any stronger so you did it because you’re afraid I’ll get stronger than you well now you’ve made sure it’ll happen I will beat you

Mike one of these days you want to make this personal huh all right let’s make it personal see if you can take on my man The piglin Brute to my surprise Mike ran off and stuck me fighting with one big mean mob that he called a piglin

Brute it sure did live up to its name I’m about to show you why they call me the piglin brute because I’m brutal yeah I already got that put up your dukes electric tiger he slammed me with an attack that was definitely brutal but thankfully my iron helmet was

Able to soak up some of the damage I traded blows using my sword and started to wear him down but the knockback of his attacks was giving me some trouble this will be a tough fight from day 50 to day 53 I had started to use my energy

Blast to continue to deal damage to the pigin brute he didn’t show much signs of tiring but then again neither did I I can see why the order of the shield was impressed by you but you can’t really be the champion who will defeat Mike because I’m about to take you down

Wouldn’t bet on it brute I launched a couple couple of strikes at The Brute then I hit him with my sword and knocked him off balance so I could defeat him with some classic electric tiger energy blast bye-bye brute you were my biggest and meanest opponent yet but I’ve won

This round The pigin Brute disappeared and I soon found an item that he dropped it was a map leading to Mike’s Fight Club this is quite a discovery I didn’t know whether Mike expected me to find this or not but either way this meant that I could go to his base whenever I

Wanted from day 54 to day 57 I cleared the Cypress swamplands of all remaining Hostile Mobs so that Fletcher wouldn’t have to worry anymore the last one in the area was especially tough a Vindicator who could take a lot of hits for my iron sword I really had to stay

On my guard the whole fight relying on my new combat strategies that I had been practicing sure enough I was able to win with plenty of Hearts to spare The Vindicator even dropped a netherite Ingot which was the first step to the netherite sword that I’d need to defeat

Mike I quickly returned to the base to tell Fletcher the good news so the swamplands are safe they sure are you mean that you found a netherite Ingot just like that I sure did that’s some kind of coincidence huh it’s no coincidence it’s a sign you are meant to

Be the champion of the order of the shield it’s your destiny well in that case I better make the most of this chance and get some diamonds so we can eventually make a netherite sword you can do it Zozo from day 58 to day 62 I made a much needed expansion to the

Chicken farm so that it could hold more livestock it was just in time too because I was able to round up more chickens for food an electric Tiger’s got to eat to keep his energy up and delicious chicken tenders are what’s on the menu next I delve down to the mining

Cave to have another look for the diamonds I would need to craft a diamond sword I had to explore pretty deep but soon enough I managed to get my pickaxe into some diamonds there’s many diamonds here I might believe in destiny after all I mined for a while and found more

Than enough diamonds to make the diamond sword which I planned on using as the foundation for the netherite sword I’d be making later I used the rest of the diamonds to craft a diamond pickaxe and a full set of diamond armor for myself once I was satisfied with the amount of

Diamonds I had amassed I returned to the surface of the base and met up with wind cller hey wind cller I’ve crafted a diamond sword that’s excellent Zozo we should celebrate in the brand new super amazing party room that I just built oh wow no way a party room I love parties

While I had been down in the mines wind colar had given the base its most exciting feature yet a decorated room for hosting parties I tried out the dance floor and had a really good time from day 63 to day 66 I was hanging out at the base with fungus thrower

Discussing ways for me to become even stronger if I could train in a new location maybe I’d be able to discover some new fighting moves I actually know just the place if you drain in the harsh sunlight of the desert you’ll increase your strength in no time how do I find

The desert I’ll show you the way on your map the longus thrower marked the desert as a location on the map I received from the Fallen piglin brute it looked like it was on the way to the biome where Mike’s Fight Club could be found I

Should get used to that path while I’m out there I went to the desert and felt the sun beating down on me this would be a good place to train and I was in the mood for a fight with a scary opponent across the dunes I saw one scary looking

Wither Skeleton I moved towards him with my sword drawn ready for battle hey you want to fight Zozo the electric tiger no thank you I don’t want to fight especially not a tough customer like you okay I can respect that we won’t fight did you think just because I’m scary

Looking that I’d want to fight you really shouldn’t judge people by their outward appearances yeah that was my bad I’m very sorry about that friend lesson learned it happens to me a lot I’m afraid just the other day a zoglin tried to pick a fight with me I told him no

Wait for a strong person who wants to fight well if that Zin wants a fight I’ll fight him I came here to train anyway from day 67 to Day 70 the friendly Wither Skeleton brought me to meet the zlin a dangerous opponent who was also looking for a challenging fight

The zlin agreed to fight me one-on-one so we could test each other’s strength before the fight began the Wither Skeleton took me aside so we could have a quick discussion are you sure you can win Zozo I didn’t mean to put you in danger I think I’ve got a chance but

Thanks for being concerned now thank you for fighting this battle for me that’s what a strong person does now I’m going to go kick some zling butt the fight between my myself and the zlin was off to an exciting start when the zlin charged straight at me I dodged his

Powerful tusks and hit with my sword while his back was turned the zlin countered by hitting me with his tusks I lost a few Hearts but I was still in the fight I fired some energy blasts and used my signature lightning strike to deliver the last blow defeating the zlin

Zozo you did it I am the electric tiger Zozo remember the name from day 71 to day 74 I completely left the desert behind and was traveling through a new biome the eroded Badlands according to the pigin bruts map this was the same biome where the entrance to Mike’s Fight

Club could be found the map also says you can find more of my Zozo videos by searching zo zo in the YouTube search bar you should try it out I followed the directions on the map further into the eroded Badlands and I could see Mike’s Fight Club in the distance just you wait

Mike I’ll fight you one of these days I heard that Zozo suddenly Mike was was right next to me and he was looking as strong as ever you shouldn’t have said that spark plug now I’m going to give you a taste of my super special punch

The Mike Spike oh no I forgot that today is one of those days Mike Spike he punched me and my heart started to deplete thank goodness I was wearing diamond armor I drew my diamond sword and swung at him but the damage it did was really low you’re still weak kitty

Cut no way well I need a netherite sword to even stand a chance I ran away from the fight retracing my steps through the eroded Badlands I still wasn’t strong enough to beat him from day 75 to day 78 I followed the map home to my base and

Went directly into the bunker to work out somehow I couldn’t find the energy to train probably because I was disappointed that I had to run away from Mike Mike was the strongest in the world and I still didn’t have the netherite sword I would need to actually challenge

Him from what he said before even that might not be enough cheer up Zozo you have our strength too so don’t give up it was Windcaller he had come into the bunker to check on me and raise my spirits thanks wind caller I’m feeling like I’m weak today so I really needed

To hear that follow me I’ll show you something that might also help there was now a new watchtower at the front of the base where we could look out at the bab Savannah from all of a sudden I feel a whole lot better wind CER now I remember

What I’m fighting for you are the champion electric tiger Zozo don’t forget it now that I was feeling better I went to go visit Fletcher hey there Fletcher Zozo I got you this special magic Apple to help make you strong enough to face Mike well an apple a day

As they say I scarfed down the apple and began to grow into an even bigger electric tiger with 60 hearts in addition to bigger damage and more health I could also perform a special Whirlwind attack Mike won’t know what hit him from day 79 to day 84 I was

Feeling strong and decided to go back to the eroded Badlands this time there was no sign of Mike so I fought some skeletons to test my new found strength strength I wanted to prove to myself that I had what it takes to become the strongest a nearby weaponsmith saw me

Defeat those mobs and thought that I was pretty cool so I offered to upgrade my weapons this is my chance to get a netherite sword yeah no absolutely just give me your diamond sword and your netherite ingots and I’ll take care of the rest I gave the weaponsmith what he

Needed and waited in anticipation for him to finish my super cool netherite sword it didn’t take him that long and I could tell just by swinging it that netherite sword was the most powerful weapon that I’d ever had thank you weapon Smith I promise to use what

You’ve given me for the side of Justice go on and save the world every weapon Smith dreams of creating a hero’s weapon from day 85 to day 89 I returned to the base to show the others that I had obtained The netherite Sword and found that it was being attacked by Whisperers

So this is where you ran away to coward we’re going to make you feel real silly for leaving Mike in the middle of a fight I battled The Whisperers with all my might testing the edge of my netherite sword these minions had given me trouble in the past but now I was so

Much stronger than them that they were barely a threat I easily defended the base and prevented any further damage to the structures oh man this guy is actually way too strong maybe I should leave this one to Mike he’ll know how to win intimidated by my strength the

Whisperer stopped fighting it was now their turn to run away serves you right for trying to mess with my my friends you’ll have to deal with this electric tiger now I chased the whisperers through the bobab Savannah until my base was far away never come back a villager

Who saw me bravely face off against Mike’s henchman came over to cheer me on you’re the electric tiger the second strongest being in the world soon to be the most strongest or first strongest whichever sounds better do you think you can spare some of your strength and give

Me a hand building a bridge over the river sure thing villager I used the materials the Villager gave me to finish building the bridge across the river thanks Zoo only a truly strong hero could do something like that from day 90 to Day 94 I continued onward across the

Desert and through the eroded bad lands until I saw on the map I was getting close to Mike’s Arena I could see one of the whisperers who had attacked my base lingering nearby and I drew my netherite sword in preparation for a battle I’m here to see Mike I’m going to challenge

Him for the title of strongest being in the world oh no you didn’t you’re going to need to get this guy first he’s the second strongest in the whole world an armored Pillager showed up taking the place of the Whisperer as my opponent I’ve heard people say that you’re the

Second strongest in the world not true because that’s me I’ve never beaten Mike but I’ll beat anyone who isn’t Mike you won’t beat me I’ll take your title then I’ll take on Mike then bring it on Zozo the electric tiger the armored villager waited for me to make the first move

Which I did using my netherite sword he blocked the attack and countered with a strike from his own weapon I lost quite a few hearts and had to dodge back to avoid the worst of his attacks I used my energy blast to keep him at a distance

But his armor was as tough as mine you’re pretty strong Pillager are you ready to give up and run away no way I’ll Never back down from a fight again from day 95 to day 97 I continued to battle against the armored Pillager utilizing all my specially trained

Techniques to try and gain an advantage have another lightning strike I can handle your lightning strikes all the live long day Zozo we see about that I circled around the armored Pillager with my Whirlwind attack and delivered sword strikes wherever I could I was still having trouble cracking the second

Strongest Fighter’s armor but I figured I could soften him up for a lightning strike if I just kept attacking with my Whirlwind active I spun around and Unleashed my lightning strike with that attack the Pillager surrendered the electric tiger defeated the armored Pillager and became the true second

Strongest in the world no I couldn’t achieve my dream of becoming the strongest in the world why did you want to become the strongest so bad I’m doing it to protect my friends and myself from Mike it started that way for me too but when I realized I would never win I

Became his follower all the people who believed in me before became sad and stopped being my friends but they went on to form the order of the shield wait you were the original champion no I was just the guy who tried to be champion before there was a champion you’ve got

To be better than me Zozo I will armored Pillager I’ll defeat Mike and become the strongest in the world once and for all on day 98 I went back to the base to tell everyone that I would soon be phasing off against Mike for the ultimate title I went to visit wind

Caller first who was standing at the top of the Watchtower thanks to the strength you gave me at the start I was able to become the champion that you always thought I could be it was like I said long ago my strength was the foundation but you built it into something better

And made it your own thank you for believing in me here is a bit more of my strength in the form of a potion drink it before you go into battle next I met with Fletcher outside of the chicken farm I wanted to assure him that once I

Was the strongest I would use my strength to protect all of the biomes from Evil very soon the world will be safe I’m glad I was able to help your quest for strength Zozo you gave me what I needed when I needed it most and I’m

So grateful that I was able to meet you make the most of your m Powers the special techniques will be the key to Victory after Fletcher there was only one last friend to thank the fungus thrower who is chilling in the party room this room is the best room other

Than a mushroom of course that’s a fungus I look forward to hanging out after I beat Mike once and for all it’ll be a big celebration on day 99 I made my way back to the eroded Badlands and saw the first glimpses of Mike’s space I approached and there were the whisp is

Waiting to stand in the way move aside small fry I’m here for Mike you guys don’t need to be involved The Whisperers bolted for The Hills And I Ran straight into Mike’s base on day 100 I walked into Mike’s fight club with my netherite sword drawn Mike I’m here to fight the

Big golem himself Mike appeared before me in order to fight Zozo the electric tiger you fought all the other strong people in the world and now you think you can steal my crown I do I’m going to make sure that you are put down for the

Count lots of people have said that to me before and I’ve beaten them all I didn’t get to be the strongest because I made excuses I just kept fighting and winning but you didn’t fight The Whisperers when they started going after the order of the shield you didn’t want

A champion to fight you I don’t care what those weaklings do or what fights they get into all that matters is the fight between me and you that’s how it’s always been destined champion let’s do this in a place worthy of this showdown Mike left and I ran after him he turned

Into his fighting arena I followed him in when he hit at the entrance and slammed his Golem fist into my body it was the Mike Spike his signature opening move I drew my netherite sword and dealt some real damage to him for the first time I followed up with a whirlwind and

A lightning strike Mike threw me across the fight club then he jumped and slammed onto me dealing a lot of damage he tried to attack again but I hit him with an energy blast he caught him off guard and I was able to land a bunch of

Other energy blasts after her then I remembered to drink up the strength potion wind colar gave me I felt much stronger now as we stood there swinging away at each other hit after hit I was wearing the Golem down eventually one of us fell Mike actually dropped yes Zozo

The electric tiger wins I had completed the 100 day challenge to defeat the strongest being in the world I had won on day one I spawned as a golden Hydra wa this is amazing I looked around and noticed that I was in some sort of cave I ventured out and immediately saw

Some scary dread Knights there he is catch him no thanks I scared away the men following after me you’ll come back here they started shooting darts at me ah one Dart hit me and I lost some hearts wait I only have five Hearts this is insane I heard hurried and tried to

Get away but the men were too fast they surrounded me as I felt my eyes start to close perfect everything is coming together and with that I passed out on day two I woke up in a cage where am I I looked around and noticed that there were more cages

Around me but most of them were empty I almost didn’t notice the Frog sitting in the cage nearby he Blended in with the floor really well I was waiting for you to wake up come on on we got to get out of here but how even if we can get out

Of the cages I don’t know how to get out of the prison I know way out but you need to be the one to unlocked the door I looked closer and examined the gate I began to hit it with my heads but that started to make me feel dizzy the Frog

Laughed at me oh no no use your fire spit fire spit I did what the frog said and I spit at the lock but it wasn’t fire it was golden little orbs I left the cage and started fir ing away at the Frog’s cage until it opened too thanks

Don’t mention it I’m Zozo by the way I’m Freddy Freddy and I made our way over to the exit and broke through the door up the stairs we were home free on day three Freddy and I hurried as fast as we could away from the underground prison while we were running

I spotted some pigs and chickens and hurried to gather their meat before they could Scamper away I gathered up their meat and shared some with Freddy we both chowed down thanks Zoo and I got to say that Prison Break was amazing I didn’t know you could spit gold neither did I

In fact I didn’t know much about anything except that some evil guys were after me Freddy and I agreed to go our separate ways I went further into the forest to explore maybe I would find some other hydras little Hydra I turned and saw an old troll walking slowly up

Behind me he looked hurt would you mind helping me I was attacked and need to get back home before it gets stuck of course we slowly made our way to his home a little cottage next to a river thank you little Hydra please come inside so that you are safe there are

All kinds of monsters outside the guy seemed nice enough so I stayed with him for the night on days four to 5 I woke up in the Troll’s house he had cooked some stew for both of us thank you what did you say your name was I’m Horus just

A poor old troll trying to make his way in the world Horus seemed better than yesterday but still very tired is there anything I can do to help you actually I’m more concerned for your safety you are the golden Hydra after all the golden Hydra a prophecy was given many

Years ago by a great sear she said that a golden Hydra would be born and it would be his Destiny to either save or destroy the land is that me I believe it is what should I do build yourself a safe house gather materials strengthen

Yourself as much as you can you need to be at your best Horus gave me some stone tools and a full stack of Oak planks use these to start I hope to hear from you little Hydra be careful who you trust I left horse’s house to find a good place

To start a base I found a nearby lake on the plains with some nice level ground I used my stone tools to gather additional material and started working on a modest Japanese style gold hydr base it may have only been one building for me so

Far but there was plenty of room on the planes for this base to expand with more buildings and features it was all coming together when I heard some men yelling there’s the Hydra get him it was more of those evil dread Knights not today you

Goons I spit my orbs at them and they all turned to Gold oh wow that is not what I expected just then I felt power rush through me and I grew into a larger Hydra now I have 11 hearts nice I’ll beat whoever controls those

Dread knights in no time on day 6 to 8 I ventured from my base to gather more information also I wanted to see if I could find more creatures that needed Shelter From The Mysterious villain and his men I came across some tortoises who immediately tried to run away hey I’m a

Friend they looked at me wearily you aren’t working with the sorcerer no a sorcerer is that who’s commanding all the dread Knights I have nothing to do with him look kid it would just be better if you left this land it’s not safe for you the tortoises slipped away

Leaving me confused I decided to go back to horus’s house to ask him about it a great sorcerer has purged this land and intends to use your power for his purposes he will stop at nothing to get you that’s awful what should I do there

Is a cave nearby that has some armor and tools that we could use I was on my way there the other day when I was attacked that’s a good place to start sounds like a plan on days 9 to 10 I hurried to the cave that Horus mentioned and went to

Explore sure enough there was a chest hidden behind some rocks just as I was about to open it a great hairy spider came rushing Out gross he attacked me and I was too slow to spit my golden orbs I took quite a bit of damage ouch I

Hurried and slithered from the cave this is too hard I can’t defeat him by my myself hey are you trying to get rid of that spider too a wolf came out from behind a tree yeah I am why do you want him gone he took some of my armor I’m

Trying to keep myself safe from the sorcerer’s goons me too maybe we can work together we came up with a plan and went back down to the spider’s Lair the wolf distracted him and I shot my golden orbs at him he turned immediately into a gold statue wow we gathered the

Materials in the chest and I gave the wolf the reptile armor be careful out there Zozo Zozo I’m Lex thanks Lex take care of yourself on days 11 to 12 I returned to Horus at first he was happy but when I told him that I’d given Lex

The armor from the chest he got really mad the other animals don’t matter little Hydra what matters is that you’re strong he was acting really weird but I couldn’t blame him he was probably scared of the Sorcerer And just w wanted us to be safe you’ve done well but this

Isn’t enough now you must travel to the black forest and gather more strength potions left there by wizards of Y this is important little Hydra don’t trust anyone besides me defeat anyone who stands in your way I left the house wondering why horse didn’t want me to

Trust anyone else he was probably just paranoid as I made my way to the Black Forest I saw some more of the sorcerer’s goons traveling along the river I tried to be quiet and Slither away but they spotted me it’s the Hydra grab him I dodged some of their darts and shot my

Golden orbs at them they tried to escape but after a few shots they were all statues nice I soon reached the depths of the Black Forest hoping to gather the potions horse wanted on days 13 to 15 I plucked up the courage to enter the Sinister Black Forest at first there

Didn’t seem to be anyone there but I kept looking wanting to find those potions after just a few moments I saw a family of hoglands gathered around a campfire harmlessly warming themselves why does Horus want me to defeat these hogins they seem really nice I slithered

In and the hoglins were taken back I don’t mean you any harm I’m just curious if you have any armor the hoglins were cautious but one answered me are you going to try to steal it from us like the others others what others a Sorcerers men they have tried to steal

It before they want all the armor taken away from the creatures in the land so they can’t fight the sorcerer what that didn’t seem right I needed to talk to Horus about this on days 16 to 19 I traveled back to horus’s house I arrived and he seemed happy to

See me but when I told him I couldn’t get the strength potions from the Black Forest he immediately turned angry don’t you know what’s at stake you needed to get those potions you need to get stronger why is it so important that I’m stronger you are not fulfilling my

Expect ations I need to think this through he told me to leave I did more confused than before when I arrived back at my base Freddy Frog was there hey buddy it’s been a while Zozo I’m so glad you’re okay I heard that you met the

Sorcerer how did you survive what do you mean I haven’t met him all the creatures have seen him hiding out in the woods he’s disguised is a simple old troll wait was he talking about Horus oh heard is planning an attack with his goons today he’s going to the village in the

Plains I had to see for myself if this was true it couldn’t be Horus could it I went with Freddy to the village in the plains like he said when we got there I saw the goons being led by a very recognizable troll I looked closer and

Realized it was Horus you manipulated me Horus turned toward me oh Zoo you gullible little Hydra you are too quick to to trust but you’ve been a hindrance time for a change of plans you had no right to do that to me and you have no right to steal from innocent creatures

And people I charged at him spewing golden orbs he easily outmaneuvered them and with his powerful swing threw me back into a building before I knew it I blocked out on days 20 to 22 I woke up with Freddy looking down at me oh good you’re awake you need to help the

Villagers I got up and followed Freddy to the Village some of the buildings were on fire everyone move away from the buildings I hurried and spewed my orbs at them extinguishing the fires it was definitely not what the villagers were expecting W this is amazing how can we

Repay you it might not be safe here anymore you can all live at my base with me I have lots of room the villagers talked amongst themselves for a little while then readily agreed we made our way to my base and then gathered some needed supplies for the new houses it it

Was hard work but in no time everyone had a house of their own thank you Zozo these look amazing on days 23 to 26 I went back to the cave where I originally spawned it must have been important so I figured that I should investigate I entered the cave and it seemed very

Normal I was hoping to find some sort of clue as to who my parents were it had been a crazy couple of days and even though I had friends I wondered if I had family all of a sudden I heard a noise coming from deeper in the cave I

Explored further and saw another Hydra but she was being attacked by a group of skeletons get away from her I slithered down and started shooting the skeletons within just a few moments those bags of Bones were gone I turned to the Hydra but then I felt the power surge through

Me I grew and then I leveled up into an adult Hydra I now have 18 Hearts I let out a large breath of golden fire zoo the Hydra looked scared of me no need to be be scared who are you I’m your mother my mother I’m so glad I found you where

Did you go I laid an egg and went to find some food but when I came back you were gone I was so worried about you how about you come to live with me I have a base and it’ll be much safer than this cave she happily agreed and we made our

Way in that direction on days 27 to 31 as my mother and I left the cave we happened to P Freddy again hey Zozo do you think you could help my family he directed me toward a small Al Cove nearby that had been broken apart what happened the sorcerers goons tried to

Break our alal after we refused to leave we managed to escape before anyone was hurt but we don’t have a home now the frogs looked very sad so I offered to build them a new home on my base really that would be great thank you so much

With the frogs and my mother and toe we continued on our way to my base one once we arrived we got straight to work building a pond for the frogs and placing down a bed for my mother I also noticed that the villagers had planted crops and gathered some animals they

Even made a nice path connecting all the buildings thanks guys you’ve done some great work here it was all starting to come together I will get that golden Hydra if it’s the last thing I do he is the key to all of my plans what would

You like me to do Master I want you to follow him make sure he is met with challenges he needs to reach maximum strength by the full moon it’s vital that you do this Yes Master on days 32 to 35 I wanted to return to the underground prison where Freddy and I

Were held if Horus wanted to befriend me why did he capture me in the first place that’s a good question maybe there are some answers at the prison I asked Freddy if he wanted to come with me and he readily agreed we made our way down the tower where we had escaped and

Noticed that there were Iron Golems standing around this time that’s new and they don’t look like they work for Horus I wasn’t expecting you to come back here I flipped around to see one of the Iron Golems standing right behind me are you one of the guards not exactly I bed with

Some of horus’s goons that are corrupt they agreed to give you to me as a bargaining chip we weren’t expecting you to escape so quickly however so you’re not my enemy you just want to sabotage him basically so perhaps we can make an arrangement to stop him what do you have

In mind I’ll be in touch I have some research to do just look out for a message from Puck The Honorable honorable you captured my friend Freddy sorry what can I say I like frog legs I heard Freddy gulp behind me don’t worry I won’t eat your friend but we’ll be in

Touch Zozo and just like that he left without even saying goodbye not very polite but okay on days 36 to 39 I went venturing into a nearby cave to find some iron ore that could help buff out my equipment after I found enough I built a furnace smelted some iron ingots

And finally made myself an iron sword iron pickaxe and some armor cool looking good I went digging deeper and even managed to find some diamonds yes jackpot this will be great for some upgrades before I could start crafting I heard a noise and something hit me I

Turned and saw a skeleton moving around trying to shoot me again I spewed my golden fire breath at him nice the skeleton froze but not before dropping his bow I picked it up and realized it was enchanted infinite arrows sweet I returned to my base with the supplies

And the bow hoping to upgrade some of my items and the houses one of the villagers approached me Zozo do you think you could help me with something sure what is it Bradley and it’s about our home I thought I had gathered everything when we came here but I left

Something important there would you come with me I don’t feel safe going by myself of course let’s go on days 40 to 43 Bradley and I ventured back to the village on the plains we hurried to the house to grab his item what is it you

Need it so badly he rummaged around his room under his bed and then whooped in Victory got it is that a paintbrush yeah it’s my lucky paintbrush are you serious it’s important to me I shook my head what a weird kid but hey at least he has

It now all a sudden I heard a noise outside shh I think there’s someone here I looked out the window and sure enough there was some of horus’s goons rumaging around but they weren’t alone they were being led by a terrifying Yak this time we tried to sneak out quietly but

Bradley made a noise and they spotted us Smooth Move Bradley the goons charged us and I started to spew golden Fire Within just a few moments we had nearly taken out all of the goons the henchmen just stood watching us then after a moment he ran off with the remaining men coward we

Looked around and noticed the goons had dropped a few healing potions before I had Frozen them into gold nice now we have a little bit bigger of a potion stash just in case sheesh that was awesome was the paintbrush worth it Bradley absolutely on days 44 to 49 Bradley and

I traveled back to the base once we arrived I found a node on my door Puck The Honorable sent me a message to meet outside my base near the river it didn’t take me long to find him I’ve been doing some research about Horus and his plans

I think that if you were able to create a certain an item you can overpower Horus great what is it an amethyst sword it’s the one thing that will harm Horus even if he reaches the full extent of his magical powers and it may just save

Your life what do I need to do you’ll need to gather two amethyst crystals and a stick that’s all you’ll need to make it though I can’t promise those crystals won’t be guarded by an incredibly dangerous mobs great sounds like a walk in the park what you expected saving the

World to be easy no I just wish I hadn’t been duped by Horus in the first place don’t beat yourself up kid you’ll get the hang of it Puck handed me a paper with some instructions on it this should help you and just like that he left

Again I need to tell him it’s polite to say your goodbyes on days 50 to 53 I followed the instructions Puck gave me to find the crystals it said to go to a cave and consult with the ancient being I realized that it had led me back to

The cave where I had fought the giant spider as I entered I noticed that the spider was still there Frozen in Gold he must be the ancient being I wonder if there’s a way I can reverse it I went up to the spider and tried to shoot an orb

At him nothing a fire breath and also nothing then I tried to punch him suddenly he turned back into his normal self he looked down at me angrily how dare you freeze me I’m sorry I was manipulated by the sorcerer to steal your items but you did steal some of

Them from the wolf he softened a little I did I was desperate and needed extra protection clearly it did not work what do you want I was told that you have information about amethyst crystals yes I was once a guardian of a great multitude of crystals but I was forced

To leave when the cavern was ambushed by an evil Warden it has been a great many years since then can you show me where it is I cannot when I desired to go back it was no longer there some sort of Shifting due to Magic I Thank The Spider

And left the cave it was just another dead end on my way back to the base I noticed more of horse’s goons fighting a wolf hey that’s Lex maybe he’ll want to help me me I approached as he finished the goons off hey remember me Zozo

You’re alive yeah I am and I’m trying to defeat the sorcerer I could really use your skills would you want to help me I don’t think I can Zozo I’m good at fighting his goons but he’s too powerful I think you’d be better off on your own

Before I could even argue he ran off into the distance well that was underwhelming maybe he’ll change his mind on days 54 to 57 I went exploring in a little more I found myself close to where I had found Horus that first time I wondered if he was still at his house

I decided to investigate when I got closer I heard voices the master needs some atoms taken to him make sure they get there safely it was the henchmen I had seen earlier the Yak he had a few goons and he was dragging some chests of things it seemed like a good opportunity

To attack hey coward the henchman turned toward me you just Just Can’t Get Enough can you he sent the goons forward to attack I maneuvered around them easily and within a few moments most of them were gold statues the henchman got mad before I knew it he attacked me ouch how

Is he so fast I felt my heart’s dwindling he slashed at me again faster than any other human I had encountered I tried to breathe my golden fire at him but it was in vain I need to get out of here I hurried and slithered Away retreating into the bushes look who’s

The coward now the henchmen ran off I didn’t dare follow him I was too weak and needed to go back home if I can’t defeat just one henchman how am I supposed to defeat a sorcerer he managed to take out a few of your men Master but

He could not withstand my blows he is not even close to being ready yes he is weak but he will get stronger just keep attacking send out as many men as possible ible their disposable we’ll do Master on days 58 to 62 I made it back to my base I was met

With a much needed surprise Zozo we made you something sweetie my mom led me to the edge of the base wo is this a statue of me it was a Hydra but it wasn’t completely gold it was more of an orange color actually it’s a statue of your

Father my father I wanted to tell you earlier but I didn’t know if you were ready he died right before you were born he was trying to protect us he couldn’t wait to meet you Zozo I looked up at the Statue it’s amazing it’s not done yet we

Still need some more quartz for the teeth would you like to help us of course I headed to the desert where I had previously seen some ruins made out of quartz and collected those materials for the Statue after giving the quartz to Mom she quickly added the teeth to

The Statue and now it truly looked magnificent on day AG 63 to 66 I woke up to someone calling my name I went outside it was Lex hey Lex what’s up I went back to that cave with the spider and to my surprise he wasn’t a gold

Statue anymore oh yeah I should have warned you no harm done he actually told me that you were looking for a cavern with amethyst crystals in it I think I might actually know where that is really show me Lex led the way to a small desert we finally arrived at what looked

Like a rock form with a door great let’s just push open the door and head inside we tried to push pull and roll but the stone didn’t budge I even tried my golden fire on it no luck maybe there’s a special combination or code word maybe but I have no idea

What it might be it was disappointing but now I knew where it was at least I could come back to it later let’s head back how about you stay with us you don’t have to be alone Lex he sighed I know I was wrong and scared but I know

You’re our best chance at stopping the sorcerer thanks for not giving up on me of course that’s what friends do Lex smiled and we headed home on days 67 to 70 Bradley approached me again hey Zozo do you think you could help me with something else is it another paintbrush

Bradley no actually I wanted to practice shooting with the bow I have do you think you could help me with some target practice of course where did you have in mind the there’s actually an archery area near my old house maybe we can even bring some of the stuff back to the base

That sounds like a great idea we headed back toward Bradley’s old home when we got there we noticed some movement outside the houses hey those are the tortoises I met earlier they told me to take a hike maybe we should go then I noticed the tortoises were fighting each

Other over some food I approached carefully hey friends remember me you again we don’t need your help hyra you’re just making things worse for us the Sorcerer And His goons have driven us out of our homes and now we hardly have food the leader came toward

Me and snapped his teeth I don’t want to hurt you he snapped at me again and I had no choice but to spew golden fire at him after he turned into a statue I punched him he quickly came back to life looking surprised why did you do that

Like I said I’m not here to hurt you in fact we would love for you to stay at our base it’s safe and there’s plenty food there’s no need to fight each other thank you Hydra we are in your debt on days 71 to 74 we made it back to the

Base this time we were met with an unwanted surprise my mom rushed out to us Zozo they’re attacking the base we need your help I slithered over and saw the yak and his dread Knights waiting for me hey you don’t belong here the henchman looked at me and just like

Before attacked in a Flash I still wasn’t strong enough but I knew I needed to protect my friends using all of my strength I let out the largest burst of golden fire I could muster not bad hyra but not good enough come and find me when you are ready I’ll be waiting with

Your precious friend and before I knew it the henchman left I had managed to staty his goons but he escaped again wait what did he say about a friend I slithered inside as fast as I could and realized that my mother was nowhere to

Be found mom mom he took her and I had no idea where she went I retreated to my house blind with rage and then I started to cry this was all too much how was I ever supposed to defeat anyone like this I stayed in my house for a while not

Letting anyone in finally after a long time I heard a knock at the door Zozo it’s Lex we have something to show you I reluctantly left the house not want wanting anyone to see me like this but they needed someone and I needed to be strong for them Lex showed me that they

Had fixed up the crops bred the animals and improve the security by building some walls great thanks Lex that’s not all he turned me toward the statue of my dad and I realized there was a smaller version next to it it was of my mom you’ll get her back Zozo we believe in

You I didn’t know what to say I just nodded and you are sure he is getting stronger yeah Yes master he is almost to his full form excellent then the plan is working the mother will eventually bring him to us good work thank you master on day 75

To 78 Puck The Honorable left me another note I met him at our customary spot next to the river hello again Zozo what do you want Buck someone’s in a hurry I have important information and a gift for you I hear you are having some trouble with horus’s henchmen I have

Some important information his whereabouts he actually lives very close to Horus it’s a bit Hush Hush but I have my ways he handed me a map and I went to grab it be careful Zozo you don’t know what you’ll find there give me the paper Puck do not lose yourself along the way

Remember what you are fighting for I know what I’m fighting for Puck my mom has been taken by those creeps and I intend on saving her then I’m going to put the henchmen and Horus and the rightful place Puck handed me the paper good boy now go get your mother back on

Days 79 to 84 I raced to the henchman’s house if there was a chance he had my mom I was going to find her and defeat him once and for all I followed the directions and found myself outside of a large wall inside it was a modest

Looking house this is where the henchman stays quite a Cozy home he made for himself I snuck around to see if he was inside but I didn’t see anything suddenly I felt a dust of wind the yak was standing right behind me come to retrieve your mommy coming after me was

One thing but involving my mom was a step too far your mother gave you everything and you still can’t save her I’m going to beat you Yak for her I felt the power grow within me and I leveled up into a fully grown Hydra with 50 Hearts I got bigger stronger and even

Gained the claw strike ability no this isn’t what was supposed to to happen horse promised me I wouldn’t be defeated by you be careful who you trust henchmen and with a swipe of my claws I defeated him he burst into golden Sparks and was gone Zozo I looked and saw my mother

Coming toward me she’d managed to escape mom did he hurt you I’m fine I’m so proud of you look at how strong you are you look so much like your father did I’m so glad you’re okay come on Mom let’s get you back home Oh and before we

Go I found this while I was imprisoned I figured you might want it it was a golden key on days 85 to 89 my mom and I arrived back at the base everyone was so happy to see my mom and they ushered us over to the statues we almost finished

It while you were gone but we wanted you to put on the Finishing Touch Freddy handed me a few glowstone blocks which I added to my dad’s statue completing his fire breath it was perfect and I have more amazing news Freddy the golden key my mom found at the henchman’s base I

Think it’s literally the key to getting into the amethyst Crystal Cave the henchman and Horus must have known that the amethyst sword could foil his grand plan that’s why he had the key to unlock the cavern I’ve got to get over there now I rushed out of the base toward the

Desert as I arrived at the door I felt my heart leap this is it it’s finally coming together I used the golden key to open the door here I go I made my way down the dark tunnel which eventually opened up and into a Cave System inside were hundreds of glowing amethyst

Crystals all being watched over by a warden this isn’t going to be easy I got right behind it and before it knew what was happening I let out a large burst of golden fire he let out a terrible scream but he didn’t turn into a statue I took

A swipe at him with my claws instead this time he screamed in agony I kept swiping avoiding his blows as best as I could my hearts were dwindling but after just a few more moments the warden was gone yes I hurried and collected as many amethyst crystals as I could hold before

Hurrying out of the cavern time to end this Horus on days 90 to 94 I exited the cavern blinking in the sunlight nice to see you again little Hydra I looked and saw Horus standing right in front of me I was about to swipe him into Oblivion

When his magic froze me in place please none of that I just want to talk I stared at him what could you possibly want to talk to me about you’ve gone out of your way to torture me don’t you see Hydra I have strengthened you you have

Become the golden Hydra of the prophecy all thanks to me you you had nothing to do with it oh don’t even think for a minute that you would have accomplished anything without me I made sure that you had difficulties so that you could learn I made sure that you would eventually

Get the potion would bring you to full power you sabotaged your own henchmen he was disposable at best but think of what we can do together little Hydra we can rule this land together of course it’ll need to be destroyed before it can be built back up but we can accomplish that

If you follow me never this is your last chance watch the world burn around you before I possess your mind oh willingly serve me I hissed at him very well somehow Horus made all my amethyst that I’d worked hard and suffered to collect all disappear be sure to be at your best

By the full moon little Hydra in the meantime enjoy my wrath I heard Horus laughing and then it all went dark on days 95 to 97 I woke up to pitch black where am I Horus must have buried me undergound around I looked at what I

Assumed was up and started to dig it wasn’t too deep but by the time I saw sunlight I was exhausted I’m getting really tired of him I tried to catch my breath but then I noticed a note on the ground next to me it read say goodbye to

Your honorable friend my blood turned cold as I raced toward Puck’s dungeon no no no please don’t let me be too late when I got there the whole place was demolished I looked around hoping to find anything and I heard a groan from beneath some rocks pck I moved the

Rubble and saw him on the ground he was in really bad shape I guess Horus figured out who my sources were you’re going to be okay Puck let me help you up Puck coughed don’t worry about me Zozo go protect your mom and your friends he’s

Heading to your base next and with one last breath Puck The Honorable passed I let out a giant Roar as I mourned my friend but I had to get to my base I needed to stop Horus before he caused any more destruction on day 98 I arrived

Too late what was once my base was now in Ruins I ran around frantically mom Lex Bradley Freddy I didn’t hear anyone answer I slumped down and was about to give up when I heard a small voice Zozo I looked up and saw my mom limping towards me Freddy limped along inside

Her mom Freddy where is everyone else a lot of them didn’t make it out Zozo Bradley and Lex managed to run and hide with me but nobody else was fast enough we’re lucky to be alive I let out another loud roar in agony Puck was gone all the villagers and tortoises were

Gone I had tried so hard to protect everyone and I had failed I felt my whole body slump hey everything is going to be fine do you know why why you are the golden Hydra and you are going to put a stop to Horus and his destruction mom slipped me something it

Was a key Horus dropped this before he left it must be to his base I looked at the key in shock you are going to get back your amethyst crystals finish the amethyst sword and you will put a stop to all of this promise promise on day 99

I headed to horse’s base it had massive black walls and inside there was a huge Tower raising High into the sky I carefully entered the front wall gate to my surprise the courtyard was completely empty I explored a bit and located a back door probably for the goons and I

Used the key to get inside Freddy you’re the best I snuck up the passageway and went to open the door to the main chamber a dread Knight spotted me immediately it’s the golden Hydra I quickly took him out so much for being stealthy I was a Hydra after all a

Golden one at that it was hard to keep a low profile I opened the Chamber and to my surprise only Horus stood inside smiling at me did you really think it would be that easy Hydra but at last your day early what exactly was your plan here give me back the amethyst

Crystals and nobody has to get hurt Horus no I was prepared this time I smacked him back with my claws and grabbed for the crystals before he knew it I was down the passageway stop that Hydra I made it back to my base and hurriedly crafted the amethyst sword out

Of the two amethyst crystals and a stick it was time to defeat Horus once and for all on day 100 I made my way back to horus’s base perfect a dramatic ending just like I wanted Horus was waiting for me outside are you ready for your reign

Of terror to finally end Horus you’re exactly where I want you zuu when this battle is over I’ll take control of your body and use you as just another tool to take over this world not if me and the amethyst sword have anything to say about it this time I wasn’t playing

Around he fired a magical energy blast to me but I was so strong now I tanked it and ran right in oh no I may have made an arrow here but that time for talk was over I ran in and hit him with the amethyst sword again and again

Weakening him a little more each time he Unleashed his guards on me but they were taken care of quickly many sword swings later when Horus was on the edge of defeat I stopped attacking and stepped back for a moment you can’t win I am an all powerful sorcerer silence is golden

Horus with one blast of my golden spit Horus was turned into a harmless golden statue forever more at long last the creatures of the Overworld can breathe easy again